Jaugar XJ X350 Electrical Guide
Jaugar XJ X350 Electrical Guide
Jaugar XJ X350 Electrical Guide
PI41 PI41
R1 9 -12 -13
8 10 O
92
PIS41 OY
6 7 OY
93 PIS42
PIS43
PI41
-14
RW BK BK
F9 10A
N
PIS48 RW
RW BG
BK
F10 10A
BG BG
F10 11A
OY PI41-17 ECS31
BG BG ECS22
PIS47
RW
F12 10A
OY
OY
OY
N
OY OY OY
RW PIS40 PI41-18 ECS32
RW
RW RW RW
PIS44 RW PIS46 RW
F13 20A
PIS45 RW RW
B CRS23 B
RW RW OY 54
G23AL RW EC49-2 S
EC49-1
XJ
including LWB
Gasoline and Diesel
XJ
including LWB
Gasoline and Diesel
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
User Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Network Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Fusebox Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
03 Engine Management
Fig. 03.1 . . . . Engine Management: V6 – Part 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6 Vehicles
Fig. 03.2 . . . . Engine Management: V6 – Part 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6 Vehicles
Fig. 03.3 . . . . Engine Management: V8 N/A – Part 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8 N/A Vehicles
Fig. 03.4 . . . . Engine Management: V8 N/A – Part 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8 N/A Vehicles
Fig. 03.5 . . . . Engine Management: V8 SC – Part 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8 SC Vehicles
Fig. 03.6 . . . . Engine Management: V8 SC – Part 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8 SC Vehicles
Fig. 03.7 . . . . Engine Management: Diesel 2.7V6 - Part 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Diesel 2.7V6
Fig. 03.8 . . . . Engine Management: Diesel 2.7V6 - Part 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Diesel 2.7V6
Fig. 03.9 . . . . Engine Management: Secondary Air Injection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NAS Gasoline Vehicles
04 Transmission
Fig. 04.1 . . . . Transmission (Automatic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Automatic Vehicles
05 Chassis
Fig. 05.1 . . . . Dynamic Stability Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . All Vehicles
Fig. 05.2 . . . . Electronic Parking Brake; Variable Assist Power Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . All Vehicles
Fig. 05.3 . . . . Air Suspension System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . All Vehicles
Fig. 05.4 . . . . Adaptive Speed Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adaptive Speed Control Vehicles
Fig. 05.5 . . . . Tire Pressure Monitoring System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tire Pressure Monitoring Vehicles
06 Climate Control
Fig. 06.1 . . . . Climate Control: Part 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . All Vehicles
Fig. 06.2 . . . . Climate Control: Part 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . All Vehicles
Fig. 06.3 . . . . Rear Climate Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rear Climate Control Vehicles
07 Instrumentation
Fig. 07.1 . . . . Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . All Vehicles
08 Exterior Lighting
Fig. 08.1 . . . . Exterior Lighting: Gasoline. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Gasoline Vehicles
Fig. 08.2 . . . . Exterior Lighting: Diesel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Diesel Vehicles
Fig. 08.3 . . . . Exterior Lighting: Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . All Vehicles
Fig. 08.4 . . . . Exterior Lighting: Rear – European Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . European Trailer Towing Vehicles
Fig. 08.5 . . . . Exterior Lighting: Rear – U.K. Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . U.K. Trailer Towing Vehicles
Fig. 08.6 . . . . Headlamp Leveling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HID Headlamp Vehicles
11 Seat Systems
Fig. 11.1 . . . . Driver Seat: 12-way Movement with Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-way Driver Seat Memory Vehicles
Fig. 11.2 . . . . Driver Seat: 16-way Movement with Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-way Driver Seat Memory Vehicles
Fig. 11.3 . . . . Driver Seat: Non Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Non Memory Driver Seat Vehicles
Fig. 11.4 . . . . Passenger Seat: 12-way Movement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-way Passenger Seat Vehicles
Fig. 11.5 . . . . Passenger Seat: 16-way Movement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-way Passenger Seat Vehicles
Fig. 11.6 . . . . Passenger Seat: 16-way Movement with Rear Override. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Powered Rear Seats Vehicles
Fig. 11.7 . . . . Front Seat Heaters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Heated Front Seats Vehicles
Fig. 11.8 . . . . Powered Rear Seats: LH Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Powered Rear Seats Vehicles
Fig. 11.9 . . . . Powered Rear Seats: RH Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Powered Rear Seats Vehicles
Fig. 11.10 . . . Rear Seat Heaters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Heated Rear Seats Vehicles
13 Wash / Wipe
Fig. 13.1 . . . . Wash / Wipe System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . All Vehicles
15 In-Car Entertainment
Fig. 15.1 . . . . In-Car Entertainment: Premium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Premium ICE Vehicles
Fig. 15.2 . . . . In-Car Entertainment: Audiophile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Audiophile ICE Vehicles
Fig. 15.3 . . . . Rear In-Car Entertainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rear ICE Vehicles
16 Telematics
Fig. 16.1 . . . . Telephone System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Telephone only Vehicles
Fig. 16.2 . . . . Telephone System with Voice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Telephone with Voice Vehicles
Fig. 16.3 . . . . Navigation System: (Except Japan) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Navigation Vehicles (except Japan)
Fig. 16.4 . . . . Navigation System with Television: (Except Japan) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Navigation + Television Vehicles
(Except Japan)
Fig. 16.5 . . . . Navigation System: Japan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Japan Navigation Vehicles
17 Occupant Protection
Fig. 17.1 . . . . Advanced Restraints System: Part 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . All Vehicles
Fig. 17.2 . . . . Advanced Restraints System: Part 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . All Vehicles
18 Driver Assist
Fig. 18.1 . . . . Parking Aid System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Parking Aid Vehicles
Fuse Boxes
The electrical harness incorporates three serviceable power distribution fuse boxes:
• the Front Power Distribution Fuse Box, located in the engine compartment;
• the Rear Power Distribution Fuse Box, located in the trunk.
• the Primary Junction Fuse Box, located in the front right-hand foot well.
All fuses and relays (except the trailer towing accessory kit) are located in the three fuse boxes.
Vehicle Networks
Three different networks are employed:
• CAN (Controller Area Network) for high-speed power train communications;
• SCP (Standard Corporate Protocol) network for slower speed body systems communications;
• D2B (Optical) Network for very high-speed ‘real-time’ audio data transfer.
NOTE: The D2B Network is a fiber optic network with a gateway to the remaining vehicle networks via the Audio Unit. Technician
access to the three networks and the Serial Data Link is via the Data Link Connector.
Ground Studs
Circuit ground connections are made at body studs located throughout the vehicle. There are no separate power and logic grounding
systems; however, there are a certain number of components that use unique ground points.
Data Pages
The Data page includes information to assist the user in identifying and locating components, connectors and grounds.
This information is supplemented by the illustrations in this front section of the book.
Most circuits that incorporate a control module include pinout information. The characteristics listed are approximately those that can
be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted.
This information is provided to assist the user in understanding circuit operation and should be used FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION FIGURE NUMBER COMPONENT, CONNECTOR AND GROUND
INFORMATION
Instrument Cluster GENERATOR (V6) PI47 4-WAY / BLACK ENGINE, RH SIDE, FRONT
ST7 EYELET
Pin Description and Characteristic
I FC14–2 KEY-IN AUDIBLE WARNING: B+ WHEN KEY IN IGNITION SWITCH FC18 7-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN COWLING
B+ FC14–3 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II): B+ INSTRUMENT CLUSTER FC14 22-WAY / GREY INSTRUMENT PANEL
SG FC14–14 SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
FC15 20-WAY / BLACK
PG FC15–2 POWER GROUND: GROUND
B+ FC15–3 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC): B+ FC63 22-WAY / BLACK
I FC15–4 PATS GROUND: GROUND PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM TRANSCEIVER FC52 4-WAY / GREEN STEERING COLUMN, IGNITION SWITCH
D FC15–5 PATS TRANSCEIVER: ENCODED COMMUNICATION
PRIMARY JUNCTION FUSE BOX CA2 26-WAY / BLACK RH ‘A’ POST
D FC15–6 PATS TRANSCEIVER: ENCODED COMMUNICATION
C FC15–18 CAN + CA56 8-WAY / BLACK
C FC15–19 CAN –
FC37 26-WAY / BLACK
Transmission Control Module FH7 6-WAY / BLACK
GROUNDS
Ground
FC38
Location
UNDER CENTER OF INSTRUMENT PANEL, ON TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
DATA PAGE
JB1 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT, BATTERY GROUND
PI40 (LHD) ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BEHIND RH WHEEL ARCH LINER
PI40 (RHD) ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BEHIND LH WHEEL ARCH LINER
ST2 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BEHIND LH WHEEL ARCH LINER
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furhished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all ciruit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE
R ST11 ST12 R
CA302
3
450A
JUNCTION BLOCK
R STARTER MEGAFUSE
B CA280 CA304
R FH67
CA288 2
250A CA135 CA177 FH83
JB1 BATTERY
FPDB MEGAFUSE
FRONT BULKHEAD
MEGAFUSE ASSEMBLY
R 01.1
REAR POWER DISTRIBUTION R20
FUSE BOX
NW GW
65
ST4-1
KEY-IN
WU Y GO
FC18-5
0
STARTER RELAY
PI41-40
18 GO B
+
II GB2-9 GW
GR (AUTO) ST5
P, N O
GB2-10
B B R
P
P
GB2-13
GB2-16
B
GB1-10
GB1-9
B
PIS30
ST6 R FIGURE PAGE
B ST3
STARTER MOTOR
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE PI40AL B
ST2
NR GR GR GR GR (MAN / NAS)
92
CA286-1 CA286-2 FH3-10 PI42-8 GB1-13
CLUTCH PEDAL SAFETY SWITCH
20 GO B ST7
+
NG GO II PI47-2
85 B LOGIC
+
O START
FC8-15 PI1-41 ENGINE
35 WG B Y Y (MAN / ROW) GR
+
I P, N
II FC8-14 PIS27 PI1-31
GB1-14 GB1-6
PASSIVE Y I
CRANK
I WR
ANTI-THEFT ENGINE FIELD
SYSTEM PI1-6 PI1-65 PI47-3
REQUEST
WU I O YR
CONTROL
FC8-5 PI1-53 PI47-1
C Y Y I WG
20.1 20.1 C FAULT;
FC9-28 GENERATOR WARNING; PI1-124 PI1-79 PI47-4 CHARGE WARNING
O.K .TO START CLUTCH DISENGAGED
WR D C G G C
20.1 20.1
FC52-3 FC9-32 FC9-29 PI1-123
56 NG YR D GENERATOR
S FC52-1 FC52-4 FC9-16
BG P B
FC52-2 FC9-31 FC8-32
P B
PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM TRANSCEIVER FC8-2
f02_1_200045
I Input B Battery Voltage + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D D2B Network VARIANT: V6 Vehicles
1 3 4 76 77 92 1 14 15 45 46 80 81 118 + 2
l l ll ll S S E E VIN RANGE: All
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6 Fig. 01.7 O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground S SCP D Serial and Encoded Data DATE OF ISSUE: February 2004
Ignition switched auxiliary power supply (key I, II) Output SCP network
Ignition switched power supply (key II, III) Battery voltage D2B network
Switched System Power Supply power supply Power ground Serial and encoded data
Wiring Symbols
Splice Motor
Bulb
Power distribution box terminal
Capacitor
Pressure transducer
Connector
Resistor
Diode Solenoid
Suppression diode
Eyelet and stud
Suppression resistor
Fuse
Thermistor
Ground Transistor
Wire continued
Hall effect sensor
Zener diode
Light emitting diode (LED)
Code Numbering
When numbering connectors, grounds and splices, Jaguar Engineering uses a three-position format: CA001, CA002, etc.
Because space is limited in this Electrical Guide the codes have, in most cases, been shortened. Thus CA001–001 becomes CA1–1,
CA002–001 becomes CA2–1, etc.
Resistor Values
The omega symbol often used to represent resistance is not used in this publication.
• Whole-number resistor values below 1000 ohms are suffixed with ‘R’, for example: 820R.
• Whole-number resistor values above 1000 ohms are suffixed with ‘K’, for example: 820K.
• Fractional resistors values have ‘R’ or ‘K’ inserted at the position of the decimal point, for example: 8R2 represents 8.2 ohms,
1K0 represents 1K ohms.
Grounds
• There may be up to three eyelets on one ground stud.
• A, B and C are used to indicate the position of the eyelet on the stud: A – first (bottom), B – second (middle), C – third (top).
• Two eyelet variations are used: a single eyelet and an eyelet pair. The single eyelet has a single leg, which is identified by an S;
the eyelet pair has two legs, identified as L (left) or R (right).
G30A G17BR
On figures where LHD and RHD circuits are combined and the ground designation differs from LHD to RHD, the RHD ground code is
shown in parentheses. If the ground designation is the same for LHD and RHD, only one ground code is used, with no parentheses.
EXAMPLE:
G30AS LHD Vehicles
G31BL Same for LHD and RHD Vehicles
(G26AS)
RHD Vehicles
1 2 1 2
Non-Serviceable Relays:
• are located in all three fuse boxes.
• are a component part of the fuse box printed circuit board (PCB) and are arranged in singles or pairs.
• use the ISO pin numbering system – 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 (single relay or top pair relay) and 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 (bottom pair relay).
• are identified by an ‘R’ number unique only to the fuse box in which it is located.
NOTE: Pair relays are normally depicted separately.
EXAMPLE: R10 4 R9 4 R9 4
3 5 3 5 3 5
1 2 1 2 1 2
9
SINGLE 8 10 R9 9
PCB RELAY
8 10
6 7
6 7
PCB
PAIR RELAY PCB
PAIR RELAY
AS DEPICTED
Fuses
Each fuse is identified by an ‘F’ number unique only to the fuse box in which it is located.
EXAMPLE:
F19 15A
S Y Y S
20.2 MESSAGE(S) MESSAGE(S) 20.2
IP5-1 IP10-1
S U U S
20.2 MESSAGE(S) MESSAGE(S) 20.2
IP5-2 IP10-2
Component Depictions
EXAMPLE:
ENGINE
CONTROL STEERING REAR
MODULE COLUMN LOCK ELECTRONIC
MODULE MODULE
FUEL-FIRED
AUXILIARY
HEATER DRIVER DOOR
LH HEADLAMP MODULE MODULE
LEVELING
MODULE
DYNAMIC
STABILITY
YAW
CONTROL
RATE
MODULE FRONT
SENSORS
RH HEADLAMP ELECTRONIC
LEVELING MODULE
MODULE
CLIMATE
CONTROL
MODULE
REAR CLIMATE
CONTROL
RESTRAINTS MODULE
CONTROL
MODULE
J-GATE
MODULE
SPEED
PARKING AID CONTROL
MODULE MODULE
CD
AUTOCHANGER
AIR
SUSPENSION
ROOF MODULE
CONSOLE
INSTRUMENT AUDIO UNIT CELLULAR PHONE
TIRE PRESSURE CLUSTER CONTROL MODULE
MONITORING NETWORK GATEWAY
MODULE NETWORK GATEWAY
PARKING D2B
BRAKE
MODULE
VOICE ACTIVATION
POWER AMPLIFIER
MODULE
SERIAL SCP
CAN
DATA LINK
NAVIGATION MULTIMEDIA
CONTROL MODULE CONTROL
PANEL
net_com_35006
EC – ENGINE COMPARTMENT
HARNESS
PI – ENGINE MANAGEMENT
HARNESS
PASSENGER JUNCTION
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (LHD) FUSE BOX
CR – CABIN HARNESS
BO – BATTERY HARNESS
TL – TELEMATICS HARNESS
CR – CABIN HARNESS
BATTERY
harn_fuse_box_35006
R3 R4
R1 R2
R6
R5 R7
R8
F35
80A
R1 *
F14 10A
F13 20A
F12 10A
FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX F49 40A F42 10A F28 10A F11 5A
* NON-SERVICEABLE PCB RELAYS
F48 20A F41 20A F27 10A F10 5A
F35 10A
F34 5A F20 5A
F19 30A F27 10A
F33 5A F19 5A
F11 5A F20 10A F28 25A
F32 5A
F12 10A F21 25A F29 10A
F31 15A F17 5A
F13 20A R5 * F22 10A F30 10A
R6 * F30 10A F16 5A
F5 40A R7 * F31 40A
R8 * F29 10A F15 5A
F6 10A F15 5A F24 25A F32 30A
R3
R1 R2
F43 15A
EC19 EC28
EC4
EC26
EC32
EC22 EC41
EC35
EC5
CR6
EC40
CR47 CR48
CR56
CR81 CR82
CR80
CR49 EC55
EC7
CR68
CR5 CR98
CR84
CR3
CR97
LHD: RHD:
IP1 IP1
IP2 IP8
IP3 IP9
IP4 IP22
IP9 IP51
IP17 IP55
IP22 IP58
IP51 LHD:
IP58 IP8
RHD: IP55
IP2
IP3
IP4 CC10
IP17
LHD: RHD:
SD1 SD1
SD16 SD16
SD28 SD28
RHD: LHD:
SP16 SP1
SP28 SP16
SP28
LS1 RS1
LS11 RS11
SR4 SL4
ip_sh_con_35006
Small Harnesses
RF25 RF1
LHD: RHD:
DD1 DD1
DD3 DD3
RHD: LHD:
PD1 PD1
PD16 PD16
LHD: RHD:
DT1 DT1
DT6 DT6
RHD: LHD:
PT1 PT1
RL1 RR1
RL9 RR9
LT1 RT1
FP2
FP6 RF2
RF26 BL11
CV1
CV5
BT11
small_harn_35006
Telematics Harness
CC1
CC2
CC3
CC4
CC5
CC6
CC7
TL28
TL31
TL95
TL93
RF26
TL55
TL14
tele-_harn_35006
G3
G1
G2
G4
ENGINE BLOCK GROUND
G30 G26
G8
G12 G13
G18 G17
G16
(IN ROOF)
G25 G24
G22
G29 G23
gp_loc__35006
LHD
LH HEADLAMP RH HEADLAMP
LEVELING MODULE LEVELING MODULE
DYNAMIC STABILITY
CONTROL MODULE
STEERING COLUMN
LOCK MODULE
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
FRONT ELECTRONIC MODULE
CLIMATE CONTROL MODULE
SPEED CONTROL MODULE
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE
AUDIO UNIT
DRIVER DOOR MODULE
CLIMATE CONTROL PANEL
REAR
CLIMATE CONTROL MODULE
lhd_cm_loc_35006
RHD
LH HEADLAMP RH HEADLAMP
LEVELING MODULE LEVELING MODULE
DYNAMIC STABILITY
CONTROL MODULE
J-GATE MODULE
REAR
CLIMATE CONTROL MODULE
rhd_cm_loc_35006
PI300 EC300
PI300 / BLACK
73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96
_ GW RW RU RW BG BR BK BO BU U BW UY Y YU UY RW OG _ UY _ NY _ YR
49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72
U YU YR YG YU YR GR GR YR GW Y GW GU GB _ YB R U Y UY BK GW U U
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48
_ G N R Y O _ _ N Y _ _ _ BK YU N N N N _ B YR OY _
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
Y G WR _ _ B R G _ BG BG BG _ _ BG YR _ BK B B _ BW Y OW
EC300 / BLACK
5 6 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58
B WG _ _ R WU NW GO G _ NR BU _ _ Y
33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
U _ YG YR _ Y _ U GO GU Y _ G
3 4
B WG
20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
N Y _ Y R _ _ _ _ _ GO _ U
1 2 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
B B G BG _ _ _ WU Y _ GR BW Y _ OY
ecm_35006
M3 L3 K3 J3 H3 G3 F3 E3 D3 C3 B3 A3 A2 B2 C2 D2 E2 F2 G2 H2 J2 K2 L2 M2 A2 B2 C2 D2 E2 F2 G2 H2 J2 K2 L2 M2
BW GW SB WR NW NR NR WR — YR — WR — — — YG NG NU — — — — GY BR W BG Y U — WU GO — — WU WG B
M2 L2 K2 J2 H2 G2 F2 E2 D2 C2 B2 A2 A3 B3 C3 D3 E3 F3 G3 H3 J3 K3 L3 M3 A3 B3 C3 D3 E3 F3 G3 H3 J3 K3 L3 M3
BU GU SB WR BU NR WG NR NR W U WR G — — WR WG RB BY — GO BU GR GO — OY — BG U Y — — U GO WG B
M1 L1 K1 J1 H1 G1 F1 E1 D1 C1 B1 A1 A4 B4 C4 D4 E4 F4 G4 H4 J4 K4 L4 M4 A4 B4 C4 D4 E4 F4 G4 H4 J4 K4 L4 M4
— — BU GU GU YR WR W YG WG W — Y — NR NY WB — — — BU BR — — — YG YR GR Y WU WR G GU WG B B
Jaguar XJ 2006
dies_pcm_35006
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
IP5
IP6
IP7
ic_35006
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
1 2
GO BW — YU BG G YR WB GU GW R YB G WG OY WU U — O RW RW U OG BW — — NW BR U BW — NR WU BK YR GU B —
NW B
11 12
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 7 8 9 10 11 12 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
RW RW
Y B U YB WU RW W Y R RU WG WG WB WB OG O U OY OG UY B Y N — — O B — BR — U BG BG UY BG GW RW BW
CR10
CR10 / BLACK
3 4 5 6
1 2 7 8
— BW — B
OY W RU RU
9 10 16 17
11 12 13 14 15
R BR RU RU
B — B B BO
Jaguar XJ 2006
fem_35006
CR73 CR71
rem_35006
29
Control Module Pin Identification
Control Module Pin Identification Jaguar XJ 2006
17
33 — 2
NG 18 N
34 Y 3
WU 19 —
35 U 4
G 20 —
36 — 5
WR 21 R
37 — 6
NR 22 U
38 R 7
R 23 UY
39 — 8
— 24 W
40 — 9
BK 25 U
41 — 10
Y 26 W
42 W 11
N 27 Y
43 O 12
W 28 Y
44 — 13 EC30
— 29 G
45 BK 14
WG 30 G
46 Y 15
NG 31 —
—
47 16
B B
CR52
CR52 / BLACK
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
WR RU B BO W OY GW RG OG WU WG YU YR
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
RU RW BG YR Y GU — — — WR W YB Y
CA265 CA266
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
— — — — — — GW NW R — G Y WU GO — WR YB NW —
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
— — U G Y WU RW B Y GB — — — — RW — — — —
dsc_pam_pbm_35006
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
— — — — NR GB GU GO — G Y U — — — WU
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
— — — — BO BW BR B — — — B — — — NW
IP78 / YELLOW
15 30
NW —
14 29
WG —
13 28
EC23 / BLACK — —
1 12 27
WG B —
2 11 26
B — —
3 10 25
U — —
4 9 24
R Y —
5 8 23
NW G —
EC23
7 22
— —
6 21
R —
IP78
5 20
R U
4 19
— —
3 18
R —
2 17
U —
1 16
— —
asm_ascm_35006
RA2 RA1
ccm_rccm_35006
SD4 SD2
SD4 / BLACK SD2 / BLACK SD3 / BLACK SD24 / BLACK SD26 / BLACK SD27 / BLACK
Jaguar XJ 2006
13 12 11 2 1 11 2 1 6 4 2 4 2 4 2 6 4 2
NG WB WB 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 — — GB 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 — Y NR — OG YR UY GU — GR GO NG
26 25 24 R WU U O — — — — 15 14 22 RW — — — — UY U — 13 12 5 3 1 3 1 3 1 5 3 1
BK WB — 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 — — WR 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 — U B — GO RU YU U — RG GW B
WR WU — — — — — — O YR N YB Y WG RU —
CR37 CR38
CR41 CR21 CR53 CR59
CR37 / BLACK CR38 / BLACK CR41 / BLACK CR21 / BLACK CR53 / BLACK CR59 / BLACK
13 12 11 2 1 11 2 1 6 4 2 4 2 4 2 6 4 2
NG WB WG 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 O O GB 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 — Y NR — — GO RG RG — — GO NG
26 25 24 WR WU — — — — — WR 15 14 22 RW — — — — — — — 13 12 5 3 1 3 1 3 1 5 3 1
B WB WB 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 BK BK GB 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 — U B — — GW RU RU — — GW B
WU WR — — — — — WR RW WG RU — — WG RU —
dsm_ddm_rmm_35006
33
Control Module Pin Identification
Control Module Pin Identification Jaguar XJ 2006
EC73
EC69
EC74
FF1 / BLACK
4 3 2 1
G W
8 7 6 5
U Y G
FF1
FF3 / BLACK
2
B
1
YG
FF3
gp_ffh_35006
C69
C31 C35
C29
C87
C34
FH14
FH15 C88
C30
C25
C28
C77
sensors_35006
C39
GP2 C36
GP1
C44
C70
C46
C47 C48
C45
C71
C40
C49
C41
C42
C43
actu_35006
page reference for TOC
Fig. 01.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
BATTERY — — TRUNK / RH SIDE
FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX EC4 4-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FRONT
EC5 4-WAY / BLACK
EC19 8-WAY / BLACK
EC22 4-WAY / BLACK
EC26 8-WAY / BLACK
EC28 12-WAY / BLACK
EC32 4-WAY / BLACK
EC35 8-WAY / BLACK
EC40 8-WAY / BLACK
EC41 10-WAY / BLACK
IGNITION SWITCH IP34 7-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN
MEGAFUSES — — TRUNK / RH SIDE
PASSENGER (PRIMARY) JUNCTION FUSE BOX CR6 10-WAY / BLACK CABIN / RH ‘A’ POST
CR47 11-WAY / BLACK
CR48 11-WAY / BLACK
CR49 10-WAY / BLACK
CR56 10-WAY / BLACK
EC7 15-WAY / BLACK
EC55 11-WAY / BLACK
REAR POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX CR3 4-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / RH REAR
CR5 4-WAY / BLACK
CR68 8-WAY / BLACK
CR80 4-WAY / BLACK
CR81 8-WAY / BLACK
CR82 12-WAY / BLACK
CR83 4-WAY / BLACK
CR84 8-WAY / BLACK
CR97 8-WAY / BLACK
CR98 10-WAY / BLACK
TRANSIT ISOLATION RELAY CR95 2-WAY / WHITE TRUNK / ADJACENT TO BATTERY
GROUNDS
Ground Location
BC1 TRUNK / RH SIDE / ADJACENT TO BATTERY
BC3 TRUNK / RH SIDE / ADJACENT TO BATTERY
G23 TRUNK / RH SIDE / ADJACENT TO BATTERY
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
control modules and control module pins.
B
5 02.1 02.2
450A BO11
BO3 R
B B R
BC2 BO5 BO1 BO2 B
† 175A
NOTE: ‡ 225A CR19
† Gasoline vehicles.
BC1 BC3 BATTERY ‡ Diesel vehicles.
R NOTE:
100A CR115 * Vehicles in Transit position.
** Vehicles in Functional position.
B B GO
MEGAFUSES
CRS23 CR95-1 CR95-2
* NW * 6 05.3 08.6 *
G23AL
TIMER
* NW ** NW ** 6 05.3 08.6 **
20A * CR118-1
TRANSIT ISOLATION
RELAY
CR17 B EC8A BO4
CR116
EC9
1 2 3
CR48-11
0
YU YU ** NW NW
IP34-6 IP1-2 CR48-10 ** CR118-1 CR117-1 CR97-8 F52 20A
F39 5A
I
RU
4
IP34-4
II
III
IGNITION SWITCH
RU
IP58-14 CR6-4 F41 20A
BATTERY POWERBUS
BATTERY POWERBUS
BATTERY POWERBUS
PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX FRONT REAR
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
f01_1_35005
1 6 Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.3 16 52 Fig. 01.5 78 105 Fig. 01.7 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V A ACP S VARIANT: All Vehicles
64 95 + Battery Voltage SCP
ll ll S S
VIN RANGE: All
7 63 Fig. 01.2 1 15 Fig. 01.4 53
S
77
S
Fig. 01.6 106
E
143 Fig. 01.8
E
O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data
DATE OF ISSUE: April 2006
l ll
Fig. 01.2
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX EC4 4-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FRONT
EC5 4-WAY / BLACK
EC19 8-WAY / BLACK
EC22 4-WAY / BLACK
EC26 8-WAY / BLACK
EC28 12-WAY / BLACK
EC32 4-WAY / BLACK
EC35 8-WAY / BLACK
EC40 8-WAY / BLACK
EC41 10-WAY / BLACK
REAR POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX CR3 4-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / RH REAR
CR5 4-WAY / BLACK
CR68 8-WAY / BLACK
CR80 4-WAY / BLACK
CR81 8-WAY / BLACK
CR82 12-WAY / BLACK
CR83 4-WAY / BLACK
CR84 8-WAY / BLACK
CR97 8-WAY / BLACK
CR98 10-WAY / BLACK
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
control modules and control module pins.
NR 7 03.1 03.3
2 03.5 3
EC8 BO4 (RHD) NR 35 11.1 11.2 11.3
NR ECS93 NR NR 8 04.1
F17 10A EC40-2 NOTE: ECS93 - Gasoline only PI41-31 NR 36 11.4 11.5 11.6
NR NR (LHD)
NR CR83-1 SP1-2 (LHD) SPS1 NR
9 05.1 F5 40A 37 11.6
SD1-2 (RHD)
F20 30A EC4-1 NOTE: SPS1 - Rear Passenger override only
NW 10 05.1
N N 38 19.2
F22 15A EC4-2 F6 10A CR83-2
NG 39 11.8
F9 25A CR84-2
11 13.1
F26 40A NR 40 11.9
F21 25A CR80-3
12 13.1
NW NW 41 15.1 15.2
F27 10A CR68-2 TL14-10
13 13.1
NG NG 42 14.1
NG 14 03.2 03.4 03.6 03.8 F28 25A CR68-4 RL1-1
21 08.1 08.2 NW
51a 05.5
F37 10A CR81-8
22 08.1 08.2
23 13.1 52 01.7
24 13.1 53 01.7
25 01.8 54 01.7
26 01.8 55 01.7
56 01.7
RU
27 03.8
F21 20A EC26-4
57 01.7
28 01.8 58 06.2
31 05.3 61 01.4
32 06.2 62 19.2
33 06.2 63 19.2
34 01.4 01.8
FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX REAR POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
f01_2_35006
1 6 Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.3 16 52 Fig. 01.5 78 105 Fig. 01.7 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V A ACP S VARIANT: All Vehicles
64 95 + Battery Voltage SCP
ll ll S S
VIN RANGE: All
7 63 Fig. 01.2 1 15 Fig. 01.4 53
S
77
S
Fig. 01.6 106
E
143 Fig. 01.8
E
O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data
DATE OF ISSUE: April 2006
l ll
Fig. 01.3
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
PASSENGER (PRIMARY) JUNCTION FUSE BOX CR6 10-WAY / BLACK CABIN / RH ‘A’ POST
CR47 11-WAY / BLACK
CR48 11-WAY / BLACK
CR49 10-WAY / BLACK
CR56 10-WAY / BLACK
EC7 15-WAY / BLACK
EC55 11-WAY / BLACK
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
control modules and control module pins.
1
CR116
NOTE: * TLS17 - Existence dependent on option specification.
RW 64 16.1 16.2
RW 65 16.1 16.2
RW 66 16.2
RW RW RW 67 15.3
CR68-3 *TLS17
F30 10A TL93-16
RW 68 15.3
RW RW
RC2-1 RCS1 RW 69 15.3
RW 70 15.3
RW 71 16.5
NG NG 72 14.1
F31 15A CR49-6
NW NW 73 11.3 11.4 11.5 11.6
F35 10A CR49-3 SD28-11 (LHD)
SP28-11 (RHD)
NG NG 74 11.1 11.2 11.3 11.4 11.5 11.6
F36 40A CR49-4 SD1-1 (LHD)
SP1-1 (RHD)
NR NR 75 14.1
F37 25A CR49-1 DD3-1
NW NW NW 76 15.1 15.2
F38 15A CR47-10 TL31-7 CC7-10
NG NG 77 12.2
F40 10A CR47-3 IP22-9
NW 78 01.6 01.7 03.2 03.4 03.6 03.8 07.1 08.3 09.1 10.2 11.10 12.1 12.2 14.1
NW NW 81 19.1
IP1-1
NW NW 82 20.1 20.2 20.3
F43 5A CR6-8 IP51-3
NG NG 83 03.1 03.3 03.5 03.7 08.3
F44 5A CR6-2
NW 84 19.2
NW
CR6-6 CRS81 NW NW
F45 10A 85 11.3 11.4 11.5 11.6
SP28-11 (LHD)
SD28-11 (RHD)
NR NR 86 14.1
F46 25A CR6-1 PD1-1
O O 87 07.1 08.1 08.2 08.3 09.2 09.3 10.1
F47 5A CR6-7 IP22-3
OY OY 88 10.1
F48 20A CR6-5 IP22-4
(LHD) NR 89 11.1 11.2 11.3
92 01.6
93 01.6
94 01.6
BATTERY POWER BUS
95 01.6
1 6 Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.3 16 52 Fig. 01.5 78 105 Fig. 01.7 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V A ACP S VARIANT: All Vehicles
64 95 + Battery Voltage SCP
ll ll S S
VIN RANGE: All
7 63 Fig. 01.2 1 15 Fig. 01.4 53
S
77
S
Fig. 01.6 106
E
143 Fig. 01.8
E
O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data
DATE OF ISSUE: April 2006
l ll
Fig. 01.4
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX EC4 4-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FRONT
EC5 4-WAY / BLACK
EC19 8-WAY / BLACK
EC22 4-WAY / BLACK
EC26 8-WAY / BLACK
EC28 12-WAY / BLACK
EC32 4-WAY / BLACK
EC35 8-WAY / BLACK
EC40 8-WAY / BLACK
EC41 10-WAY / BLACK
IGNITION SWITCH IP34 7-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN
PASSENGER (PRIMARY) JUNCTION FUSE BOX CR6 10-WAY / BLACK CABIN / RH ‘A’ POST
CR47 11-WAY / BLACK
CR48 11-WAY / BLACK
CR49 10-WAY / BLACK
CR56 10-WAY / BLACK
EC7 15-WAY / BLACK
EC55 11-WAY / BLACK
REAR IGNITION RELAY — — REAR POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – R2
REAR POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX CR3 4-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / RH REAR
CR5 4-WAY / BLACK
CR68 8-WAY / BLACK
CR80 4-WAY / BLACK
CR81 8-WAY / BLACK
CR82 12-WAY / BLACK
CR83 4-WAY / BLACK
CR84 8-WAY / BLACK
CR97 8-WAY / BLACK
CR98 10-WAY / BLACK
SLAVE IGNITION RELAY — — FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – R9
GROUNDS
Ground Location
G2 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BELOW FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G23 TRUNK / RH SIDE / ADJACENT TO BATTERY
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
control modules and control module pins.
1
CR116
F41 20A
RU RU
IP58-14 CR6-4
YB 1 19.2
I
CR98-7
YB YB 2 19.2
CRS34 I
0 F7 5A CR56-7 CR98-6
YU 8 16.2
I
YU YU
TLS1 YU
F20 5A CR49-9 TL93-14 9 16.5
I
NOTE: TLS1 - Existence dependent
on option specification. YU YU 10 15.3
I
RC2-6
R 11 16.3 16.4 16.5
I
R R
TLS10 R R
F34 5A CR49-10 TL93-15 12 16.3 16.4 16.5
I
CC1-16
WU 13a 05.5
GU II
F55 5A CR97-4
2 01.8
EC8 R R 13 19.1
R9 ENGINE II
4 GU 01.8 MANAGEMENT F54 15A CR97-2 IP51-9
5 3 GU CIRCUITS R2 4 WR 14 06.3
34 3 II
F1 5A EC28-4 ECS19 GU
01.8 61
5 RG RG WR
1 2 CR97-1 RAS1 WR 15 06.3
42 F53 20A IP51-5 IP66-7
II 1 2 II
GU WR B B RAS2
EC46-1 CR98-9 CR82-2 CRS23
SLAVE IGNITION
RELAY* REAR IGNITION
RELAY G23AL
*NOTE: Refer to Fig. 01.8 for complete Slave Ignition Relay circuit details.
f01_4_35006
1 6 Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.3 16 52 Fig. 01.5 78 105 Fig. 01.7 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V A ACP S VARIANT: All Vehicles
64 95 + Battery Voltage SCP
ll ll S S
VIN RANGE: All
7 63 Fig. 01.2 1 15 Fig. 01.4 53
S
77
S
Fig. 01.6 106
E
143 Fig. 01.8
E
O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data
DATE OF ISSUE: April 2006
l ll
Fig. 01.5
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX EC4 4-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FRONT
EC5 4-WAY / BLACK
EC19 8-WAY / BLACK
EC22 4-WAY / BLACK
EC26 8-WAY / BLACK
EC28 12-WAY / BLACK
EC32 4-WAY / BLACK
EC35 8-WAY / BLACK
EC40 8-WAY / BLACK
EC41 10-WAY / BLACK
IGNITION SWITCH IP34 7-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN
INERTIA SWITCH CR2 3-WAY / GREY LH ‘A’ POST
PASSENGER (PRIMARY) JUNCTION FUSE BOX CR6 10-WAY / BLACK CABIN / RH ‘A’ POST
CR47 11-WAY / BLACK
CR48 11-WAY / BLACK
CR49 10-WAY / BLACK
CR56 10-WAY / BLACK
EC7 15-WAY / BLACK
EC55 11-WAY / BLACK
REAR POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX CR3 4-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / RH REAR
CR5 4-WAY / BLACK
CR68 8-WAY / BLACK
CR80 4-WAY / BLACK
CR81 8-WAY / BLACK
CR82 12-WAY / BLACK
CR83 4-WAY / BLACK
CR84 8-WAY / BLACK
CR97 8-WAY / BLACK
CR98 10-WAY / BLACK
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
control modules and control module pins.
1
CR116
F41 20A
4
RU GO GO 17 12.2
ECS1 II
IP58-14 CR6-4 GO EC1-1
WU 32 11.9
II
WU 33 05.2
II
WU WU WU WU 34 11.10
CR56-3 CRS27 TLS54 II
F3 5A TL93-13
NG NG WU 35 03.2 03.4 03.6 11.7 19.1
II
CC2-7 CL3-4
WU WU 36 10.2
II
RF1-6
WU 37 08.1 08.2 08.6
II
WU WU
EC1-8 ECS2 WU 38 08.1 08.2 08.6
II
WB WB 39 05.2
CR56-9 II
F4 5A IP22-6
GO GO 40 20.1 20.2 20.3
CR49-2 II
F16 5A IP1-8
W 41 05.1
EC7-1 II
F17 5A
GU 42 01.4 01.8
II
EC28-3
GU GU GU 43 03.1 03.3 03.5 03.7
EC7-3 ECS33 II
F19 5A
GU GU FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
44 03.2 03.4 03.6 03.8
II
EC46-14
WR 45 05.2
II
WR 46 18.1
II
WR
CR49-7 CRS39 WR WR WR
F32 5A 47 08.4 08.5
II
TT10-1 TT5-1
WR 48 16.2
II
WR WR
TLS57 WR
TL14-8 49 16.1 16.2
II
NOTE: TLS57 is not used in vehicles with phone only option.
GO GO 50 04.1 05.1
II
GO IP22-10
CR49-8 CRS42 GO
F33 5A 51 02.1 02.2 04.1
II
GO GO GO
PIS26 GO
EC1-21 PI41-13 52 02.1 02.2
II
PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX GO GO 52a 02.3 04.1
II f01_5_35006
GB1-7
1 6 Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.3 16 52 Fig. 01.5 78 105 Fig. 01.7 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V A ACP S VARIANT: All Vehicles
64 95 + Battery Voltage SCP
ll ll S S
VIN RANGE: All
7 63 Fig. 01.2 1 15 Fig. 01.4 53
S
77
S
Fig. 01.6 106
E
143 Fig. 01.8
E
O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data
DATE OF ISSUE: April 2006
l ll
Fig. 01.6
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
FRONT ELECTRONIC MODULE CR1 26-WAY / BLACK CABIN / LH ‘A’ POST
CR9 12-WAY / BLACK
CR10 17-WAY / BLACK
CR85 20-WAY / BLACK
EC36 22-WAY / BLACK
PASSENGER (PRIMARY) JUNCTION FUSE BOX CR6 10-WAY / BLACK CABIN / RH ‘A’ POST
CR47 11-WAY / BLACK
CR48 11-WAY / BLACK
CR49 10-WAY / BLACK
CR56 10-WAY / BLACK
EC7 15-WAY / BLACK
EC55 11-WAY / BLACK
REAR ELECTRONIC MODULE CR4 20-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / RH REAR
CR11 26-WAY / NATURAL
CR12 12-WAY / BLACK
CR13 22-WAY / BLACK
CR71 17-WAY / BLACK
CR73 4-WAY / BLACK
SWITCHED SYSTEM POWER RELAY 1 — — PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX – R1
SWITCHED SYSTEM POWER RELAY 2 — — PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX – R1
GROUNDS
Ground Location
G9 CABIN / UPPER LH ‘A’ POST
G24 TRUNK / RH SIDE / REAR ELECTRONIC MODULE
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
control modules and control module pins.
OY 53 08.1 08.2
S
OY
SCP NOTE: The Switched System Power Relays are activated R1B ECS21 OY
9 F9 10A EC55-7 54 08.1 08.2
by the FEM or the REM whenever messages are present on the 8 10
S
SCP Network. After the ignition is switched off, the relays remain 92
activated until all SCP messages are removed. O 55 19.1
S
6 7
93
OO O
EC7-15 IP8-3 IPS7
F10 5A
SWITCHED SYSTEM O 57 09.1
POWER RELAY 1 S
NW B RW OY OY 58 13.1
80 S
CR9-6 CR47-2
CR48-7 F12 10A
SWITCHED N N 59 12.1
SYSTEM S
POWER F13 20A CR48-8
CONTROL NW 60 08.1 08.2 08.3
S
NW NW NW 61 09.1
IPS3 S
Y S + O RW IP58-1
20.3 20.2
CR9-7 CR1-13 NW 62 09.1
S
U S –
20.3 20.2
CR9-1 NW NW NW NW 63 06.1 09.2
CRS14 S
F14 10A CR47-6 TL28-9 CC1-22
20.3 20.2
U S –
CR13-2 Y Y 73 13.1
S
F26 15A EC55-5
B NW NW 74 05.4
CR11-12 ECS13 S
F27 10A EC55-9
N N 75 06.1
S
REAR ELECTRONIC MODULE G24AR
N N N N 76 09.1 10.1 10.2 12.1
CRS44 S
F28 10A CR47-8 DD1-6
N N RB 77 06.3
S
IP22-11 IP66-1
RW 01.7
RW 01.7
f01_6_35006
1 6 Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.3 16 52 Fig. 01.5 78 105 Fig. 01.7 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V A ACP S VARIANT: All Vehicles
64 95 + Battery Voltage SCP
ll ll S S
VIN RANGE: All
7 63 Fig. 01.2 1 15 Fig. 01.4 53
S
77
S
Fig. 01.6 106
E
143 Fig. 01.8
E
O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data
DATE OF ISSUE: April 2006
l ll
Fig. 01.7
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
FRONT ELECTRONIC MODULE CR1 26-WAY / BLACK CABIN / LH ‘A’ POST
CR9 12-WAY / BLACK
CR10 17-WAY / BLACK
CR85 20-WAY / BLACK
EC36 22-WAY / BLACK
REAR ELECTRONIC MODULE CR4 20-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / RH REAR
CR11 26-WAY / NATURAL
CR12 12-WAY / BLACK
CR13 22-WAY / BLACK
CR71 17-WAY / BLACK
CR73 4-WAY / BLACK
REAR POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX CR3 4-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / RH REAR
CR5 4-WAY / BLACK
CR68 8-WAY / BLACK
CR80 4-WAY / BLACK
CR81 8-WAY / BLACK
CR82 12-WAY / BLACK
CR83 4-WAY / BLACK
CR84 8-WAY / BLACK
CR97 8-WAY / BLACK
CR98 10-WAY / BLACK
SWITCHED SYSTEM POWER RELAY 3 — — PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX – R7A
SWITCHED SYSTEM POWER RELAY 4 — — PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX – R7B
SWITCHED SYSTEM POWER RELAY 5 — — PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX – R8B
GROUNDS
Ground Location
G9 CABIN / UPPER LH ‘A’ POST
G24 TRUNK / RH SIDE / REAR ELECTRONIC MODULE
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
control modules and control module pins.
R7A 4
SCP NOTE: The Switched System Power Relays are activated by
3 5
the FEM or the REM whenever messages are present on 52
the SCP Network. After the ignition is switched off, the relays
remain activated until all SCP messages are removed. 1 2
53
20.3 20.2
Y S + O RW NR NR 93 15.3
CR13-1 CR4-4 S
TL93-5
U S – RU RU 94 09.1
20.3 20.2 S
CR13-2 SD28-15
RU RU RU 95 09.1
R7B S
B 9 F11 5A CR82-4 CRS7 SP28-15
CR11-12 RU
54
8 10 96 09.1
S
RU RU
REAR ELECTRONIC MODULE G24AR 55
6 7 RF2-14 RFS2 RU 97 09.1 19.2
S
N N 98 05.3 08.6
SWITCHED SYSTEM CR81-2 S
F12 10A
POWER RELAY 4
RU 99 11.10
S
RW RU
CR82-10 F13 20A CR81-1 CRS40 RU 100 11.10
S
f01_7_35006
1 6 Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.3 16 52 Fig. 01.5 78 105 Fig. 01.7 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V A ACP S VARIANT: All Vehicles
64 95 + Battery Voltage SCP
ll ll S S
VIN RANGE: All
7 63 Fig. 01.2 1 15 Fig. 01.4 53
S
77
S
Fig. 01.6 106
E
143 Fig. 01.8
E
O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data
DATE OF ISSUE: April 2006
l ll
Engine Control Module Fig. 01.8
Pin Description and Characteristic
O EC300–16 EMS CONTROL RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
COMPONENTS
Powertrain Control Module Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
Pin Description and Characteristic EMS CONTROL RELAY (Diesel) — — FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – R5
O EC66–J3 EMS CONTROL RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
EMS CONTROL RELAY (Gasoline) — — FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – R11
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EC300 58-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT BULKHEAD / PASSENGER SIDE
EC300 96-WAY / BLACK
FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX EC4 4-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FRONT
EC5 4-WAY / BLACK
EC19 8-WAY / BLACK
EC22 4-WAY / BLACK
EC26 8-WAY / BLACK
EC28 12-WAY / BLACK
EC32 4-WAY / BLACK
EC35 8-WAY / BLACK
EC40 8-WAY / BLACK
EC41 10-WAY / BLACK
HO2S RELAY — — FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – R12
IGNITION COIL RELAY — — FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – R7
INTERCOOLER RELAY — — FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – R12B
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE C98 48-WAY / BROWN ENGINE COMPARTMENT BULKHEAD / PASSENGER SIDE
C99 48-WAY / GREY
EC66 48-WAY / BLACK
REAR POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX CR3 4-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / RH REAR
CR5 4-WAY / BLACK
CR68 8-WAY / BLACK
CR80 4-WAY / BLACK
CR81 8-WAY / BLACK
CR82 12-WAY / BLACK
CR83 4-WAY / BLACK
CR84 8-WAY / BLACK
CR97 8-WAY / BLACK
CR98 10-WAY / BLACK
SLAVE IGNITION RELAY — — FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – R9
GROUNDS
Ground Location
G2 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BELOW FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
R9 4
3 5 GU GU GU 125 03.2
34 E
03.4 03.6 03.8
EC28-4 ECS19 EC46-2 CR82-1
F1 5A
42 1 2 GU 126 03.2
II E
GU GU GU 130 03.2
E
EC19-6 EC21-2
GU GU 131 03.6
E
EC41-8
GU 132 03.4 03.6
E
G2AR
FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
f01_8_35006
1 6 Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.3 16 52 Fig. 01.5 78 105 Fig. 01.7 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V A ACP S VARIANT: All Vehicles
64 95 + Battery Voltage SCP
ll ll S S
VIN RANGE: All
7 63 Fig. 01.2 1 15 Fig. 01.4 53
S
77
S
Fig. 01.6 106
E
143 Fig. 01.8
E
O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data
DATE OF ISSUE: April 2006
l ll
Fig. 02.1Battery; Starter; Generator: V6
GROUNDS
Ground Location
BC1 TRUNK / RH SIDE / ADJACENT TO BATTERY
BC3 TRUNK / RH SIDE / ADJACENT TO BATTERY
G4 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ENGINE BLOCK GROUND
G26 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH SIDE / REARWARD OF SUSPENSION TOWER
G30 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH SIDE / REARWARD OF SUSPENSION TOWER
G31 CABIN / BEHIND PASSENGER AIR BAG
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
B B R B
5
BC2 BO1 BO2 450A BO11 BO19 BO20
R10 4
KEY-IN
RW 3 5 WR
30
IP34-5 F19 25A EC4-3 PI41-34
0 Y 1 2 GO
EC41-1 EC28-8
STARTER RELAY
I
4
RU
IP34-4 FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION BOX
II
RU 01.5 IGNITION-SWITCHED
CIRCUITS (II)
IP34-7
III
Y Y Y
IP34-1 IP51-6 EC2-2
IGNITION SWITCH
51 GO B
II
GB2-9
O GR
P,N
GB2-10 PI41-37
P B
GB2-13 WR
P B EL2
GB2-16 PIS30
B B
BO21
TRANSMISSION CONTROL G30
(G26)
MODULE BO9 B
STARTER MOTOR
B
G4
52 GO B BO10
II
19 GO B LOGIC GO O START
PI47-2
II IP5-3 EC300-51 ENGINE
4 YG B GR I
I P,N
IP5-4 EC300-15
PASSIVE
ANTI-THEFT Y I CRANK I WR FIELD
SYSTEM EC300-17 ENGINE
REQUEST PI300-3 PI47-3
RW RW I O YR GENERATOR
PI300-96 PI47-1 CONTROL
IPS46 IP5-2
C Y Y I YR
+ 20.1 20.1 C + CHARGE / FAULT
IP6-8 EC300-58 PI300-16 PI47-4
O.K. TO START GENERATOR WARNING
WR D C G
20.1 20.1
G C –
–
IP18-3 IP6-5 IP6-9 EC300-45
65 GU GR D GENERATOR
S IP18-4
IP18-1 IP6-6
BG O B B
IP18-2 IP6-4 IP5-14 IPS6
P B B
PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM IP6-2 IPS2
TRANSCEIVER
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER G31BS
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
f02_1_35006
1 6 Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.3 16 52 Fig. 01.5 78 105 Fig. 01.7 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V A ACP S VARIANT: V6 Vehicles
64 95 + Battery Voltage SCP
ll ll S S
VIN RANGE: All
7 63 Fig. 01.2 1 15 Fig. 01.4 53
S
77
S
Fig. 01.6 106
E
143 Fig. 01.8
E
O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data
DATE OF ISSUE: April 2006
l ll
Engine Control Module Fig. 02.2
Pin Description and Characteristic
I EC300-15 PARK / NEUTRAL SIGNAL: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
I EC300-17 ENGINE CRANK: B+ COMPONENTS
C EC300-45 CAN –
O EC300-51 STARTER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
C EC300-58 CAN +
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
BATTERY — — LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT
I PI300-16 GENERATOR FAULT; CHARGE WARNING
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EC300 58-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT BULKHEAD / PASSENGER SIDE
Instrument Cluster PI300 96-WAY / BLACK
Pin Description and Characteristic FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX EC4 4-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RH FRONT
I IP5–2 KEY-IN AUDIBLE WARNING: B+ WHEN KEY IN EC5 4-WAY / BLACK
B+ IP5–3 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II): B+
EC19 8-WAY / BLACK
B+ IP5–4 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (I): B+
SG IP5–14 SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND EC22 4-WAY / BLACK
EC26 8-WAY / BLACK
PG IP6–2 POWER GROUND: GROUND
I IP6–4 PATS GROUND: GROUND EC28 12-WAY / BLACK
D IP6–5 PATS TRANSCEIVER: ENCODED COMMUNICATION EC32 4-WAY / BLACK
D IP6–6 PATS TRANSCEIVER: ENCODED COMMUNICATION
C IP6–8 CAN + EC35 8-WAY / BLACK
C IP6–9 CAN – EC40 8-WAY / BLACK
GROUNDS
Ground Location
BC1 TRUNK / RH SIDE / ADJACENT TO BATTERY
BC3 TRUNK / RH SIDE / ADJACENT TO BATTERY
G4 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ENGINE BLOCK GROUND
G26 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH SIDE / REARWARD OF SUSPENSION TOWER
G30 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH SIDE / REARWARD OF SUSPENSION TOWER
G31 CABIN / BEHIND PASSENGER AIR BAG
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
B B R B
5
BC2 BO1 BO2 450A BO11
R10 4
KEY-IN
RW 3 5 WR
30
IP34-5 F19 25A EC4-3 PI41-34
0 Y 1 2 GO
EC41-1 EC28-8
STARTER RELAY
I
4
RU
IP34-4 FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION BOX
II
RU 01.5 IGNITION-SWITCHED
CIRCUITS (II)
IP34-7
III
Y Y Y
IP34-1 IP51-6 EC2-2
IGNITION SWITCH
51 GO B
II
GB2-9
O GR
P,N
GB2-10 PI41-37
P B
GB2-13 WR
P B EL2
GB2-16 PIS30
B B
BO7
TRANSMISSION CONTROL G30
(G26)
MODULE BO9 B
STARTER MOTOR
B
G4
52 GO B BO10
II
19 GO B LOGIC GO O START
PI48-2
II IP5-3 EC300-51 ENGINE
NG I BATTERY SENSE
43
4 YG B GR I PI48-3
I P,N
IP5-4 EC300-15
PASSIVE
ANTI-THEFT Y I CRANK
SYSTEM EC300-17 ENGINE
REQUEST
RW RW I
IPS46 IP5-2
C Y Y I YR
+ 20.1 20.1 C + CHARGE / FAULT
IP6-8 EC300-58 PI300-16 PI48-1
O.K. TO START GENERATOR WARNING
WR D C G
20.1 20.1
G C –
–
IP18-3 IP6-5 IP6-9 EC300-45
65 GU GR D GENERATOR
S IP18-4
IP18-1 IP6-6
BG O B B
IP18-2 IP6-4 IP5-14 IPS6
P B B
PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM IP6-2 IPS2
TRANSCEIVER
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER G31BS
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
f02_2_35006
1 6 Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.3 16 52 Fig. 01.5 78 105 Fig. 01.7 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V A ACP S VARIANT: V8 Vehicles
64 95 + Battery Voltage SCP
ll ll S S
VIN RANGE: All
7 63 Fig. 01.2 1 15 Fig. 01.4 53
S
77
S
Fig. 01.6 106
E
143 Fig. 01.8
E
O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data
DATE OF ISSUE: April 2006
l ll
Powertrain Control Module Fig. 02.3
Pin Description and Characteristic
C C98-A3 CAN –
C C98-A4 CAN + COMPONENTS
O C98-H1 GENERATOR COMMAND LINE: PWM
GROUNDS
Ground Location
BC5 TRUNK / RH SIDE / ADJACENT TO BATTERY
BC6 TRUNK / RH SIDE / ADJACENT TO BATTERY
G4 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ENGINE BLOCK GROUND
G26 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH SIDE / REARWARD OF SUSPENSION TOWER
G30 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH SIDE / REARWARD OF SUSPENSION TOWER
G31 CABIN / BEHIND PASSENGER AIR BAG
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
B B R B
5
BC4 BO5 BO16 450A BO14 BO15
B B B B GLOWPLUG
BATTERY 225A CR19 CR17 EC9 03.8 MODULE
BC6 BC5 E307-1 F3 100A EC307-2
MEGAFUSES IN-LINE MIDIFUSE
EC8A
R10 4
KEY-IN 2
RW 3 5 WR
30
IP34-5 F19 25A EC4-3 PI41-34
0 Y 1 2 WR
EC41-1 EC28-8
STARTER RELAY
I
4
RU
IP34-4 FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION BOX
II
RU 01.5 IGNITION-SWITCHED
CIRCUITS (II)
IP34-7
III
Y Y Y
IP34-1 IP51-6 EC2-2
IGNITION SWITCH
52a GO B
II
GB2-9
O GR GR
P,N
GB2-10 GB1-6
P B B B
GB2-13 GBS03 GB1-10 WR
P B B EL2
GB2-16 GB1-9
B B
PI41-7 BO18
TRANSMISSION CONTROL B
MODULE BO12 B
PI41-8
STARTER MOTOR
G26DL (Lhd) B
G30DL (Rhd)
PI41-6
G4
43 NG B BO13
+
C73-1
19 GO B LOGIC WR O START
II IP5-3 EC66-B1 ENGINE
4 YG B GR I
I P,N
IP5-4 EC66-D4
PASSIVE WP
ANTI-THEFT Y I CRANK O ALTCOM
SYSTEM ENGINE C98-H1 C73-2
EC66-F3
REQUEST
RW RW I
IPS46 IP5-2 WG
Y Y I ALTMON
+ C 20.1 20.1 C + C99-F2 C73-3
IP6-8 C98-A4
O.K. TO START GENERATOR WARNING
WR D C G
20.1 20.1
G C –
–
IP18-3 IP6-5 IP6-9 C98-A3
65 GU GR D GENERATOR
S IP18-4
IP18-1 IP6-6
BG O B B
IP18-2 IP6-4 IP5-14 IPS6
P B B
PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM IP6-2 IPS2
TRANSCEIVER
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER G31BS
POWERTRAIN CONTROL
MODULE
f02_3_35006
1 6 Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.3 16 52 Fig. 01.5 78 105 Fig. 01.7 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V A ACP S VARIANT: Diesel 2.7V6
64 95 + Battery Voltage SCP
ll ll S S
VIN RANGE: All
7 63 Fig. 01.2 1 15 Fig. 01.4 53
S
77
S
Fig. 01.6 106
E
143 Fig. 01.8
E
O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data
DATE OF ISSUE: April 2006
l ll
Fig. 03.1Engine Management: V6 – Part 1
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
PI21-1 PI21-2 PI23-1 PI23-2 PI22-1 PI22-2 PI14 -1 -3 -2 -4 -5 PI25 -2 -1 PI24 -2 -1 IL12 -3 -2 -1 IL9 -1 -2 PI29 -2 -1 -4
PI10 -4 -3 -2 -1 PI12 -4 -3 -2 -1 PI11 -4 -3 -2 -1 PI13 -4 -3 -2 -1
PI60 -2 -1 PI61 -2 -1
WG
WG
RW
WR
RW
WR
BW
GW
RU
UY
GU
OY
BG
BG
OY
BG
BG
BG
BG
YR
UY
BK
BK
G
R
N
N
Y
U
N
N
R
Y
B
B
R 142 140 143 141 127
I PI300-028
E E
NR B
Y E E E
7 + I PI300-029
EC300-054 O PI300-076
RU
106 WG B I PI300-026
G
E + PIS56
EC300-004 N
I PI300-027
107 WG B O PI300-077
RW
+
E EC300-006 N
I PI300-040
18 GO I PI300-022
BW
II UY
EC300-030 O PI300-088
VIA INERTIA SWITCH 43 GU I I PI300-041
N
II EC300-042 B
PI300-045
Y O RW
ENGINE CRANK 02.1 I PI300-089
EC300-017
PI300-006
B
EMS CONTROL RELAY 01.8
BW O I PI300-030
O
IL10 IL10 IL10 IL10 IL10
EC300-016 Y -4 -11 -12 -5 -10
I PI300-034
YR R
GENERATOR; CONTROL 02.1 O PI300-007
PI300-096
PI300-033
N
BG
I
GENERATOR; FIELD 02.1
WR PI300-008
G
I
PI300-003 PI300-019
B
GENERATOR; 02.1
YR PI300-042
N
FAULT; CHARGE WARNING I I
PI300-016 PI300-020
B
GO N
STARTER RELAY DRIVE 02.1 O I PI300-043
EC300-051
PI300-070
GW
I
PARK; NEUTRAL
04.1 02.1
GR PI300-018
BK
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED) I
EC300-015 I PI300-066
U
PI300-012
BG
20.1
Y C + I PI300-068
UY PIS49
PI300-001 I PI300-023
Y
G C – BG
20.1 PI300-010
PI300-002 I
U
PI300-071
PI300-024
OY
PI300-015
BG
I YR
PI300-046
PI300-047
OY
I
BK
PI300-069
I EC300-038
Y
EC16-7
EC300-008
BG
ECS32 EC16-5
U
EC300-032
ECS92 EC16-9
I R
EC300-024
EC61-10
G
EC300-007
OY EC61-11
EC300-019
GW EC16-8
O PI300-074
O PI300-075
RW
OY
PI300-072
Y
I PI300-067
R
I PI300-065
BG
PI300-011
GO GO
I EC300-041
UY EC53-3 CRS16
O PI300-092
OG
O PI300-090
GW
RW
OY
OY
BG
BG
OY
B PI300-084
G
O
Y
R
R
Y
EC300-005 YU
B O PI300-087
B EC300-003 Y 129 127
O PI300-086
128 83
EC300-002 E E E PI26 PI26 PI26 PI26 PI26 PI26 CR14 CR14 CR14 CR14 CR14 CR14
B WG -3 -6 -4 -5 -2 -1 -5 -3 -4 -2 -6 -1
EC300-001
PIS11
WG
OG
NG
NG
OY
GO
NR
GU
UY
WG
VVT SOLENOID VALVES IMT SOLENOID VALVES EVAP CANISTER BRAKE ON / OFF THROTTLE BODY
(1 TOP; 2 BOTTOM) PURGE VALVE SWITCH
f03_1_35006
1 6 Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.3 16 52 Fig. 01.5 78 105 Fig. 01.7 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V A ACP S VARIANT: V6 Vehicles
64 95 + Battery Voltage SCP
ll ll S S
VIN RANGE: All
7 63 Fig. 01.2 1 15 Fig. 01.4 53
S
77
S
Fig. 01.6 106
E
143 Fig. 01.8
E
O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data
DATE OF ISSUE: April 2006
l ll
Fig. 03.2
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
AIR CONDITIONING PRESSURE SENSOR EC11 3-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO RADIATOR / LH SIDE
ASL SWITCH CL1 8-WAY / BLACK CABIN, CENTRE CONSOLE
CL2 8-WAY / BLACK CABIN, CENTRE CONSOLE
BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH CR77 2-WAY / BLACK TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
COOLING FAN MODULE EC20 2-WAY / GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RH FRONT, REARWARD OF RADIATOR
GC1 2-WAY / GREY
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EC300 58-WAY / BLACK FRONT BULKHEAD, PASSENGER SIDE
PI300 96-WAY / BLACK FRONT BULKHEAD, PASSENGER SIDE
FUEL INJECTOR 1 IL3 2-WAY / BLACK FUEL RAIL / INTAKE MANIFOLD
FUEL INJECTOR 2 IL6 2-WAY / BLACK FUEL RAIL / INTAKE MANIFOLD
FUEL INJECTOR 3 IL4 2-WAY / BLACK FUEL RAIL / INTAKE MANIFOLD
FUEL INJECTOR 4 IL7 2-WAY / BLACK FUEL RAIL / INTAKE MANIFOLD
FUEL INJECTOR 5 IL5 2-WAY / BLACK FUEL RAIL / INTAKE MANIFOLD
FUEL INJECTOR 6 IL8 2-WAY / BLACK FUEL RAIL / INTAKE MANIFOLD
FUEL TANK FP8 6-WAY / BLACK FUEL TANK, RH SIDE
FUEL PUMP RELAY — — REAR POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – R6
IGNITION CAPACITOR PI54 2-WAY / BLACK LH CYLINDER HEAD, REAR
IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 1 PI2 4-WAY / BLACK RH CYLINDER HEAD
IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 2 PI6 4-WAY / BLACK LH CYLINDER HEAD
IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 3 PI3 4-WAY / BLACK RH CYLINDER HEAD
IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 4 PI7 4-WAY / BLACK LH CYLINDER HEAD
IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 5 PI4 4-WAY / BLACK RH CYLINDER HEAD
IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 6 PI8 4-WAY / BLACK LH CYLINDER HEAD
LEAK DETECTION UNIT CV9 4-WAY / BLACK ABOVE FUEL TANK
REAR ELECTRONIC MODULE CR4 20-WAY / BLACK LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT, RH REAR
CR11 26-WAY / NATURAL
CR12 12-WAY / BLACK
CR13 22-WAY / BLACK
CR73 4-WAY / BLACK
REAR POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX CR5 4-WAY / BLACK LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT
CR82 12-WAY / BLACK
STEERING WHEEL SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES — — STEERING WHEEL
GROUNDS
Ground Location
G3 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BELOW FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION BOX
G9 CABIN / UPPER LH ‘A’ POST
G10 CABIN / RH A POST
G15 CABIN / RH SIDE OF TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
G23 TRUNK / RH SIDE / ADJACENT TO BATTERY
G24 TRUNK / RH SIDE / REAR ELECTRONIC MODULE
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
PI51 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH SIDE / REARWARD OF SUSPENSION TOWER
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
FRONT OF ENGINE 1 3 5 2 4 6 1 3 5 2 4 6
2 1
4 3
BG
NR
NR
BG
NR
NR
BO
NR
NR
BR
BK
U
CYLINDER NUMBERING
GW
GW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
GU
GR
GB
GB
GB
YR
YB
YB
YB
B
B
IGNITION
109 110 111 112 113 114 RW CAPACITOR
E E E E E E RW
IL10 IL10 IL10 IL10 IL10 IL10 RW
-1 -7 -2 -8 -3 -9
138 RW RW
E PIS8 RW PI54 PI54
BG
BG
BO
BR
BK
-1 -2
U
RW
RW
O
BG B
PI300-078
O
BK B
PI300-080
O
BG B
PI300-082
O
BR B B
PI300-079
O
BO B PIS31
PI300-081
O
U B
PI300-083
O GU
PI300-061
PIS9 PIS10
B
O Y COOLING FAN
PI300-059
I
GB PI51 B
GU 130
PI300-062 + E
O YR GC1-2
PI300-057 O
O GW NG
PI300-060 FAN
B
+ 14
O GW EC20-1
PI300-058
I YB O
PI300-064
O
GR
PI300-056
O
WU WU WU I
EC300-049
O EC300-020
N EC21-1 GC1-1
I U U
EC300-040
BG EC53-4 B B
EC300-008 P
U ECS32 EC20-2
EC300-032
WU ECS92
I EC300-012 G3AS
B S
U
CR13-2 20.2
B CR73-2
FUEL TANK
CASSETTE FP6-10 G24AL G24BR
YG
NOTE: The ECM communicates (CAN / SCP)
2K2 RESUME SW8-6 IP55-11 (LHD) with the REM for fuel pump diagnostics.
IP9-3 (RHD)
N
GU
GU
1K0 B
SET + +
CR73-1
510R
35
II
300R REAR ELECTRONIC MODULE
EC17-1 CV5-7
180R SET –
CL3-3
120R
WG
WU
WU
GU
BG
CANCEL
G
U
R
U
Y
CASSETTE
B
B B 2 1
NOTE: Vehicles with Adaptive Speed Control – CRS23 CR82-7
G15AR G9AS G23AL
refer to Speed Control Switches, Fig. 05.4.
(G10BS)
125
E
LEAK DETECTION UNIT ASL SWITCH AIR CONDITIONING BRAKE CANCEL FUEL PUMP DIODE (D1)
(NAS ONLY) PRESSURE SENSOR SWITCH
REAR POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
f03_2_35006
1 6 Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.3 16 52 Fig. 01.5 78 105 Fig. 01.7 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V A ACP S VARIANT: V6 Vehicles
64 95 + Battery Voltage SCP
ll ll S S
VIN RANGE: All
7 63 Fig. 01.2 1 15 Fig. 01.4 53
S
77
S
Fig. 01.6 106
E
143 Fig. 01.8
E
O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data
DATE OF ISSUE: April 2006
l ll
Engine Control Module Fig. 03.3
Pin Description and Characteristic
SG EC300–01 SMALL SIGNAL GROUND 1: GROUND
PG EC300–02 POWER GROUND 1: GROUND COMPONENTS
PG EC300–03 POWER GROUND 2: GROUND
B+ EC300–04 EMS SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY 1: B+
PG EC300–05 POWER GROUND 3: GROUND
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
B+ EC300–06 EMS SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY 2: B+ APP SENSOR CR14 6-WAY / BLACK TOP OF ACCELERATOR PEDAL
SG EC300–07 SENSOR GROUND 1: GROUND
SG EC300–08 SENSOR GROUND 2: GROUND BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH CR78 2-WAY / BLACK TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
I EC300–15 AUTOMATIC – PARK / NEUTRAL SIGNAL: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED CKP SENSOR PI21 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE UNDER SIDE, FORWARD OF BELL HOUSING
MANUAL, ROW – PARK / NEUTRAL SIGNAL: B+ WHEN IGNITION CRANK (III)
O EC300–16 EMS CONTROL RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND CMP SENSOR 1 PI23 2-WAY / BLACK BANK 1 (RH) CAMSHAFT COVER, REAR
I EC300–17 ENGINE CRANK: B+ CMP SENSOR 2 PI22 2-WAY / BLACK BANK 2 (LH) CAMSHAFT COVER, REAR
SS EC300–19 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 2: NOMINAL 5 V
ECT SENSOR PI25 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE VEE, COOLANT OUTLET CASTING
I EC300–24 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1 SIGNAL: FOOT OFF = 0.75 V; FULLY DEPRESSED = 3.40 V (AUTO) 3.20 V (MAN)
I EC300–30 IGNITION ON: B+ EFT SENSOR PI27 2-WAY / BLACK FUEL RAIL, RH REAR
SS EC300–32 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 1: NOMINAL 5 V
EGR VALVE PI15 6-WAY / BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD, RH FRONT
I EC300–38 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 2 SIGNAL: FOOT OFF = 3.38 V; FULLY DEPRESSED = 2.05 V (AUTO) 2.14 V (MAN)
I EC300–41 BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH: NORMALLY OPEN / B+ WHEN ACTIVATED ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EC300 58-WAY / BLACK FRONT BULKHEAD, PASSENGER SIDE
I EC300–42 INERTIA SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / OPEN CIRCUIT WHEN ACTIVATED
PI300 96-WAY / BLACK FRONT BULKHEAD, PASSENGER SIDE
O EC300–51 STARTER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
B+ EC300–54 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ EOT SENSOR PI24 2-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO OIL FILTER
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE EC63 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND RH WHEEL ARCH LINER
C PI300-01 CAN +
C PI300-02 CAN – HO2 SENSOR DOWNSTREAM 1/2 PI11 4-WAY / BLACK RH EXHAUST, CATALYST CENTER
SG PI300–06 CRANKSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND HO2 SENSOR DOWNSTREAM 2/2 PI13 4-WAY / BLACK LH EXHAUST, CATALYST CENTER
SG PI300–07 BANK 1 CAMSHAFT SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
SG PI300–08 BANK 2 CAMSHAFT SENSOR GROUND: GROUND HO2 SENSOR UPSTREAM 1/1 PI10 4-WAY / BLACK RH EXHAUST, TOP OF CATALYST
SG PI300–10 SENSOR GROUND: GROUND HO2 SENSOR UPSTREAM 2/1 PI12 4-WAY / BLACK LH EXHAUST, TOP OF CATALYST
SG PI300–11 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
SG PI300–12 SENSOR GROUND: GROUND IAT SENSOR 2 PI43 2-WAY / BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD, RH SIDE, REAR
SG PI300–15 SENSOR GROUND: GROUND IP SENSOR PI28 3-WAY / BLACK FUEL RAIL, RH FRONT
I PI300–16 GENERATOR FAULT; CHARGE WARNING
KNOCK SENSORS PI19 4-WAY / BLACK ENGINE VEE
SG PI300–18 MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
SG PI300–19 BANK 1 KNOCK SENSOR GROUND: GROUND MAF SENSOR PI14 5-WAY / BLACK ENGINE AIR INTAKE, ADJACENT TO AIR CLEANER
SG PI300–20 BANK 2 KNOCK SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
MAP SENSOR PI29 4-WAY / BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD, REAR, BELOW THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
SG PI300–22 HO2 SENSORS 1/2 SHIELD: GROUND
I PI300–23 ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES THROTTLE BODY PI26 — ENGINE AIR INTAKE, REAR
SS PI300–24 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY: NOMINAL 5V
THROTTLE MOTOR THROTTLE BODY
I PI300–26 HO2 SENSOR 2/1 SIGNAL: VARIABLE CURRENT
I PI300–27 HO2 SENSOR 2/1 SIGNAL: CONSTANT CURRENT TP SENSOR THROTTLE BODY, THROTTLE SHAFT
I PI300–28 HO2 SENSOR 1/1 SIGNAL: VARIABLE CURRENT VVT SOLENOID VALVE 1 PI16 2-WAY / BLACK RH CYLINDER HEAD, FRONT
I PI300–29 HO2 SENSOR 1/1 SIGNAL: CONSTANT CURRENT
I PI300–30 CRANKSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL, 70 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE VVT SOLENOID VALVE 2 PI17 2-WAY / BLACK LH CYLINDER HEAD, FRONT
I PI300–33 BANK 2 CAMSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL, 4 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE
I PI300–34 BANK 1 CAMSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL, 4 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE
I PI300–40 HO2 SENSOR 1/2 SIGNAL, NOMINAL 1 V SWING: 0.1 – 0.9 V SWING
I PI300–41 HO2 SENSOR 2/2 SIGNAL, NOMINAL 1 V SWING: 0.1 – 0.9 V SWING HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
I PI300–42 BANK 1 KNOCK SENSOR SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE DEPENDENT ON ENGINE VIBRATION
I PI300–43 BANK 2 KNOCK SENSOR SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE DEPENDENT ON ENGINE VIBRATION Connector Connector Description / Location Location
SG PI300–45 HO2 SENSORS 2/2 SHIELD: GROUND
I PI300–46 ENGINE FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES EC16 12-WAY / GREY / ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS CABIN / RH ‘A’ POST
SS PI300–47 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY: NOMINAL 5V EC53 10-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS CABIN / ABOVE LH FOOTWELL
O PI300–50 EGR DRIVE 4: B+; EGR DRIVE 1, 2, 3, 4 ARE OPERATED IN TURN
EC61 22-WAY / NATURAL / ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS CABIN / LH UPPER ‘A’ POST
O PI300–51 EGR DRIVE 3: B+; EGR DRIVE 1, 2, 3, 4 ARE OPERATED IN TURN
O PI300–52 EGR DRIVE 2: B+; EGR DRIVE 1, 2, 3, 4 ARE OPERATED IN TURN
O PI300–53 EGR DRIVE 1: B+; EGR DRIVE 1, 2, 3, 4 ARE OPERATED IN TURN
I PI300–65 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 SIGNAL: IDLE = 0.60 V; FULL THROTTLE = 4.30 V
I PI300–66 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES
GROUNDS
I PI300–67 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 SIGNAL: IDLE = 1.48 V; FULL THROTTLE = 4.40 V
I PI300–68 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES Ground Location
I PI300–69 MAP SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: VOLTAGE INCREASES AS MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE INCREASES
G26 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH SIDE / REARWARD OF SUSPENSION TOWER
I PI300–70 MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR SIGNAL: NOMINAL 0 – 5 V BY ENGINE OPERATING CONDITION
I PI300–71 INJECTION PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: POTENTIOMETER – VOLTAGE INCREASES AS PRESSURE INCREASES G30 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH SIDE / REARWARD OF SUSPENSION TOWER
SS PI300–72 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY: NOMINAL 5 V
O PI300–74 THROTTLE MOTOR GROUND: GROUND
O PI300–75 THROTTLE MOTOR DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE MOTOR FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
O PI300–76 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 1/1: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 128 mS, VARIABLE DUTY CYCLE
O PI300–77 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 2/1: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 128 mS, VARIABLE DUTY CYCLE
O PI300–86 BANK 1 VVT SOLENOID VALVE: PWM, 300 Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0% – 100%
O PI300–87 BANK 2 VVT SOLENOID VALVE: PWM, 300 Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0% – 100%
O PI300–88 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 1/2: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 256 mS, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0 mS = 0%, 77 mS = 30%, 256 mS = 100%
O PI300–89 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 2/2: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 256 mS, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0 mS = 0%, 77 mS = 30%, 256 mS = 100%
O PI300–92 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE DRIVE: PWM, 10 Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 7% – 100%
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
PI21-1 PI21-2 PI23-2 PI23-1 PI22-1 PI22-2 PI14 -1 -3 -2 -4 -5 PI25 -2 -1 PI24 -1 -2 PI28 -3 -2 -1 PI27 -1 -2 PI29 -2 -1 -4
PI10 -4 -3 -2 -1 PI12 -4 -3 -2 -1 PI11 -4 -3 -2 -1 PI13 -4 -3 -2 -1
PI19 -3 -4 PI19 -1 -2
WG
WG
RW
WR
RW
WR
BW
OW
GW
RU
UY
GU
OY
BG
BG
BG
BG
BG
BG
YR
UY
BK
BK
G
R
N
N
Y
G
O
U
N
Y
B
B
R
R 142 140 143 141 134
I PI300-028
E E
NR B
Y E E E
7 + I PI300-029
EC300-054 O PI300-076
RU
106 WG B I PI300-026
G
E + PIS56
EC300-004 N
I PI300-027
107 WG B O PI300-077
RW
+
E EC300-006 N
I PI300-040
18 GO I PI300-022
BW
II UY
EC300-030 O PI300-088
VIA INERTIA SWITCH 43 GU I I PI300-041
N
II EC300-042 B
PI300-045
Y O RW
ENGINE CRANK 02.2 I PI300-089
EC300-017
PI300-006
B
EMS CONTROL RELAY 01.8
BW O I PI300-030
O
EC300-016 Y
I PI300-034
R
PI300-007
PI300-033
N
I
PI300-008
G
PI300-019
B
GENERATOR; 02.2
YR PI300-042
N
FAULT; CHARGE WARNING I I
PI300-016 PI300-020
B
GO N
STARTER RELAY DRIVE 02.2 O I PI300-043
EC300-051
PI300-070
GW
I
PARK; NEUTRAL
04.1 02.2
GR PI300-018
BK
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED) I
EC300-015 I PI300-066
U
PI300-012
BG
20.1
Y C + I PI300-068
UY PIS49
PI300-001 I PI300-023
Y
G C – BG
20.1 PI300-010
PI300-002 I
U
PI300-071
PI300-024
OW
PI300-015
BG
I YR
PI300-046
PI300-047
OY
I
BK
PI300-069
I EC300-038
Y
EC16-7
EC300-008
BG
EC16-5
U ECS32
EC300-032
ECS92 EC16-9
I R
EC300-024
G EC61-10
EC300-007
OY EC61-11
EC300-019
GW EC16-8
O PI300-074
O PI300-075
RW
U
PI300-072
Y
I PI300-067
BR
I PI300-065
BG
PI300-011
I PI300-053
YU
O PI300-052
YG
135 136
O PI300-051
YR E E
GW
RW
OY
BG
BG
B
BR
O YU
G
PI300-050
Y
R
U
Y
EC300-005
B O GO GO
EC300-041
EC300-003 EC53-3
GU
B
GU
O PI300-092
UY CRS16 83
EC300-002 PI26 PI26 PI26 PI26 PI26 PI26 CR14 CR14 CR14 CR14 CR14 CR14
B YU 134 -3 -6 -4 -5 -1 -2 -5 -3 -4 -2 -6 -1
O PI300-087 E
EC300-001 Y
O PI15 PI15 PI15 PI15 PI15 PI15
GO
PI300-086
NR
GU
UY
WG -3 -6 -1 -4 -5 -2
PIS84 WG
PI16 -2 -1 PI17 -2 -1 PI363 -2 -1 CR78 -2 -1 4 3 2 1
WG
MOTOR THROTTLE
Injection (SAI) refer to Fig. 03.9.
G26AS (LHD) MOTOR
G30AS (RHD) 1 2 TP SENSOR APP SENSOR
106 VVT SOLENOID VALVES EGR VALVE THROTTLE BODY
E EVAP CANISTER BRAKE ON / OFF
PURGE VALVE SWITCH
f03_3_35006
1 6 Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.3 16 52 Fig. 01.5 78 105 Fig. 01.7 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V A ACP S VARIANT: V8 N/A Vehicles
64 95 + Battery Voltage SCP
ll ll S S
VIN RANGE: All
7 63 Fig. 01.2 1 15 Fig. 01.4 53
S
77
S
Fig. 01.6 106
E
143 Fig. 01.8
E
O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data
DATE OF ISSUE: April 2006
l ll
Engine Control Module Fig. 03.4
Pin Description and Characteristic
SG EC300-08 SENSOR GROUND 1: GROUND
I EC300-12 AIR CONDITIONING PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: TRANSDUCER – VOLTAGE INCREASES AS PRESSURE INCREASES COMPONENTS
O EC300-20 FUEL PUMP DRIVE SIGNAL (TO REM): PWM, 150 Hz, NORMAL POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE = 4% – 51%
O EC300-23 LEAK DETECTION HEATER CONTROL
SS EC300-32 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 1: NOMINAL 5 V
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
O EC300-33 LEAK DETECTION PUMP CONTROL AIR CONDITIONING PRESSURE SENSOR EC11 4-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO RADIATOR / LH SIDE
I EC300-35 SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
SS EC300-36 SPEED CONTROL SWITCH REQUEST: STEPPED RESISTANCE ASL SWITCH CL1 8-WAY / BLACK CABIN, CENTRE CONSOLE
I EC300-40 BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED CL2 8-WAY / BLACK CABIN, CENTRE CONSOLE
I EC300-43 ASL MASTER SWITCH
O EC300-48 LEAK DETECTION VALVE CONTROL BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH CR77 2-WAY / BLACK TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
O EC300-49 COOLING FAN MODULE CONTROL: PWM, 140 Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 7% – 95% COOLING FAN MODULE AND MOTOR EC20 2-WAY / GREY RADIATOR COOLING FAN
I EC300-52 ASL LED
GC1 2-WAY / GREY
O PI300-54 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 8: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EC300 58-WAY / BLACK FRONT BULKHEAD, PASSENGER SIDE
O PI300-55 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 7: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
PI300 96-WAY / BLACK FRONT BULKHEAD, PASSENGER SIDE
O PI300-56 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 6: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O PI300-57 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 5: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND FUEL INJECTOR 1 PI32 2-WAY / BLACK FUEL RAIL / INTAKE MANIFOLD
O PI300-58 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 4: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
FUEL INJECTOR 2 PI36 2-WAY / BLACK FUEL RAIL / INTAKE MANIFOLD
O PI300-59 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 3: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O PI300-60 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 2: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND FUEL INJECTOR 3 PI33 2-WAY / BLACK FUEL RAIL / INTAKE MANIFOLD
O PI300-61 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 1: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND FUEL INJECTOR 4 PI37 2-WAY / BLACK FUEL RAIL / INTAKE MANIFOLD
I PI300-62 IGNITION MONITOR BANK 1: PULSED SIGNAL, 3 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE
I PI300-64 IGNITION MONITOR BANK 2: PULSED SIGNAL, 3 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE FUEL INJECTOR 5 P34 2-WAY / BLACK FUEL RAIL / INTAKE MANIFOLD
O PI300-78 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 1: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND FUEL INJECTOR 6 PI38 2-WAY / BLACK FUEL RAIL / INTAKE MANIFOLD
O PI300-79 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 2: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O PI300-80 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 3: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND FUEL INJECTOR 7 PI35 2-WAY / BLACK FUEL RAIL / INTAKE MANIFOLD
O PI300-81 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 4: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND FUEL INJECTOR 8 PI39 2-WAY / BLACK FUEL RAIL / INTAKE MANIFOLD
O PI300-82 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 5: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O PI300-83 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 6: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND FUEL PUMP FP8 4-WAY / BLACK FUEL TANK, RH SIDE
O PI300-84 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 7: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND FUEL PUMP RELAY — — REAR POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – R6
O PI300-85 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 8: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
IGNITION CAPACITOR PI54 2-WAY / BLACK LH CYLINDER HEAD, REAR
Rear Electronic Module IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 1 PI2 4-WAY / BLACK RH CYLINDER HEAD
Pin Description and Characteristic IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 2 PI6 4-WAY / BLACK LH CYLINDER HEAD
B+ CR4–3 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC): B+ IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 3 PI3 4-WAY / BLACK RH CYLINDER HEAD
IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 4 PI7 4-WAY / BLACK LH CYLINDER HEAD
I CR11–19 FUEL PUMP (1) DRIVE SIGNAL: PWM, 150 Hz, NORMAL POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE = 4% – 51%
IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 5 PI4 4-WAY / BLACK RH CYLINDER HEAD
B+ CR12–8 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II) (FUEL PUMP CONTROL): B+ IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 6 PI8 4-WAY / BLACK LH CYLINDER HEAD
S CR13–1 SCP NETWORK + IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 7 PI5 4-WAY / BLACK RH CYLINDER HEAD
S CR13–2 SCP NETWORK – IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 8 PI9 4-WAY / BLACK LH CYLINDER HEAD
B+ CR73–1 FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY: B+ WHEN FUEL PUMP RELAY ACTIVATED LEAK DETECTION UNIT CV9 4-WAY / BLACK ABOVE FUEL TANK
PG CR73–2 POWER GROUND (FUEL PUMP): GROUND REAR ELECTRONIC MODULE CR4 20-WAY / BLACK TRUNK, RH REAR
O CR73–3 FUEL PUMP GROUND: GROUND, PWM
CR11 26-WAY / NATURAL
O CR73–4 FUEL PUMP B+: B+
CR12 12-WAY / BLACK
CR13 22-WAY / BLACK
CR73 4-WAY / BLACK
REAR POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX CR5 4-WAY / BLACK TRUNK
CR82 12-WAY / BLACK
STEERING WHEEL SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES — — STEERING WHEEL
GROUNDS
Ground Location
G3 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BELOW FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION BOX
G9 CABIN / UPPER LH ‘A’ POST
G10 CABIN / RH A POST
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
G15 CABIN / RH SIDE OF TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data G23 TRUNK / RH SIDE / ADJACENT TO BATTERY
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC) G24 TRUNK / RH SIDE / REAR ELECTRONIC MODULE
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated PI51 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH SIDE / REARWARD OF SUSPENSION TOWER
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
2 1
PI54 PI54
-1 -2
4 3
PI32 -1 -2 PI33 -1 -2 PI34 -1 -2 PI35 -1 -2 PI36 -1 -2 PI37 -1 -2 PI38 -1 -2 PI39 -1 -2
6 5 PI2 -4 -2 -3 -1 PI3 -4 -2 -3 -1 PI4 -4 -2 -3 -1 PI5 -4 -2 -3 -1 PI6 -4 -2 -3 -1 PI7 -4 -2 -3 -1 PI8 -4 -2 -3 -1 PI9 -4 -2 -3 -1
BW
BG
NR
NR
BG
NR
NR
NR
BO
NR
NR
NR
BR
UY
BK
GW
GW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
GU
GR
GR
GB
GB
GB
GB
YR
YR
YB
YB
YB
YB
8 7
B
108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 RW
CYLINDER NUMBERING E E E E E E E E RW B
RW B
RW
138 RW RW
BG E PIS8 RW
O PI300-078
O
BK RW
PI300-080
O
BG RW B
PI300-082
BW RW B
O PI300-084
BR B B
O PI300-079
BO B PIS31
O PI300-081
O
U B B
PI300-083
O
UY B
PI300-085
O GU PI51
PI300-061
Y PIS9
O PI300-059
I
GB
PI300-062
YR PIS10
O PI300-057 COOLING FAN
O
GR GU 137
PI300-055 B
GW + E
O GC1-2
PI300-060 O
O
GW NG
PI300-058
FAN
B
+ 14
YB EC20-1
I PI300-064
O
GR
PI300-056 O
O
YR
PI300-054
O EC300-049
WU WU WU I
O EC300-020
WR EC21-1 GC1-1
I EC300-040
U U
BG EC53-4 B B
EC300-008 P
U ECS32 EC20-2
EC300-032
WU ECS92
I EC300-012 G3AS
I EC300-043
Y Y Y COOLING FAN MODULE
IP55-10 CC1-22 G CL3-12 G
I EC300-052
G G G
IP55-9 IP22-15 TL28-1 CC7-5
I EC300-033
U U U U CL3-6
GU
CASSETTE B
+
YG CA101-01
2K2 RESUME SW8-6 IP55-11 (LHD)
IP9-3 (RHD)
35
II
1K0 REAR ELECTRONIC MODULE
SET + EC17-1 CV5-7
510R
CL3-3
300R
WG
WU
WU
GU
BG
G
U
R
U
Y
B
180R SET – FUEL PUMP RELAY
CL1 CL2 CL2 CL1 4 R6
120R CV9 -4 -3 -2 -1 -6 -7 -1 -5 CCS03 EC11 -2 -3 -1 CR77 -2 -1
CANCEL CASSETTE 5 3
132 59
YR E CR5-1 F33 20A
B
f03_4_35006
1 6 Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.3 16 52 Fig. 01.5 78 105 Fig. 01.7 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V A ACP S VARIANT: V8 N/A Vehicles
64 95 + Battery Voltage SCP
ll ll S S
VIN RANGE: All
7 63 Fig. 01.2 1 15 Fig. 01.4 53
S
77
S
Fig. 01.6 106
E
143 Fig. 01.8
E
O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data
DATE OF ISSUE: April 2006
l ll
Engine Control Module Fig. 03.5
Pin Description and Characteristic
SG EC300–01 SMALL SIGNAL GROUND 1: GROUND
PG EC300–02 POWER GROUND 1: GROUND COMPONENTS
PG EC300–03 POWER GROUND 2: GROUND
B+ EC300–04 EMS SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY 1: B+
PG EC300–05 POWER GROUND 3: GROUND
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
B+ EC300–06 EMS SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY 2: B+ APP SENSOR CR14 6-WAY / BLACK TOP OF ACCELERATOR PEDAL
SG EC300–07 SENSOR GROUND 1: GROUND
SG EC300–08 SENSOR GROUND 2: GROUND BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH CR78 2-WAY / BLACK TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
I EC300–15 AUTOMATIC – PARK / NEUTRAL SIGNAL: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED CKP SENSOR PI21 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE UNDER SIDE, FORWARD OF BELL HOUSING
MANUAL, ROW – PARK / NEUTRAL SIGNAL: B+ WHEN IGNITION CRANK (III)
O EC300–16 EMS CONTROL RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND CMP SENSOR 1 PI23 2-WAY / BLACK BANK 1 (RH) CAMSHAFT COVER, FRONT
I EC300–17 ENGINE CRANK: B+ CMP SENSOR 2 PI22 2-WAY / BLACK BANK 2 (LH) CAMSHAFT COVER, FRONT
SS EC300–19 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 2: NOMINAL 5 V
ECT SENSOR PI25 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE VEE, COOLANT OUTLET CASTING
I EC300–24 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1 SIGNAL: FOOT OFF = 0.75 V; FULLY DEPRESSED = 3.40 V (AUTO) 3.20 V (MAN)
I EC300–30 IGNITION ON: B+ EFT SENSOR PI27 2-WAY / BLACK FUEL RAIL, RH REAR
SS EC300–32 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 1: NOMINAL 5 V
EGR VALVE PI15 6-WAY / BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD, REAR
I EC300–38 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 2 SIGNAL: FOOT OFF = 3.38 V; FULLY DEPRESSED = 2.05 V (AUTO) 2.14 V (MAN)
I EC300–41 BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH: NORMALLY OPEN / B+ WHEN ACTIVATED ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EC300 58-WAY / BLACK FRONT BULKHEAD, PASSENGER SIDE
I EC300–42 INERTIA SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / OPEN CIRCUIT WHEN ACTIVATED
PI300 96-WAY / BLACK FRONT BULKHEAD, PASSENGER SIDE
O EC300–51 STARTER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
B+ EC300–54 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ EOT SENSOR PI24 2-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO OIL FILTER
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE FH111 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LH SIDE, ADJACENT TO SUSPENSION TURRET
C PI300-01 CAN +
C PI300-02 CAN – HO2 SENSOR DOWNSTREAM 1/2 PI11 4-WAY / BLACK RH EXHAUST, CATALYST CENTER
SG PI300–06 CRANKSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND HO2 SENSOR DOWNSTREAM 2/2 PI13 4-WAY / BLACK LH EXHAUST, CATALYST CENTER
SG PI300–07 BANK 1 CAMSHAFT SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
SG PI300–08 BANK 2 CAMSHAFT SENSOR GROUND: GROUND HO2 SENSOR UPSTREAM 1/1 PI10 4-WAY / BLACK RH EXHAUST, TOP OF CATALYST
SG PI300–10 SENSOR GROUND: GROUND HO2 SENSOR UPSTREAM 2/1 PI12 4-WAY / BLACK LH EXHAUST, TOP OF CATALYST
SG PI300–11 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
SG PI300–12 SENSOR GROUND: GROUND IP SENSOR PI28 3-WAY / BLACK FUEL RAIL, LH REAR
SG PI300–15 SENSOR GROUND: GROUND KNOCK SENSORS PI19 4-WAY / BLACK ENGINE VEE
I PI300–16 GENERATOR FAULT; CHARGE WARNING
MAF SENSOR PI14 5-WAY / BLACK ENGINE AIR INTAKE, ADJACENT TO AIR CLEANER
SG PI300–18 MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
SG PI300–19 BANK 1 KNOCK SENSOR GROUND: GROUND THR SENSOR PI301 4-WAY / BLACK ENGINE, RH REAR
SG PI300–20 BANK 2 KNOCK SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
THROTTLE BODY PI26 6-WAY / BLACK ENGINE AIR INTAKE, REAR
SG PI300–22 HO2 SENSORS 1/2 SHIELD: GROUND
I PI300–23 ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES THROTTLE MOTOR — — THROTTLE BODY
SS PI300–24 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY: NOMINAL 5V
TMAP SENSOR PI310 4-WAY / BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD, REAR, BELOW THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
I PI300–26 HO2 SENSOR 2/1 SIGNAL: VARIABLE CURRENT
I PI300–27 HO2 SENSOR 2/1 SIGNAL: CONSTANT CURRENT TP SENSOR — — THROTTLE BODY, THROTTLE SHAFT
I PI300–28 HO2 SENSOR 1/1 SIGNAL: VARIABLE CURRENT VVT SOLENOID VALVE 1 PI16 2-WAY / BLACK RH CYLINDER HEAD, FRONT
I PI300–29 HO2 SENSOR 1/1 SIGNAL: CONSTANT CURRENT
I PI300–30 CRANKSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL, 70 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE VVT SOLENOID VALVE 2 PI17 2-WAY / BLACK LH CYLINDER HEAD, FRONT
I PI300–33 BANK 2 CAMSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL, 4 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE
I PI300–34 BANK 1 CAMSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL, 4 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE
I PI300-38 THROTTLE BODY (THR) SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: VOLTAGE INCREASES AS PRESSURE INCREASES
I PI300-39 TMAP SENSOR TEMPERATURE SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
I PI300–40 HO2 SENSOR 1/2 SIGNAL, NOMINAL 1 V SWING: 0.1 – 0.9 V SWING
I PI300–41 HO2 SENSOR 2/2 SIGNAL, NOMINAL 1 V SWING: 0.1 – 0.9 V SWING Connector Connector Description / Location Location
I PI300–42 BANK 1 KNOCK SENSOR SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE DEPENDENT ON ENGINE VIBRATION
I PI300–43 BANK 2 KNOCK SENSOR SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE DEPENDENT ON ENGINE VIBRATION EC16 12-WAY / GREY / ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS CABIN / RH ‘A’ POST
SG PI300–45 HO2 SENSORS 2/2 SHIELD: GROUND EC53 10-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS CABIN / ABOVE LH FOOTWELL
I PI300–46 ENGINE FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES
EC61 22-WAY / NATURAL / ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS CABIN / LH UPPER ‘A’ POST
SS PI300–47 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY: NOMINAL 5V
O PI300–50 EGR DRIVE 4: B+; EGR DRIVE 1, 2, 3, 4 ARE OPERATED IN TURN PI41 42-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESSES ENGINE COMPARTMENT / TOP OF SUSPENSION TOWER / PASSENGER
O PI300–51 EGR DRIVE 3: B+; EGR DRIVE 1, 2, 3, 4 ARE OPERATED IN TURN SIDE
O PI300–52 EGR DRIVE 2: B+; EGR DRIVE 1, 2, 3, 4 ARE OPERATED IN TURN
O PI300–53 EGR DRIVE 1: B+; EGR DRIVE 1, 2, 3, 4 ARE OPERATED IN TURN
I PI300–65 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 SIGNAL: IDLE = 0.60 V; FULL THROTTLE = 4.30 V
I PI300–66 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES GROUNDS
I PI300–67 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 SIGNAL: IDLE = 1.48 V; FULL THROTTLE = 4.40 V
I PI300–68 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES Ground Location
I PI300–69 MAP SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: VOLTAGE INCREASES AS MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE INCREASES
I PI300–70 MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR SIGNAL: NOMINAL 0 – 5 V BY ENGINE OPERATING CONDITION G26 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH SIDE / REARWARD OF SUSPENSION TOWER
I PI300–71 INJECTION PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: POTENTIOMETER – VOLTAGE INCREASES AS PRESSURE INCREASES G30 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH SIDE / REARWARD OF SUSPENSION TOWER
SS PI300–72 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY: NOMINAL 5 V
O PI300–74 THROTTLE MOTOR GROUND: GROUND
O PI300–75 THROTTLE MOTOR DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE MOTOR
O PI300–76 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 1/1: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 128 mS, VARIABLE DUTY CYCLE FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
O PI300–77 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 2/1: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 128 mS, VARIABLE DUTY CYCLE
O PI300–86 BANK 1 VVT SOLENOID VALVE: PWM, 300 Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0% – 100%
O PI300–87 BANK 2 VVT SOLENOID VALVE: PWM, 300 Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0% – 100%
O PI300–88 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 1/2: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 256 mS, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0 mS = 0%, 77 mS = 30%, 256 mS = 100%
O PI300–89 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 2/2: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 256 mS, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0 mS = 0%, 77 mS = 30%, 256 mS = 100%
O PI300–92 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE DRIVE: PWM, 10 Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 7% – 100%
O PI300-94 INTERCOOLER PUMP RELAY DRIVE
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
PI21-1 PI21-2 PI23-2 PI23-1 PI22-1 PI22-2 PI14 -1 -3 -2 -4 -5 PI25 -2 -1 PI24 -2 -1 PI28 -3 -2 -1 PI310 -2 -1 -4 -3
PI27 -1 -2 PI301-2 -1 -4
PI10 -4 -3 -2 -1 PI12 -4 -3 -2 -1 PI11 -4 -3 -2 -1 PI13 -4 -3 -2 -1
PI19 -3 -4 PI19 -1 -2
WG
WG
RW
WR
RW
WR
BW
OW
OW
GW
RU
UY
OY
BG
GU
BG
BG
BG
BG
BG
BG
BK
YU
YR
UY
BK
BK
G
R
N
N
Y
G
O
U
N
Y
B
B
R
PI300-028
R 142 140 143 141 134
I
E E
NR B
Y E E E
7 + I PI300-029
EC300-054 O PI300-076
RU
WG G PIS85
106 B I PI300-026 PIS84
E +
EC300-004 PI300-027
N
I
107 WG B O PI300-077
RW
+
E EC300-006 N
I PI300-040
18 GO I PI300-022 BW
II UY
EC300-030 O PI300-088
VIA INERTIA SWITCH 43 GU I I PI300-041
N
II EC300-042 B
PI300-045
Y O PI300-089 RW
ENGINE CRANK 02.2 I
EC300-017 PI300-006 B
EMS CONTROL RELAY 01.8
BW O I PI300-030 O
EC300-016 PI300-034
Y
I
PI300-007
R
133 NY N
I I PI300-033
E PI300-94
PI300-008 G
PI300-019 B
GENERATOR; 02.2
YR PI300-042 N
FAULT; CHARGE WARNING I I
PI300-016 PI300-020 B
GO PI300-043
N
STARTER RELAY DRIVE 02.2 O I
EC300-051 PI300-070
GW
I
PARK; NEUTRAL
04.1 02.2
GR PI300-018 BK
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED) I
EC300-015 I PI300-066
U
PI300-012 BG
20.1
Y C + I PI300-068 UY PIS49
PI300-001 I PI300-023 Y
G C – PI300-010 BG
20.1
PI300-002 I PI300-071
U
PI300-024
OW
PI300-015
BG
I PI300-046
YR
PI300-047 OY
I
BK
PI300-069
I PI300-039
YU
I PI300-038
BK
I EC300-038
Y
EC16-7
EC300-008 BG
ECS32 EC16-5
EC300-032
U
ECS92 EC16-9
I EC300-024
R
EC61-10
EC300-007
G
EC61-11
EC300-019
OY
GW EC16-8
O PI300-074
O PI300-075
RW
PI300-072
U
PI300-067
Y
I
PI300-065
R
I
PI300-011
BG
I PI300-053
YU
YG 135 136
O PI300-052 E E
GW
RW
BW
BG
OY
B O PI300-051 YR
Y
EC300-005
OY
BG
B PI300-050 YU GO
Y
R
O
EC300-003
GU
GU
B EC53-3
O EC300-041 GO CRS16
EC300-002 83 PI26 PI26 PI26 PI26 PI26 PI26
B O PI300-092 UY 134 -3 -6 -4 -5 -1 -2
EC300-001 CR14 CR14 CR14 CR14 CR14 CR14
YU E NOTES:
O PI15 PI15 PI15 PI15 PI15 PI15 -5 -3 -4 -2 -6 -1
PI300-087
GO
NR
GU
UY
1 6 Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.3 16 52 Fig. 01.5 78 105 Fig. 01.7 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V A ACP S VARIANT: V8 SC Vehicles
64 95 + Battery Voltage SCP
ll ll S S
VIN RANGE: All
7 63 Fig. 01.2 1 15 Fig. 01.4 53
S
77
S
Fig. 01.6 106
E
143 Fig. 01.8
E
O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data
DATE OF ISSUE: April 2006
l ll
Engine Control Module Fig. 03.6
Pin Description and Characteristic
SG EC300-08 SENSOR GROUND 1: GROUND
I EC300-12 AIR CONDITIONING PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: TRANSDUCER – VOLTAGE INCREASES AS PRESSURE INCREASES COMPONENTS
O EC300-20 FUEL PUMP DRIVE SIGNAL (TO REM): PWM, 150 Hz, NORMAL POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE = 4% – 51%
I EC300-21 FUEL PUMP MONITOR
O EC300-23 LEAK DETECTION HEATER CONTROL
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
SS EC300-32 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 1: NOMINAL 5 V AIR CLEANER SOLENOID VALVE EC37 2-WAY / BLACK AIR CLEANER HOUSING
O EC300-33 LEAK DETECTION PUMP CONTROL
I EC300-35 SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND AIR CONDITIONING PRESSURE SENSOR EC11 3-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO RADIATOR / LH SIDE
SS EC300-36 SPEED CONTROL SWITCH REQUEST: STEPPED RESISTANCE ASL SWITCH CL1 8-WAY / BLACK CABIN, CENTRE CONSOLE
I EC300-40 BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
CL2 8-WAY / BLACK CABIN, CENTRE CONSOLE
I EC300-43 ASL MASTER SWITCH
O EC300-48 LEAK DETECTION VALVE CONTROL BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH CR77 2-WAY / BLACK TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
O EC300-49 COOLING FAN MODULE CONTROL: PWM, 140 Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 7% – 95% COOLING FAN MODULE AND MOTOR EC20 2-WAY / GREY RADIATOR COOLING FAN
I EC300-52 ASL LED
GC1 2-WAY / GREY
O PI300-49 AIR CLEANER SOLENOID VALVE DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EC300 58-WAY / BLACK FRONT BULKHEAD, PASSENGER SIDE
O PI300-54 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 8: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O PI300-55 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 7: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND PI300 96-WAY / BLACK FRONT BULKHEAD, PASSENGER SIDE
O PI300-56 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 6: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND FUEL INJECTOR 1 (V8 SC) IS1 2-WAY / BLACK FUEL RAIL / INTAKE MANIFOLD
O PI300-57 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 5: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
FUEL INJECTOR 2 (V8 SC) IS7 2-WAY / BLACK FUEL RAIL / INTAKE MANIFOLD
O PI300-58 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 4: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O PI300-59 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 3: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND FUEL INJECTOR 3 (V8 SC) IS2 2-WAY / BLACK FUEL RAIL / INTAKE MANIFOLD
O PI300-60 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 2: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
FUEL INJECTOR 4 (V8 SC) IS8 2-WAY / BLACK FUEL RAIL / INTAKE MANIFOLD
O PI300-61 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 1: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
I PI300-62 IGNITION MONITOR BANK 1: PULSED SIGNAL, 3 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE FUEL INJECTOR 5 (V8 SC) IS3 2-WAY / BLACK FUEL RAIL / INTAKE MANIFOLD
I PI300-64 IGNITION MONITOR BANK 2: PULSED SIGNAL, 3 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE FUEL INJECTOR 6 (V8 SC) IS9 2-WAY / BLACK FUEL RAIL / INTAKE MANIFOLD
O PI300-78 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 1: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O PI300-79 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 2: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND FUEL INJECTOR 7 (V8 SC) IS4 2-WAY / BLACK FUEL RAIL / INTAKE MANIFOLD
O PI300-80 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 3: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND FUEL INJECTOR 8 (V8 SC) IS10 2-WAY / BLACK FUEL RAIL / INTAKE MANIFOLD
O PI300-81 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 4: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O PI300-82 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 5: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND FUEL PUMP FP8 4-WAY / BLACK FUEL TANK, RH SIDE
O PI300-83 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 6: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND FUEL PUMP MODULE FP26 6-WAY / BLACK ABOVE FUEL TANK
O PI300-84 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 7: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
FUEL PUMP RELAY — — REAR POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – R6
O PI300-85 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 8: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
IGNITION CAPACITOR PI54 2-WAY / BLACK LH CYLINDER HEAD, REAR
Rear Electronic Module IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 1 PI2 4-WAY / BLACK RH CYLINDER HEAD
Pin Description and Characteristic IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 2 PI6 4-WAY / BLACK LH CYLINDER HEAD
B+ CR4–3 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC): B+ IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 3 PI3 4-WAY / BLACK RH CYLINDER HEAD
IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 4 PI7 4-WAY / BLACK LH CYLINDER HEAD
B+ CR12–8 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II) (FUEL PUMP CONTROL): B+
IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 5 PI4 4-WAY / BLACK RH CYLINDER HEAD
S CR13–1 SCP NETWORK +
IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 6 PI8 4-WAY / BLACK LH CYLINDER HEAD
S CR13–2 SCP NETWORK –
IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 7 PI5 4-WAY / BLACK RH CYLINDER HEAD
B+ CR73–1 FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY: B+ WHEN FUEL PUMP RELAY ACTIVATED IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 8 PI9 4-WAY / BLACK LH CYLINDER HEAD
PG CR73–2 POWER GROUND (FUEL PUMP): GROUND
INTERCOOLER PUMP CP2 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RH SIDE, ADJACENT TO RADIATOR
LEAK DETECTION UNIT CV9 4-WAY / BLACK ABOVE FUEL TANK
REAR ELECTRONIC MODULE CR4 20-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / RH REAR
CR12 12-WAY / BLACK
CR13 22-WAY / BLACK
CR73 4-WAY / BLACK
REAR POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX CR5 4-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / RH REAR
CR68 8-WAY / BLACK
CR82 12-WAY / BLACK
STEERING WHEEL SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES — — STEERING WHEEL
GROUNDS
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data Ground Location
G3 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BELOW FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION BOX
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data G23 TRUNK / RH SIDE / ADJACENT TO BATTERY
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC) G24 TRUNK / RH SIDE / REAR ELECTRONIC MODULE
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated PI51 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH SIDE / REARWARD OF SUSPENSION TOWER
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION AND GROUNDS, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
2 1
PI54 PI54
-1 -2
4 3
IS1 -1 -2 IS2 -1 -2 IS3 -1 -2 IS4 -1 -2 IS7 -1 -2 IS8 -1 -2 IS9 -1 -2 IS10 -1 -2
6 5
BW
BW
BG
NR
NR
NR
NR
BG
NR
NR
NR
NR
BU
BU
BK
BK
PI2 -4 -2 -3 -1 PI3 -4 -2 -3 -1 PI4 -4 -2 -3 -1 PI5 -4 -2 -3 -1 PI6 -4 -2 -3 -1 PI7 -4 -2 -3 -1 PI8 -4 -2 -3 -1 PI9 -4 -2 -3 -1
GW
GW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
GU
GR
GR
GB
GB
GB
GB
YR
YR
YB
YB
YB
YB
8 7
B
117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 RW
CYLINDER NUMBERING E E E E E E E E
RW B
IS5 IS5 IS5 IS5 IS6 IS6 IS6 IS6
-2 -3 -4 -5 -2 -3 -4 -5
RW B
RW
138 RW RW
BG E PIS8 RW
O
PI300-078 BK RW
O
PI300-080 BU RW
O B
PI300-082 BW RW
O
B
PI300-084 BR B B INTERCOOLER
O PUMP
PI300-079 BO PIS31
O
B
PI300-081 U NG
O B B B B B 139
PI300-083 UY E
O B ECS3 CP1-9 CP2-1 CP2-2
PI300-085 GU
O PI51 G3BL
PI300-061 Y PIS9
O
PI300-059 GB
I
PI300-062 YR PIS10
O
PI300-057
COOLING FAN
O
GR GU 137
B
PI300-055 GW + E
O GC1-2
O
PI300-060 GW
O B NG 14
PI300-058 YB FAN +
EC20-1
I
PI300-064 GR
O O
PI300-056 YR
O
PI300-054
O
WU WU WU I
EC300-049
O N EC21-1 GC1-1
EC300-020 Y
I
EC300-021
I U B B P
EC300-040 EC53-4
BG EC20-2
EC300-008 ECS32
U G3AS
EC300-032 ECS92
I WU COOLING FAN MODULE
EC300-012
I Y Y Y
EC300-043 G IP55-10 CC1-22 CL3-12
I G G G G
EC300-052 IP55-9 IP22-15 TL28-1 CC7-5 CL3-6
O U U
PI300-049 U PI41-14
U U U N
I B
+
CR4-3 78
EC300-033 EC17-4 FP6-21 CV1-8
I Y Y Y Y
EC300-023 R EC17-3 R FP6-20
R CV1-7
R B
GU 44
I +
CR12-8 II
EC300-048 EC17-2 FP6-19 CV1-6 B
O WG VIA
EC300-036 CR73-2 INERTIA SWITCH
YG
EC300-035 G24BR
S
Y
R CR13-1 20.2
O
FP8-3 FP26-2 GR U
B S CR13-2 20.2
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE Y O CR73-1
+
FUEL PUMP
(CONTINUED FROM Fig. 03.5) FP8-4 FP26-1
FP6-10
W REAR ELECTRONIC
FUEL TANK MODULE
NOTE: ECM power supplies and grounds shown on Fig. 03.5. B P
B
FP26-6 FUEL PUMP
GU
GU
G24AL RELAY
CASSETTE CR5-1 4 R6
YG F33 20A
35 N
II B N 5 3
CV5-7
59
EC17-1
WU
510R
WU
BG
GU
EC46-13 (LHD)
B
Y
U
G23AL
G
U
U
R
E
U
WG
120R
CANCEL
B
CASSETTE
YR
SW8-8 IP55-12 (LHD) G15AR G9AS
RESISTOR PACK IP9-4 (RHD) (G10BS)
f03_6_35006
1 6 Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.3 16 52 Fig. 01.5 78 105 Fig. 01.7 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V A ACP S VARIANT: V8 SC Vehicles
64 95 + Battery Voltage SCP
ll ll S S
VIN RANGE: All
7 63 Fig. 01.2 1 15 Fig. 01.4 53
S
77
S
Fig. 01.6 106
E
143 Fig. 01.8
E
O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data
DATE OF ISSUE: April 2006
l ll
Engine Control Module Fig. 03.7
Pin Description and Characteristic
I C98–A1 EOT SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES
C C98–A3 CAN –- COMPONENTS
C C98–A4 CAN +
I C98–C4 KNOCK SENSOR 2 SIGNAL: DIFFERENTIAL –ve. VOLTAGE DEPENDENT ON ENGINE VIBRATION
I C98–D1 FRP SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: VOLTAGE INCREASES AS PRESSURE INCREASES
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
SS C98–D2 FRP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY: NOMINAL 5 V ACT SENSOR C69 2-WAY / BLACK REFER TO SENSORS AND ACTUATORS, PAGE 35 OR 36
I C98–D3 KNOCK SENSOR 2 SIGNAL: DIFFERENTIAL +ve. VOLTAGE DEPENDENT ON ENGINE VIBRATION
I C98–D4 KNOCK SENSOR 1 SIGNAL: DIFFERENTIAL –ve. VOLTAGE DEPENDENT ON ENGINE VIBRATION APP SENSOR CR14 6-WAY / BLACK TOP OF ACCELERATOR PEDAL
I C98–E1 EGR THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: NOMINAL 0 – 5 V BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH CR78 2-WAY / BLACK TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
SG C98–E2 FRP SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
I C98–E4 KNOCK SENSOR 1 SIGNAL: DIFFERENTIAL +ve. VOLTAGE DEPENDENT ON ENGINE VIBRATION CKP SENSOR C77 3-WAY / BLACK REFER TO SENSORS AND ACTUATORS, PAGE 35 OR 36
SS C98–F1 EGR THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY: NOMINAL 5 V CMP SENSOR C25 3-WAY / GREY REFER TO SENSORS AND ACTUATORS, PAGE 35 OR 36
SG C98–F2 EGR THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
DPF PRESSURE SENSOR EC65
I C98–F3 INERTIA SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / OPEN CIRCUIT WHEN ACTIVATED
SG C98–K1 EOT SENSOR GROUND (EGR VALVE POSITION SENSOR 1): GROUND ECT SENSOR C34 2-WAY / GREY REFER TO SENSORS AND ACTUATORS, PAGE 35 OR 36
O C98–K4 INLET PORT DEACTIVATION SOLENOID: PWM, 250 Hz
EFT SENSOR C35 2-WAY / BLACK REFER TO SENSORS AND ACTUATORS, PAGE 35 OR 36
I C99–A2 EGR VALVE POSITION SENSOR 2: NOMINAL 0 – 5 V EGR THROTTLE BODY C39 6-WAY / GREY REFER TO SENSORS AND ACTUATORS, PAGE 35 OR 36
I C99–A3 EGR VALVE POSITION SENSOR 1: NOMINAL 0 – 5 V
EGR VALVE 1 C70 6-WAY / GREY REFER TO SENSORS AND ACTUATORS, PAGE 35 OR 36
I C99–B1 ACT SENSOR SIGNAL: NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES
I C99–B2 EFT SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES EGR VALVE 2 C71 6-WAY / GREY REFER TO SENSORS AND ACTUATORS, PAGE 35 OR 36
O C99–B4 ROTARY ELECTRONIC ACTUATOR 2: EOT SENSOR C28 3-WAY / BLACK REFER TO SENSORS AND ACTUATORS, PAGE 35 OR 36
I C99–C1 MAP SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: VOLTAGE INCREASES AS MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE INCREASES
I C99–C2 ECT SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES FRP SENSOR C30 3-WAY / BLACK REFER TO SENSORS AND ACTUATORS, PAGE 35 OR 36
SS C99–C3 EGR VALVE POSITION SENSORS POWER SUPPLY: NOMINAL 5 V INLET PORT DEACTIVATION SOLENOID C36 4-WAY / BLACK REFER TO SENSORS AND ACTUATORS, PAGE 35 OR 36
O C99–C4 ROTARY ELECTRONIC ACTUATOR 1:
SS C99–D1 MAP SENSOR / ACTUATORS POWER SUPPLY: NOMINAL 5 V KNOCK SENSOR 1 C87 2-WAY / BLACK REFER TO SENSORS AND ACTUATORS, PAGE 35 OR 36
SG C99–D2 EGR VALVE POSITION SENSOR 1 / ACTUATOR 2 GROUND: GROUND KNOCK SENSOR 2 C88 2-WAY / BLACK REFER TO SENSORS AND ACTUATORS, PAGE 35 OR 36
C99–D3 DPF PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL:
SG* C99–E2 ECT SENSOR GROUND (MAP SENSOR): GROUND MAF SENSOR 1 EC67 4-WAY / BLACK REFER TO SENSORS AND ACTUATORS, PAGE 35 OR 36
SG* C99–E2 MAP SENSOR GROUND (ECT SENSOR): GROUND MAF SENSOR 2 EC68 4-WAY / BLACK REFER TO SENSORS AND ACTUATORS, PAGE 35 OR 36
I C99–F1 CKP SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL, 70 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE
MAP SENSOR C31 3-WAY / BLACK REFER TO SENSORS AND ACTUATORS, PAGE 35 OR 36
I C99–F2 GENERATOR FAULT; CHARGE WARNING
SS C99–G1 CKP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY: NOMINAL 5 V POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE C98 48-WAY / BROWN FRONT BULKHEAD, PASSENGER SIDE
SG C99–G2 CKP SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
C99 48-WAY / GREY
SG* C99–G3 ACT SENSOR GROUND (EGR VALVE 2, EFT SENSOR, ACTUATOR 1): GROUND
SG* C99–G3 EGR VALVE POSITION SENSOR 2 GROUND (ACT SENSOR, EFT SENSOR, ACTUATOR 1): GROUND EC66 48-WAY / BLACK
SG* C99–G3 EFT SENSOR GROUND (ACT SENSOR, EGR VALVE POSITION SENSOR 2, ACTUATOR 1): GROUND ROTARY ELECTRONIC ACTUATOR 1 C40 5-WAY / BLACK REFER TO SENSORS AND ACTUATORS, PAGE 35 OR 36
SG* C99–G3 ACTUATOR 1 GROUND (ACT SENSOR, EGR VALVE POSITION SENSOR 2, EFT SENSOR): GROUND
I C99–G4 CMP SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL, 4 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE ROTARY ELECTRONIC ACTUATOR 2 C41 5-WAY / BLACK REFER TO SENSORS AND ACTUATORS, PAGE 35 OR 36
O C99–H1 EGR VALVE 1: +ve PWM
O C99–H2 EGR VALVE 1: –ve PWM
SG C99–H3 CMP SENSOR GROUND: GROUND HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
SS C99–H4 CMP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY: NOMINAL 5 V
O C99–J1 EGR VALVE 2: +ve PWM
O C99–J2 ROTARY ELECTRONIC ACTUATOR 1:
Connector Connector Description / Location Location
O C99–J3 ROTARY ELECTRONIC ACTUATOR 2: EC16 12-WAY / GREY / ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS CABIN / RH ‘A’ POST
O C99–J4 EGR THROTTLE MOTOR DRIVE: +ve PWM
O C99–K1 EGR VALVE 2: –ve PWM EC53 10-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS CABIN / ABOVE LH FOOTWELL
O C99–K2 ROTARY ELECTRONIC ACTUATOR 1: EC61 22-WAY / NATURAL / ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS CABIN / LH UPPER ‘A’ POST
O C99–K3 ROTARY ELECTRONIC ACTUATOR 2:
O C99–K4 EGR THROTTLE MOTOR DRIVE: –ve PWM PI41 42-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESSES ENGINE COMPARTMENT / TOP OF SUSPENSION TOWER / PASSENGER
SIDE
SG EC66–A2 APP SENSOR SHIELD: GROUND
O EC66–B1 STARTER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, PCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
SG EC66–B2 APP SENSOR 2 GROUND: GROUND GROUNDS
SG EC66–C1 APP SENSOR 1 GROUND: GROUND
I EC66–C2 APP SENSOR 2 SIGNAL: NEGATIVE-GOING VOLTAGE SLOPE, TYPICAL IDLE VOLTAGE = 3.445V TO 3.305V; TYPICAL FULL PEDAL VOLTAGE = 2.05 V Ground Location
I EC66–D1 APP SENSOR 1 SIGNAL: POSITIVE-GOING VOLTAGE SLOPE, TYPICAL IDLE VOLTAGE = 0.61V TO 0.89V; TYPICAL FULL PEDAL VOLTAGE = 3.4 V
SS EC66–D2 APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY: NOMINAL 5 V G26 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH SIDE / REARWARD OF SUSPENSION TOWER
I EC66–D4 AUTOMATIC – PARK / NEUTRAL SIGNAL: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
G30 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH SIDE / REARWARD OF SUSPENSION TOWER
SS EC66–E1 APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY: NOMINAL 5 V
I EC66–F1 IAT SENSOR (INTEGRAL TO MAF SENSOR) SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES
I EC66–F3 ENGINE CRANK: B+ FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT, UNFOLD PAGE TO THE LEFT
I EC66–F4 MAF SENSOR 1 SIGNAL: TIME PERIOD (FREQUENCY) SIGNAL, PROPORTIONAL TO AIR FLOW
I EC66–G2 BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH: NORMALLY OPEN / B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
I EC66–G4 MAF SENSOR 2 SIGNAL: TIME PERIOD (FREQUENCY) SIGNAL, PROPORTIONAL TO AIR FLOW
O EC66–J3 EMS CONTROL RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, PCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
B+ EC66–K3 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER (RUN): PJB, F4, 5A
B+ EC66–K4 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
B+ EC66–L1 EMS SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY 1: FPDB, F20, 30A
B+ EC66–L2 EMS SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY 2: FPDB, F20, 30A
B+ EC66–L3 EMS SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY 3: FPDB, F20, 30A
SG EC66–L4 MAF (INTEGRAL IAT) SENSORS GROUND: GROUND
PG EC66–M1 POWER GROUND: GROUND
PG EC66–M2 POWER GROUND: GROUND
PG EC66–M3 POWER GROUND: GROUND
PG EC66–M4 POWER GROUND: GROUND
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
TP
NR
123a
II H H
C77 C77 C77 C25 C25 C25 C87 C87 C88 C88 EC67 -4 -1 -3 -2 EC68 -4 -1 -3 C34 C34 C28 C28 C69 C69 C35 C35 C31 -1 -2 -3 C30 C30 C30 C39 C39 C39 C39 C39
NR -3 -1 -2 -2 -3 -1 -1 -2 -1 -2 -1 -2 -1 -2 -1 -2 -1 -2 -2 -1 -3 -2 -6 -1 -4 -3
C99-G2
WG
WG
WU
WR
WP
NW
WR
WU
WU
WR
WP
WB
NG
NG
GR
YG
NR
NU
YG
NU
BO
NR
NR
NY
YU
YR
YP
W
W
N
N
N
B
B
C99-G1
I
WR
C99-F1
NR ECS88 NR
NW
C99-H3
WG B YP
14a + C99-H4
EC66-K4
WP
WG B
I C99-G4
+
I
WB
EC66-L1 C98-E4
NY
124a WG B I C98-D4 ECS56
II + WR
EC66-L2 I C98-D3
ECS89 NR
WG B I C98-C4
+ WU
EC66-L3 I EC66-F4
WP
18 GO B
I EC66-F1
II + WR
EC66-K3 I EC66-G4
B
43 GU RB EC66-L4
VIA INERTIA SWITCH II
I W
PI41-15 C98-F3 I C98-C2
NR S6
ENGINE CRANK 02.3
Y I
C98-E2
W
EC66-F3 I C98-A1
U C98-K1
N
EMS CONTROL RELAY 01.8 O
EC66-J3 I C99-G3
NR
GENERATOR: WG C99-B1
W
02.3 I
WU S4
FAULT; CHARGE WARNING
C99-F2 I C99-B2
WR YG S7
STARTER RELAY DRIVE 02.3 O C99-D1
EC66-B1
PARK; NEUTRAL GR I C99-C1
WG
04.1 02.3 I
NG
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED) EC66-D4 C98-E2
I C98-D1
WG
Y C98-D2
YG
20.1 C + WU
C98-A4 I C98-E1
G C98-F1
YU
20.1 C –
C98-A3 C98-F2
NU
O C99-K4
BO
O C99-J4
GR
OY *Note: EC61 (LHD) EC16 (RHD) OY
EC66-E1
G EC61-3 EC16-1
EC66-C1 G
R EC61-11 EC16-9 R
I EC66-D1
W EC61-8 EC16-8 W
EC66-A2
Y EC61-7 EC16-7 Y
I EC66-C2
BG EC61-6 EC16-6 BG
EC66-B2
U EC61-10 EC16-10 U
EC66-D2
EC61-5 EC16-5
I C99-A2
WR
O C99-J1
GU
O BU
C99-K1
I
WR
C99-A3
O C99-H1
GU
O C99-H2
BU
I EC66-G2
GO CRS16
O C98-K4
BR EC53-3
C98-K4
C99-D2
NR S3
B P
B EC66-M1 YR S1
P C99-C3
B EC66-M2 WU
P I C99-D3
ECS60 (LHD) B EC66-M3
P O
WB
ECS53(RHD) EC66-M4 C99-C4
OY
SB
BG
G
C99-K2
R
Y
PI41-33
PI41-29
PI41-32
WR
PI41-1
WR
WR
GU
GU
NR
NR
BU
BU
+ C99-J2
YR
YR
WB 83
O C99-B4 CR14 CR14 CR14 CR14 CR14 CR14
-2 -6 -1 -4 -3 -5
SB
WR
WU
WB
WB
GO
NU
NR
NY
NY
BR
RB
YU
YB
SB
YB
C99-K3
WR C70 C70 C70 C70 C70 C71 C71 C71- C71 C71
+ C99-J3
C41 -4 -3 -2 -6 -1 -4 -3 2 -6 -1
C41 C41 C41 C41 C40 C40 C40 C40 C40 EC65 EC65 EC65
-1 -2 -4 -5 -3 -1 -2 -4 -5 -3 C36 -2 -1 -1 -2 -3 CR78 -2 -1
BRD ROTARY ELECTRONIC ACTUATORS INLET PORT DPF PRESSURE BRAKE ON / OFF EGR VALVE 1 EGR VALVE 2 APP SENSOR
DEACTIVATION SENSOR SWITCH
SOLENOID
f03_7_35006
1 6 Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.3 16 52 Fig. 01.5 78 105 Fig. 01.7 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V A ACP S VARIANT: Diesel 2.7V6
64 95 + Battery Voltage SCP
ll ll S S
VIN RANGE: All
7 63 Fig. 01.2 1 15 Fig. 01.4 53
S
77
S
Fig. 01.6 106
E
143 Fig. 01.8
E
O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data
DATE OF ISSUE: April 2006
l ll
Engine Control Module Fig. 03.8
Pin Description and Characteristic
SS C98–B1 CATALYTIC CONVERTER TEMPERATURE SENSOR - BANK 1 UPSTREAM SIGNAL:
I C98–E3 GLOW PLUG CONTROL MODULE LOGIC MONITOR COMPONENTS
O C98–G3 GLOW PLUG CONTROL MODULE DRIVE: PWM, 100% = 0N, 0% = OFF
O C98–J4 FUEL PUMP, VOLUMETRIC CONTROL VALVE: PWM, 200 Hz
O C98–K3 FUEL PUMP, PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE: PWM, 350 Hz
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
O C98–L1 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 4: TO ACTIVATE, PCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND ACTIVE ENGINE MOUNT 1 C74
+ C98–L2 FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY – CYLINDER 4:
+ C98–L3 FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY – CYLINDER 5: ACTIVE ENGINE MOUNT 3 C75
O C98–M1 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 5: TO ACTIVATE, PCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND AIR CONDITIONING PRESSURE SENSOR EC101 3-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LH SIDE, HIGH PRESSURE
O C98–M2 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 6: TO ACTIVATE, PCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND REFRIGERANT LINE, BETWEEN COMPRESSOR AND CONDENSER
+ C98–M3 FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY – CYLINDER 6:
ASL SWITCH CL1
SS C99–A4 CATALYTIC CONVERTER TEMPERATURE SENSOR - BANK 2 UPSTREAM SIGNAL: CL2
SS C99–D4 DPF TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL:
BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH CR77 2-WAY / GREY TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
SS C99–E3 CATALYTIC CONVERTER TEMPERATURE SENSOR - BANK 1 DOWNSTREAM SIGNAL:
SS C99–E4 CATALYTIC CONVERTER TEMPERATURE SENSOR - BANK 2 DOWNSTREAM SIGNAL: CATALYTIC CONVERTER TEMPERATURE SENSOR - BANK 1 DOWNSTREAM GB7 RH CATALYTIC CONVERTER
SG C99–F3 SIGNAL GROUND FOR CATALYTIC CONVERTER TEMPERATURE SENSORS - BANK 2 AND DPF SENSOR: GROUND
CATALYTIC CONVERTER TEMPERATURE SENSOR - BANK 1 UPSTREAM GB9 RH CATALYTIC CONVERTER
SG C99–F4 SIGNAL GROUND FOR CATALYTIC CONVERTER TEMPERATURE SENSORS - BANK 1: GROUND
+ C99–L2 FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY – CYLINDER 2: CATALYTIC CONVERTER TEMPERATURE SENSOR - BANK 2 DOWNSTREAM GB6 LH CATALYTIC CONVERTER
+ C99–L3 FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY – CYLINDER 1: CATALYTIC CONVERTER TEMPERATURE SENSOR - BANK 2 UPSTREAM GB8 LH CATALYTIC CONVERTER
+ C99–L4 FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY – CYLINDER 3:
O C99–M2 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 2: TO ACTIVATE, PCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND COOLING FAN MODULE EC72 4-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RH FRONT, REARWARD OF RADIATOR
O C99–M3 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 1: TO ACTIVATE, PCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND DOSING PUMP FP27 2-WAY / BLACK FUEL TANK, RH SIDE, ABOVE FUEL FILLER HOSE
O C99–M4 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 3: TO ACTIVATE, PCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
DPF TEMPERATURE SENSOR GB10 DPF INLET
SG EC66–B3 AIR CONDITIONING PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND FUEL INJECTOR 1 C44 2-WAY / BLACK REFER TO SENSORS AND ACTUATORS, PAGE 35 OR 36
SG EC66–B4 SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
I EC66–C4 SPEED CONTROL SWITCH REQUEST: STEPPED RESISTANCE FUEL INJECTOR 2 C46 2-WAY / BLACK REFER TO SENSORS AND ACTUATORS, PAGE 35 OR 36
SS EC66–D3 AIR CONDITIONING PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY: NOMINAL 5 V FUEL INJECTOR 3 C48 2-WAY / BLACK REFER TO SENSORS AND ACTUATORS, PAGE 35 OR 36
I EC66–E3 BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
FUEL INJECTOR 4 C45 2-WAY / BLACK REFER TO SENSORS AND ACTUATORS, PAGE 35 OR 36
I EC66-E4 ASL MASTER SWITCH
I EC66–F2 AIR CONDITIONING PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: TRANSDUCER – VOLTAGE INCREASES AS PRESSURE INCREASES FUEL INJECTOR 5 C47 2-WAY / BLACK REFER TO SENSORS AND ACTUATORS, PAGE 35 OR 36
O EC66-H1 ACTIVE ENGINE MOUNT
FUEL INJECTOR 6 C49 2-WAY / BLACK REFER TO SENSORS AND ACTUATORS, PAGE 35 OR 36
I EC66-H4 ASL LED
O EC66–J4 FUEL LIFT PUMP DRIVE SIGNAL (TO FUEL LIFT PUMP RELAY): TO ACTIVATE, PCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND FUEL LIFT PUMP — — FUEL TANK
O EC66–K2 COOLING FAN MODULE CONTROL: PWM, 140 Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 7% – 95%
FUEL LIFT PUMP RELAY — — REAR POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – R15
FUEL TANK CONNECTOR FP13 6-WAY / BLACK FUEL TANK, RH SIDE
FUEL-FIRED AUXILIARY HEATER MODULE FF1 8-WAY / BLACK BELOW LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
FF2 2-WAY / BLACK
FF3
GLOW PLUG CONTROL MODULE EC69 5-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RH FRONT, BRACKET, DSC MODULE
EC73 EYELET
EC74 6-WAY
GLOW PLUGS (BANK 1) EC76 3-WAY / BLACK REFER TO SENSORS AND ACTUATORS, PAGE 35 OR 36
GLOW PLUGS (BANK 2) EC77 3-WAY / BLACK REFER TO SENSORS AND ACTUATORS, PAGE 35 OR 36
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE C98 48-WAY / BROWN FRONT BULKHEAD, PASSENGER SIDE
C99 48-WAY / GREY
EC66 48-WAY / BLACK
PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE (FUEL PUMP) C43 2-WAY / BLACK REFER TO SENSORS AND ACTUATORS, PAGE 35 OR 36
REAR ELECTRONIC MODULE — — LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT, RH REAR
REAR POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX — — LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT
STEERING WHEEL SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES SQ2 6-WAY / BLACK STEERING WHEEL
VOLUMETRIC CONTROL VALVE (FUEL PUMP) C42 2-WAY / BLACK REFER TO SENSORS AND ACTUATORS, PAGE 35 OR 36
GROUNDS
Ground Location
G1 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
G2 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BELOW FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION BOX
G3 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BELOW FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION BOX
G15 CABIN / RH SIDE OF TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
G24 TRUNK / RH SIDE / REAR ELECTRONIC MODULE
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data G26 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH SIDE / REARWARD OF SUSPENSION TOWER
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
5 2
1 3
6 3
C74 C74 C74 C74 C75 C75 C75 CL2 CL2 CL1 CL1 GB10 GB10
C44 -1 -2 C46 -1 -2 C48 -1 -2 C45 -1 -2 C47 -1 -2 C49 -1 -2 -1 -2 -3 -4 -1 -2 -3 -7 -1 -5 -6 -1 -2 2 1 2 1
CYLINDER NUMBERING
GW
BW
WU
GO
GB6 GB6 GB8 GB8 GB7 GB7 GB9 GB9
GU
GR
GB
BG
GY
BO
BU
BR
BY
BY
BY
B
Y
G
R
R
B
NW
WB
-1 -2 -1 -2 -1 -2 -1 -2
EC76-1 EC76-2 EC76-3 EC77-1 EC77-2 EC77-3
WG
WU
WR
NW
NW
NB
NB
RG
RG
RU
RU
35
R
S8
II
S9
C99-L3
GW GBS8 GBS7
S10
R
EC74-1 EC74-2 EC74-3 EC74-4 EC74-5 EC74-6
B
O BW
NW
C99-M3
NB
BY
C99-L2
GU
PI41-17 PI41-19 CL3 CL3 CL3
O C99-M2
BU -6 -12 -3
GB PI41-18 O
C99-L4 O O O O O
B
B
O C99-M4
BG
GY GLOW PLUG CONTROL MODULE
C98-L2 ECS04
CCS3
O C98-L1
BY (RHD)
GR NR NR 123a
B
C98-L3 II B B I O P
B
ECS88
O C98-M1
BO G01AS
GO (G02AR)
C98-M3
BR G15AR
O C98-M2
O EC66-H1
BY EC73-1 EC69-3 EC69-2 EC69-5 EC69-1
G G G G G
EC66-H4
IP55-9 IP22-15 TL28-1 CC7-5
Y Y Y
WG
BW
NR
O EC66-E4
B
B
IP55-10 CC10-22 WB
I C99-D4
WP IN-LINE MIDIFUSE
WU GB11-6 WU (100A)
I C99-E4 G26EL
NR GB11-5
NB 02.3
C99-F3
GB11-3
I C99-A4
WU WG
GB11-2 WR 123a NR
I C99-E3
WR II
GB11-4 ECS88
C99-F4
NW NW
GB11-8
I WR W
C98-B1
GB11-1
O C98-G3
BY
PI41-30
I C98-E3
WG
PI41-28
O EC66-K2
WU WU I NR NR 123a
B II
EC72-4 + EC72-3 ECS88
O NG
O GU B 14
EC66-J4 FAN +
EC72-1
O C98-K3
BU
O B
O C98-J4
BU P
EC72-2
I U U U
EC66-E3
BG FH3-4 COOLING FAN
EC66-D3 G03AS
OY COOLING FAN MODULE
EC66-B3
I EC66-F2
WU
IP55-12 (LHD) FUEL LIFT PUMP
YR IP9-4 (RHD) YR
I EC66-C4
YG YG N
EC66-B4 B CR4-3 78
+
IP55-11 (LHD) FP13-4 FP2-2
IP9-3 (RHD)
B
GU 44
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE B B + CR12-8 II
(CONTINUED FROM Fig. 03.7) VIA
FP13-3 FP2-4 INERTIA SWITCH
NOTE: PCM power supplies and grounds shown on Fig. 03.7. WG WG 124a CRS56
SW8-6 SW8-8 ECS89 II FUEL TANK
PI41-4
S
Y
20.2
B
CR13-1
B
P
2K2 RU RU G24AL
CR11-12
S
U
27 CR13-2 20.2
RESUME YG YG
CASSETTE 06.2 EC130-1 G24AR
Y 20.1
EC130-3
1K0
SET + G
S2 20.1
S
510R
28 G G
II
HEADWAY -
RU
RU
BU
BU
SQ2-4 SQ2-6 EC130-2 EC1-3 FP2-8
300R
WG
G
BG
G
OY
B
-2 -3 -1 -7 -4 -5 GR 5 3
120R EC101 -2 -1 -3 CR77 -2 -1
59
EC130-5 FP27 -2 -1 CR5-1
CANCEL F33 20A
FP2-1
GU 2 1
S P O B
+
C C I
B
EC1-17 CR82-7
B
SQ3-1 SQS4
RESISTOR PACK
G26ER G24AL 125
VOLUMETRIC PRESSURE E
STEERING WHEEL SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES CONTROL VALVE CONTROL VALVE FUEL PUMP DIODE (D1)
AIR CONDITIONING BRAKE CANCEL FUEL PUMP FUEL-FIRED AUXILIARY HEATER
NOTE: Vehicles with Adaptive Speed Control - SWITCH MODULE DOSING PUMP REAR POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
PRESSURE SENSOR
refer to Speed Control Switches Fig. 05.3.
f03_8_35006
1 6 Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.3 16 52 Fig. 01.5 78 105 Fig. 01.7 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V A ACP S VARIANT: Diesel 2.7V6
64 95 + Battery Voltage SCP
ll ll S S
VIN RANGE: All
7 63 Fig. 01.2 1 15 Fig. 01.4 53
S
77
S
Fig. 01.6 106
E
143 Fig. 01.8
E
O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data
DATE OF ISSUE: April 2006
l ll
Engine Control Module Fig. 03.9
Pin Description and Characteristic
SG EC300–07 SENSOR GROUND 1: GROUND
SG EC300–08 SENSOR GROUND 2: GROUND COMPONENTS
I EC300-13 SAI MAP SENSOR SIGNAL:
SS EC300–19 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 2: NOMINAL 5 V
I EC300–24 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1 SIGNAL: FOOT OFF = 0.75 V; FULLY DEPRESSED = 3.40 V (AUTO) 3.20 V (MAN)
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
SS EC300–32 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 1: NOMINAL 5 V APP SENSOR CR14 6-WAY / BLACK TOP OF ACCELERATOR PEDAL
I EC300–38 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 2 SIGNAL: FOOT OFF = 3.38 V; FULLY DEPRESSED = 2.05 V (AUTO) 2.14 V (MAN)
O EC300-50 SAI RELAY DRIVE: ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EC300 58-WAY / BLACK FRONT BULKHEAD, PASSENGER SIDE
O EC300-55 SAI VACUUM SOLENOID DRIVE: PI300 96-WAY / BLACK
FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX — — ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RH SIDE
IN-LINE FUSE EC306 MIDIFUSE ASSEMBLY ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT RH SIDE
SAI MAP SENSOR EC120 3-WAY / BLACK TO BE CONFIRMED
SAI PUMP EC93 2-WAY / GREY BEHIND RH SIDE OF FRONT BUMPER COVER
SAI RELAY EC305 9-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LOWER FRONT RH SIDE
VACUUM SOLENOID PI90 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE REAR
GROUNDS
Ground Location
G26 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH SIDE / REARWARD OF SUSPENSION TOWER
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
EC120 -3 -2 -1
Y I
EC300-013
OY ECS91 OY
EC300-019
G ECS86 G
EC300-007
R I
EC300-024
ECS92 U
EC300-032
ECS32 BG
EC300-008
Y I
EC300-038
2
EC9 EC8
OY
BG
G
Y
R
EC16 EC16 EC16 EC16 EC16 EC16
N -8 -11 -10 -9 -5 -7
N PIS60 N BU
PI90-2
F27 5A EC26-8 PI41-38 PI90-1
VACUUM
SOLENOID
OY
BG
FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
Y
R
CR14 CR14 CR14 CR14 CR14 CR14
-5 -3 -4 -2 -6 -1
APP1 APP2
APP SENSOR
BU PIS61 BU BU O
PI41-39 EC300-055
NW O
EC300-050
ENGINE CONTROL
4
MODULE
B B ECS46 B 3 5 N R N B
EC306-1 F2 40A EC306-2 EC305-3 EC305-5 EC93-2 EC93-2
B 1 2 NW
SECONDARY AIR
IN-LINE EC305-1 EC305-2
INJECTION PUMP
FUSE
SECONDARY AIR
INJECTION RELAY G26BS
f03_9_35006
1 6 Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.3 16 52 Fig. 01.5 78 105 Fig. 01.7 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V A ACP S VARIANT: NAS Gasoline Vehicles
64 95 + Battery Voltage SCP
ll ll S S
VIN RANGE: All
7 63 Fig. 01.2 1 15 Fig. 01.4 53
S
77
S
Fig. 01.6 106
E
143 Fig. 01.8
E
O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
l ll
Fig. 04.1Transmission (Automatic)
GROUNDS
Ground Location
G26 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH SIDE / REARWARD OF SUSPENSION TOWER
G30 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH SIDE / REARWARD OF SUSPENSION TOWER
G32 CABIN / BEHIND INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
51 Gasoline only GO B
II
GB2-9
O SHIFT
52a Diesel only GO B SOLENOID
II
GB2-9
O 6 TCC PRESSURE
03.7 02.3 GR GR O
03.5 03.3 03.1 02.2 02.1 REGULATOR SOLENOID
GB1-6 GB2-10
ECM: PARK, NEUTRAL
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED) NOTE: GB1-6 – Diesel only
O 5
O 4
O 3 PRESSURE REGULOR
SOLENOIDS
O 2
NR NR NR B O 1
DIESEL 8
GBS4 GB2-14
GB1-8
u FLUID
NR I TEMPERATURE
GB17-1 SENSOR
DIESEL
B
GB17-2
CAPACITOR
TURBINE SPEED
B B B P SENSOR B GO 50
GBS3 I II
GB1-10 GB2-13 P IP32-1
B B P O
PIS30 R
GB1-9 GB2-16 GEARSHIFT
B INTERLOCK
OUTPUT SPEED N SOLENOID
G26 SENSOR
(G30) I D O
2
I P I RW 09.2 GEAR SELECTOR AND MODE
SWITCH ILLUMINATION
NR NR B 3 IP32-3
GASOLINE 8 R
PIS54 GB2-14 R KEY-IN AUDIBLE WARNING
I 4 07.1 (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
N
GEAR POSITION
NR D SWITCH 5
I
GASOLINE
PI59-1 5
B MODE
PI59-2 I 4 SWITCH
CAPACITOR 3 Y
20.1 C +
IP32-9
B B P + C Y G C – R RU
20.1 CAN MESSAGES: 20.1 4
PIS30 GB2-13 GB2-6 IP32-10 IP32-4 IP34-3 IP34-4
• GEAR SELECTOR
POSITIONS 2 3 4 5 NOT-IN-PARK KEY LOCK
B P – C G Y C + SWITCH SOLENOID *
20.1 • BRAKE ON / OFF 20.1
GB2-16 GB2-2 IP32-11
20.1
G C –
G30 TRANSMISSION CONTROL IP32-12 P B B
(G26) MODULE IPS5
IP32-2 IGNITION SWITCH
G32AL
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION J-GATE MODULE
* NOTE: Key Lock Solenoid – ROW only
.
f04_1_35006
1 6 Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.3 16 52 Fig. 01.5 78 105 Fig. 01.7 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V A ACP S VARIANT: Automatic Vehicles
64 95 + Battery Voltage SCP
ll ll S S
VIN RANGE: All
7 63 Fig. 01.2 1 15 Fig. 01.4 53
S
77
S
Fig. 01.6 106
E
143 Fig. 01.8
E
O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data
DATE OF ISSUE: April 2006
l ll
Fig. 05.1Dynamic Stability Control
GROUNDS
Ground Location
G2 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BELOW FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G32 CABIN / BEHIND INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
41 W B
II + –
EC30-8
C C
NR B
H H H H
9 PUMP
EC30-1
– C G G C –
20.1 20.1 Y U R BK
DSC SWITCH IP32-10 EC30-14
DYNAMIC STABILITY
CONTROL DISABLE Y
+ C Y 20.1 20.1 C +
IP32-11 EC30-12 I WG
– C G G C – EC30-45
20.1 20.1
IP32-12 EC30-13 NG
EC30-46
G32AL W NG
20.2 D
EC30-33
J-GATE MODULE EC30-10
I WR WR WR
EC30-36 EC46-10 FP6-8 CV5-11
NR NR NR
EC30-37 EC46-11 FP6-9 CV5-12
I W W W
EC30-43 EC46-7 FP6-6 CV5-9
N N N
EC30-42 EC46-8 FP6-7 CV5-10
U I I Y
EC52-2 EC52-1 EC30-6 EC30-41 IP55-5
BRAKE FLUID I U
RESERVOIR EC30-9 IP55-8
UY O R
EC30-7 EC30-5 IP55-18
BK
EC30-40 IP8-11
BK
EC30-29 IP8-9
R
EC30-22 IP55-4
Y
+ C
EC30-18 IP55-16
LOCAL
U
– C
PRESSURE EC30-19 IP55-17
PUMP Y
I
EC30-30
O
EC30-27
W
EC30-26
I R
EC30-38
R W O Y
CONTROL
VALVES VALVES P B
EC30-16
PUMP P B
EC30-47
VACUUM
DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL G2BR G2BL SENSOR
MODULE
f05_1_35006
1 6 Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.3 16 52 Fig. 01.5 78 105 Fig. 01.7 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V A ACP S VARIANT: All Vehicles
64 95 + Battery Voltage SCP
ll ll S S
VIN RANGE: All
7 63 Fig. 01.2 1 15 Fig. 01.4 53
S
77
S
Fig. 01.6 106
E
143 Fig. 01.8
E
O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data
DATE OF ISSUE: April 2006
l ll
Instrument Cluster Fig. 05.2
Pin Description and Characteristic
PG IP6–2 POWER GROUND: GROUND
S IP6–10 SCP – COMPONENTS
O IP6–15 VAPS – DRIVE
O IP6–16 VAPS + DRIVE
B+ IP6–17 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (VAPS): B+
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
S IP6–20 SCP + BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH CR78 2-WAY / BLACK TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
Parking Brake Module INSTRUMENT CLUSTER IP5 22-WAY / GREY INSTRUMENT PANEL
IP6 20-WAY / BLACK
Pin Description and Characteristic
IP7 22-WAY / BLACK
B+ CR32–1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
I CR32–2 EPB SECONDARY APPLY SWITCH PARKING BRAKE MODULE CR32 12-WAY / GREY LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT, RH REAR
S CR32–4 SCP –
CR50 4-WAY / BLACK
S CR32–5 SCP +
SG CR32–6 EPB SWITCH GROUND PARKING BRAKE MOTOR CV7 6-WAY / BLACK REAR SUSPENSION SUB FRAME
I CR32–7 BRAKE SWITCH INPUT
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH TL82 8-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE / REARWARD OF J-GATE
B+ CR32–9 IGNITION SUPPLY
SS CR32–10 PARKING BRAKE MOTOR POSITION SENSOR FEEDBACK SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE VARIABLE ASSIST STEERING ACTUATOR EC33 2-WAY / BLACK STEERING RACK PINION HOUSING
SS CR32–11 LOGIC BATTERY POSITIVE INPUT
PG CR32–13 POWER GROUND: GROUND
I CR32–14 EPB SECONDARY RELEASE SWITCH
I CR32–20 PRIMARY KEY SWITCH HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
O CR50–7 PARKING BRAKE MOTOR ENGAGE: ACTIVATE = B+ Connector Connector Description / Location Location
I CR50–10 PARKING BRAKE SWITCH – APPLY: CHANGE IN RESISTANCE
I CR50–11 PARKING BRAKE SWITCH – RELEASE: CHANGE IN RESISTANCE CV1 6-WAY / GREY / FUEL PUMP LINK HARNESS TO PARKING BRAKE MOTOR HARNESS REAR OF FUEL TANK / RH SIDE
SS CR50–12 SIGNAL SUPPLY VOLTAGE: NOMINAL 5 V FP2 6-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO FUEL PUMP HARNESS CABIN / BELOW REAR SEAT CUSHION / RH SIDE
SG CR50–13 SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
O CR50–14 PARKING BRAKE MOTOR DISENGAGE: ACTIVATE = B+ FP6 22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO FUEL PUMP HARNESS TOP OF FUEL TANK / RH SIDE
IP9 8-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS CABIN / ADJACENT TO HOOD RELEASE
IP55 22-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS CABIN / RH ‘A’ POST
TL35 22-WAY / GREY /TELEMATICS HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS TRUNK, LH REAR
GROUNDS
Ground Location
G18 CABIN / BELOW REAR SEAT / LH SIDE
G24 TRUNK / RH SIDE / REAR ELECTRONIC MODULE
G31 CABIN / BEHIND PASSENGER AIR BAG
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
NW B
46
CR32-1 WU WU
NW B CR50-13 FP6-5 CV1-5
80
CR32-11
Y S + RW RW RW
20.3 20.2 O
CR32-5 CR50-14
SCP FP2-3 CV1-1 CV7-1
U S – GW GW GW
20.3 20.2 O
CR32-4
CR50-7 FP2-6 CV1-2 CV7-6
45 WR Y Y Y WU
II
I
CR50-12 FP6-3 CV1-3 CV7-3
H CV7-5
CR32-9
07.1
RW I I YB YB YB
IPS46 CR32-20 CR32-10 FP6-4 CV1-4 CV7-4
PARKING BRAKE
MOTOR
WU WU
TL82-6 TL35-11 CR32-6 WB
39 B
453R
G G I
II
IP6-17
150R
TL82-4 TL35-5 CR50-11
U U I Y
20.3 20.2 S +
TL82-8 TL35-6 CR50-10
VEHICLE SPEED
IP6-20 O W W
RELEASE U S – IP6-16 IP9-5 (LHD) EC33-1
20.3 20.2 IP55-2 (RHD)
150R
Y Y I IP6-10
453R
TL82-5 TL35-9 CR32-14 O RW RW
453R 150R R R I IP6-15 IP9-6 (LHD) EC33-2
TL82-7 TL35-10 CR32-2 IP55-3 (RHD)
I GO
VARIABLE ASSIST
CR32-7 CRS16
STEERING ACTUATOR
APPLY
453R 150R
33 WU 100R 100R
BK BK 83 B B
II TLS55 P
TL82-1 TL82-2 IPS2
SWITCH ILLUMINATION IP6-2
GO
NR
G31BS
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH G18BL
NOTE: TLS55 – Heated Rear Seats
vehicles only. CR78 -2 -1 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
P B
CR32-13
G24CS
f05_2_35006
1 6 Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.3 16 52 Fig. 01.5 78 105 Fig. 01.7 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V A ACP S VARIANT: All Vehicles
64 95 + Battery Voltage SCP
ll ll S S
VIN RANGE: All
7 63 Fig. 01.2 1 15 Fig. 01.4 53
S
77
S
Fig. 01.6 106
E
143 Fig. 01.8
E
O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data
DATE OF ISSUE: April 2006
l ll
Dynamic Stability Control Module Fig. 05.3
Pin Description and Characteristic
B+ CR88–1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
B+ CR88–2 SWITCHED SYSTEM POWER SUPPLY (WAKE UP): B+ COMPONENTS
PG CR88–3 POWER GROUND: GROUND
C CR88–7 CAN +
C CR88–8 CAN –
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
AIR SUSPENSION COMPRESSOR EC60 2-WAY / BLACK LH FRONT OF VEHICLE / REARWARD OF FRONT BUMPER BEAM
O CR89–1 LH FRONT DAMPER ACTUATOR DRIVE –: PWM –
O CR89–2 LH REAR DAMPER ACTUATOR DRIVE –: PWM – AIR SUSPENSION MODULE CR88 9-WAY / BLACK CABIN REAR BULKHEAD / BEHIND REAR SEAT BACK / RH SIDE
O CR89–3 HEADLAMP LEVELING SENSOR: PWM CR89 12-WAY / BLACK
O CR89–4 LH FRONT DAMPER ACTUATOR DRIVE +: PWM +
O CR89–5 RH FRONT DAMPER ACTUATOR DRIVE +: PWM + CR90 15-WAY / BLACK
O CR89–7 LH REAR DAMPER ACTUATOR DRIVE +: PWM + CR91 18-WAY / BLACK
O CR89–8 RH REAR DAMPER ACTUATOR DRIVE +: PWM +
AIR SUSPENSION PRESSURE SENSOR CR92 3-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / UNDER SPARE WHEEL / AIR SUSPENSION VALVE BLOCK
O CR89–10 RH FRONT DAMPER ACTUATOR DRIVE –: PWM –
O CR89–11 RH REAR DAMPER ACTUATOR DRIVE –: PWM – AIR SUSPENSION RELAY — — FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – R1
AIR SUSPENSION VALVE BLOCK CR22 6-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / UNDER SPARE WHEEL
SS CR90–1 LH FRONT HEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL SUPPLY VOLTAGE: NOMINAL 5 V
I CR90–2 LH FRONT HEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE 0 – 5 V AIR SUSPENSION VENT SOLENOID EC62 2-WAY / BLACK AIR SUSPENSION COMPRESSOR ASSEMBLY
SG CR90–3 LH FRONT HEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
DAMPER ACTUATOR – LH FRONT EC47 2-WAY / BLACK LH FRONT DAMPER / TOP
SS CR90–7 LH REAR HEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL SUPPLY VOLTAGE: NOMINAL 5 V
I CR90–8 LH REAR HEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE 0 – 5 V DAMPER ACTUATOR – LH REAR TL33 2-WAY / BLACK LH REAR DAMPER / TOP
SG CR90–9 LH REAR HEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND DAMPER ACTUATOR – RH FRONT EC12 2-WAY / BLACK RH FRONT DAMPER / TOP
SS CR90–10 RH REAR HEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL SUPPLY VOLTAGE: NOMINAL 5 V
I CR90–11 RH REAR HEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE 0 – 5 V DAMPER ACTUATOR – RH REAR CR23 2-WAY / BLACK RH REAR DAMPER / TOP
SG CR90–12 RH REAR HEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX EC4 4-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FRONT
SS CR90–13 PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL SUPPLY VOLTAGE: NOMINAL 5 V
I CR90–14 PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE 0 – 5 V EC5 4-WAY / BLACK
SG CR90–15 PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND EC19 8-WAY / BLACK
B+ CR91–1 AIR SPRING SOLENOID VALVES POWER SUPPLY: PWM + EC22 4-WAY / BLACK
O CR91–2 LH FRONT AIR SPRING SOLENOID VALVE DRIVE: PWM – EC26 8-WAY / BLACK
O CR91–3 RH FRONT AIR SPRING SOLENOID VALVE DRIVE: PWM –
EC28 12-WAY / BLACK
O CR91–5 LH REAR AIR SPRING SOLENOID VALVE DRIVE: PWM –
O CR91–6 RH REAR AIR SPRING SOLENOID VALVE DRIVE: PWM – EC32 4-WAY / BLACK
O CR91–8 RESERVOIR SOLENOID VALVE DRIVE: PWM –
EC35 8-WAY / BLACK
B+ CR91–10 COMPRESSOR VENT VALVE POWER SUPPLY: PWM +
O CR91–11 COMPRESSOR VENT VALVE DRIVE: PWM – EC40 8-WAY / BLACK
O CR91–12 AIR SUSPENSION RELAY ACTIVATE: PWM – EC41 10-WAY / BLACK
I CR91–14 REAR VERTICAL ACCELEROMETER SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE 0 – 5 V
SS CR91–16 ACCELEROMETER SIGNAL SUPPLY VOLTAGE: NOMINAL 5 V HEIGHT SENSOR – LH FRONT EC45 6-WAY / BLACK FRONT SUSPENSION SUB FRAME / LH SIDE
I CR91–17 FRONT VERTICAL ACCELEROMETER SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE 0 – 5 V HEIGHT SENSOR – LH REAR CV3 6-WAY / BLACK REAR SUSPENSION SUB FRAME / LH SIDE
SG CR91–18 ACCELEROMETER SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
HEIGHT SENSOR – RH REAR CV4 6-WAY / BLACK REAR SUSPENSION SUB FRAME / RH SIDE
Instrument Cluster INSTRUMENT CLUSTER IP5 22-WAY / GREY INSTRUMENT PANEL
Pin Description and Characteristic IP6 20-WAY / BLACK
S IP6–10 SCP – IP7 22-WAY / BLACK
C IP6–18 CAN +
VERTICAL ACCELEROMETER – FRONT EC13 3-WAY / GREY RH FRONT WHEEL ARCH
C IP6–19 CAN –
S IP6–20 SCP + VERTICAL ACCELEROMETER – REAR TL34 3-WAY / GREY TRUNK / RH SIDE / FORWARD OF CONTROL MODULES
GROUNDS
Ground Location
G1 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
G2 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BELOW FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G17 CABIN / BELOW REAR SEAT / RH SIDE
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
NW B
6
CR88-1 O Y 08.6 HEADLAMP UNITS:HEADLAMP
CR89-3 LEVELING SENSOR INPUT
98 N B
S CR88-2
AIR SUSPENSION VALVE BLOCK
Y LH FRONT RH FRONT LH REAR RH REAR
20.3 20.2 S + AIR SPRING SOLENOIDS DAMPER DAMPER DAMPER DAMPER
BRAKE ON / OFF; IP6-20 ACTUATOR ACTUATOR ACTUATOR
TRAILER TOW
ACTUATOR
U LH RH LH RH RESERVOIR PRESSURE
20.3 20.2 S –
FRONT FRONT REAR REAR SOLENOID SENSOR
IP6-10
+ C Y Y C +
20.1 20.1
IP6-18 CR88-7
– C G G C –
20.1 20.1
IP6-19 CR88-8
LH FRONT GU GU I O WB
HEIGHT SENSOR H EC45-4 EC61-14 CR90-2 CR91-3
GB GB O WU
EC45-1 CR90-3 CR91-5
EC61-2
O WG
CR91-6
Y Y Y – O BG
EC13-3 EC1-11 CRS31 CR91-16 CR89-11
G G I
EC13-2 EC1-12 CR91-17
BK BK BK
EC13-1 EC1-13 CRS32 CR91-18 R1 4
3 5 R B
31
FRONT VERTICAL EC32-2 EC60-2
F6 40A EC60-1
ACCELEROMETER NR NR 2 1 B B COMPRESSOR
O G1BL
CR91-12 EC16-2 EC40-1 EC41-9 ECS4
G17AL
AIR SUSPENSION MODULE
f05_3_35006
1 6 Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.3 16 52 Fig. 01.5 78 105 Fig. 01.7 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V A ACP S VARIANT: All Vehicles
64 95 + Battery Voltage SCP
ll ll S S
VIN RANGE: All
7 63 Fig. 01.2 1 15 Fig. 01.4 53
S
77
S
Fig. 01.6 106
E
143 Fig. 01.8
E
O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data
DATE OF ISSUE: April 2006
l ll
Dynamic Stability Control Module Fig. 05.4
Pin Description and Characteristic
C EC30–11 CAN +
C EC30–12 CAN + COMPONENTS
C EC30–13 CAN –
C EC30–14 CAN –
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
Engine Control Module AUXILIARY LIGHTING SWITCH IP50 10-WAY / GREY INSTRUMENT PANEL / OUTBOARD OF STEERING COLUMN
Pin Description and Characteristic DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL MODULE EC30 47-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RH FRONT
SS EC300-30 SPEED CONTROL SWITCH REQUEST: STEPPED RESISTANCE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EC300 58-WAY / BLACK FRONT BULKHEAD, PASSENGER SIDE
I EC300-35 SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
PI300 96-WAY / BLAVK FRONT BULKHEAD, PASSENGER SIDE
C PI300-1 CAN + INSTRUMENT CLUSTER IP5 22-WAY / GREY GREY INSTRUMENT PANEL
C PI300-2 CAN –
IP6 20-WAY / BLACK
Instrument Cluster IP7 22-WAY / BLACK
Pin Description and Characteristic POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE C98 48-WAY / BROWN FRONT BULKHEAD, PASSENGER SIDE
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
29 WG B
II EC23-1
74 NW B
S EC23-5
30 WG B U U
FORWARD ALERT
II IP78-14 C C
SWITCH IP78-2 EC23-3
IP55-19
74 NW B LOCAL LOCAL
S
IP55-13 IP78-15 R R
C C
U U IP78-3 IP55-20 EC23-4
270R I
IP50-4 IP78-20
R R O B
P
IP50-7 IP78-5 EC23-2
30 WG B
AUXILIARY LIGHTING SWITCH II
IP11-1
G01AR
SPEED CONTROL SENSOR
Y C R R
20.1 O I
IP78-9 IP78-6 IP11-3
G C
20.1
IP78-8
P B B
IP78-12 IPS6 P B B
IP11-4 IPS6
G31BS G31BS
2K2
RESUME Y C +
20.1
PI300-1 Y
1K0 C100-A4 20.1 C +
SET +
20.1
G C – EC30-11
510R PI300-2 G
C100-A3 20.1 C –
EC30-14
HEADWAY - NOTE: PI300, EC300 (Gasoline only). BRAKE FORCE
C100, EC66 (Diesel only). ENGINE CONTROL: Y C + BRAKE CONTROL:
300R REFER TO FIGURE 20.1 REFER TO FIG. 05.1.
CASSETTE SERIES 03. EC30-12
HEADWAY +
180R YG YG I G C –
20.1
SET - IP55-11 (LHD) EC300-35 EC30-13
SW8-6
IP9-3 (RHD) EC66-B4
120R
CANCEL CASSETTE
YR YR I
SW8-8 IP55-12 (LHD) EC300-30
IP9-4 (RHD) EC66-C4
RESISTOR PACK DYNAMIC STABILITY
CONTROL MODULE
STEERING WHEEL SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (Gasoline)
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (Diesel)
NOTE: Vehicles without Adaptive Speed Control –
refer to Speed Control Switches, Figs. 03.2, 03.4, 03.6.
+ C Y Y C +
20.1 20.1
GB2-6 TRANSMISSION IP6-8
STATUS
– C G G C –
20.1 20.1
GB2-2 WARNINGS; IP6-9
MESSAGE CENTER
Y C +
20.1
IP6-18
G C –
20.1
IP6-19
f05_4_35006
1 6 Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.3 16 52 Fig. 01.5 78 105 Fig. 01.7 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V A ACP S VARIANT: Adaptive Speed Control Vehicles
64 95 + Battery Voltage SCP
ll ll S S
VIN RANGE: All
7 63 Fig. 01.2 1 15 Fig. 01.4 53
S
77
S
Fig. 01.6 106
E
143 Fig. 01.8
E
O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data
DATE OF ISSUE: April 2006
l ll
Dynamic Stability Control Module Fig. 05.5
Pin Description and Characteristic
C CR93–2 CAN –
C CR93–3 CAN + COMPONENTS
B+ CR93–8 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II): B+
PG CR93–12 POWER GROUND: GROUND
B+ CR93–16 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
FRONT LH TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR FRONT LH WHEEL
O CR94–5 REAR LH TPMS INITIATOR: RF 125kHz +
O CR94–6 REAR LH TPMS INITIATOR: RF 125kHz – FRONT LH TPMS INITIATOR EC83 2-WAY / GREY FRONT LH WHEEL ARCH
O CR94–7 REAR RH TPMS INITIATOR: RF 125kHz + FRONT RH TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR FRONT RH WHEEL
O CR94–8 REAR RH TPMS INITIATOR: RF 125kHz –
O CR94–13 FRONT LH TPMS INITIATOR: RF 125kHz + FRONT RH TPMS INITIATOR EC84 2-WAY / GREY FRONT RH WHEEL ARCH
O CR94–14 FRONT LH TPMS INITIATOR: RF 125kHz – REAR LH TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR REAR LH WHEEL
O CR94–15 FRONT RH TPMS INITIATOR: RF 125kHz +
REAR LH TPMS INITIATOR BR8 2-WAY / GREY REAR LH WHEEL ARCH
O CR94–16 FRONT RH TPMS INITIATOR: RF 125kHz –
REAR RH TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR REAR RH WHEEL
I CR96-1 TPMS ANTENNA SIGNAL
REAR RH TPMS INITIATOR BR9 2-WAY / GREY REAR RH WHEEL ARCH
I CR96-2 TPMS ANTENNA GROUND SHIELD: GROUND
SPARE TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR SPARE WHEEL
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM ANTENNA
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM MODULE CR93 16-WAY / GREY LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT, RH REAR
CR94 16-WAY / BLUE
CR96 SMB RF COAX CONNECTOR
GROUNDS
Ground Location
G29 BEHIND REAR SEAT BACK, RH SIDE
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
51a WG B
CR93-16
13a WU B
II CR93-8
W W W
CR99-1 CR96-1
W SCR
CR99-2 CR96-2
TPMS
ANTENNA
BO BO
EC83-1 EC17-5 CR94-13
BW BW
EC83-2 EC17-6 CR94-14
FRONT LH TIRE Y
PRESSURE SENSOR C 20.1
FRONT LH CR93-3
TPMS G
C 20.1
INITIATOR CR93-2
BR BR
EC84-1 EC17-7 CR94-15
B B
EC84-2 EC17-8 CR94-16
FRONT RH TIRE
PRESSURE SENSOR
FRONT RH
TPMS
INITIATOR
NR NR
BR8-1 BR1-11 CR94-5
GB GB
BR8-2 BR1-12 CR94-6
REAR LH TIRE
PRESSURE SENSOR
REAR LH
TPMS
INITIATOR
GU GU
BR9-1 BR1-13 CR94-7
GO GO
BR9-2 BR1-14 CR94-8
REAR RH TIRE
PRESSURE SENSOR
REAR RH
TPMS
B P
CR93-12
INITIATOR
G29CS
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM
MODULE
SPARE TIRE
PRESSURE SENSOR
(NO INITIATOR REQUIRED)
f05_5_35006
1 6 Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.3 16 52 Fig. 01.5 78 105 Fig. 01.7 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V A ACP S VARIANT: Tire Pressure Monitoring Vehicles
64 95 + Battery Voltage SCP
ll ll S S
VIN RANGE: All
7 63 Fig. 01.2 1 15 Fig. 01.4 53
S
77
S
Fig. 01.6 106
E
143 Fig. 01.8
E
O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data
DATE OF ISSUE: April 2006
l ll
Fig. 06.1Climate Control: Part 1
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
EVAPORATOR LH OUTLET AIR RH OUTLET AIR AMBIENT AIR IN-CAR HUMIDITY DUAL AIR CONDITIONING
BG TEMPERATURE TEMPERATURE TEMPERATURE TEMPERATURE TEMPERATURE SENSOR SOLAR COMPRESSOR
WG SENSOR SENSOR SMOG SENSOR SENSOR SENSOR CLUTCH
EC101 EC66-D3 Y 25 B SENSOR SENSOR
-3 + C 20.1 II
CR119-3
OY C100-A4
EC101 EC66-B3 G 75 N B
-1 – C 20.1 S
CR119-2
WU I C100-A3
EC101 EC66-F2 HC NOX
-2 LH RH
09.2
RW I
AIR CONDITIONING CR119-11
PRESSURE SENSOR DIMMER-CONTROLLED LIGHTING
(NON NAVIGATION VEHICLES) EC48 EC48 EC42 EC42 EC42 EC42 EC42 IP48 IP48 IP48 IP48 IP45 IP45 IP45
POWERTRAIN CONTROL -1 -2 -1 -2 -4 -6 -3 -1 -2 -3 -4 -3 -1 -2
MODULE (Diesel) R B
NR WR LG WR UW WR
OY BW Y YG B WG UY WR BY GB UY GB O
BW PI49 PI49
ECS8 (LHD) -1 -29
AC1 AC1 AC2 AC2 AC3 AC3 G3BL
-1 -2 -1 -2 -1 -2 ECS34 (RHD)
BW 27
II RG B
Y C+
20.1
BG BG CR119-6 I
NR EC61 EC61
AC100-02 -20 -19
EC11 ECS32 EC300-8 Y G LG
-1 + C 20.1 20.1 C– I AC100-10
(LHD) (LHD) EC61 EC61 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 PI41 PI41
EC1 EC1 -12 -15 -9 -14 -1 -12 -13 -36 -42
U OY PI300-1 CR119-7 I
WO -18
-21
AC100-11 -14 (LHD) (LHD)
EC11 ECS92 EC300-32 G Y OY (RHD) (RHD) EC46 EC46
-3 – C 20.1 20.1 C+ I CR119-19 -15 RG B
-18
WU I PI300-2 CR119-16 BW (RHD) (RHD)
CR119-18
EC11 EC300-12 G Y
-2 20.1 C– I CR119-08
AIR CONDITIONING CR119-17 I
YG EC61 EC61
CR119-20
UR -16 -17
PRESSURE SENSOR I AC100-01 (LHD) (LHD)
ENGINE CONTROL I
BY EC46 EC16
AC101-14
MODULE (Gasoline) UY -17 -11
I AC100-03 (RHD) (RHD)
I
O
AC100-04
+ O
RG
CR119-04
Y S + + C Y – O
B
20.3 20.2 20.1 CR119-05
IP6-20 IP6-8 WR
U S – – C G WR WR
20.3 20.2 20.1
IP6-10 IP6-9 WR WR
WR WR WR
AC100-16
WR ACS2 WR
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER WR WR
GB
GB GB GB
AC100-08
Y S + GB GB
20.3 20.2
TL2-4
NOTE: Navigation vehicles – Climate Control GB ACS1 GB
Panel inputs via Telematics Display / Navigation
U S – Control Module / SCP / CAN. GB
20.3 20.2
TL2-14
+ O
YB
AC101-09
– O
UW
AC101-22
I
RW
AC100-12
NAVIGATION CONTROL + O
UO
AC101-20
MODULE NW
– O AC101-07
I
S
AC100-05
+ O
Y
AC101-21
24 WG B O GR GR RY I – O
N
II AC101-08
CC20-10 CC20-11 CC10-5 IP20-6 AC101-6 I
G
AC100-13
63 NW B O GU GU RB I + O
BR
S AC101-10
CC20-12 CC20-8 CC10-4 IP20-5 AC101-4
– O
WU
AC101-23
I G G GU O I
GB
AC100-06
CC20-7 CC10-8 IP20-3 AC101-2
+ O
YG
AC101-11
– O
NB
AC101-24
I
GW
AC100-14
I UY UY WY O + O
BG
AC101-25
CC20-5 CC10-11 IP20-11 AC101-19
– O
WG
AC101-12
I U U YU O I
UB
AC100-07
CC20-4 CC10-12 IP20-2 AC100-9
+ O
GR
AC101-26
I RW RW K O – O
YR
AC101-13
CC20-3 CC10-7 IP20-8 AC101-17 I
RG
AC100-15
D RU RU O D
BK BK P
CC20-2 CC10-6 IP20-7 AC101-16 GB WR RG YR GR GB WR UB WG BG GB WR GW NB YG GB WR GB WU BR GB WR G N Y GB WR S NW UO GB WR RW UW YB
CCS3 CC20-6 D RG RG GY D
CC20-1 AC103
CC10-13 IP20-4 AC101-3 -3 -1 -5 -6 -7 (RHD)
G15AR
AC4 AC4 AC4 AC4 AC4 AC5 AC5 AC5 AC5 AC5 AC6 AC6 AC6 AC6 AC6 AC7 AC7 AC7 AC7 AC7 AC8 AC8 AC8 AC8 AC8 AC9 AC9 AC9 AC9 AC9 AC103
-3 -1 -5 -7 -6 -3 -1 -5 -7 -6 -3 -1 -5 -7 -6 -3 -1 -5 -7 -6 -3 -1 -5 -7 -6 -3 -1 -5 -7 -6 -1 -3 -5 -7 -6 (LHD)
CLIMATE CONTROL PANEL
(VEHICLES WITHOUT
NAVIGATION)
B P
CR119-22
G7AS
(G8BS)
CLIMATE CONTROL MODULE LH COOL AIR RH COOL AIR LH MODE SERVO RH MODE SERVO LH AIR MIX SERVO RH AIR MIX SERVO AIR INTAKE SERVO
(Continued Fig. 06.2) BYPASS /DEFROST BYPASS /DEFROST
SERVO SERVO
f06_1_35006
1 6 Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.3 16 52 Fig. 01.5 78 105 Fig. 01.7 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V A ACP S VARIANT: All Vehicles
64 95 + Battery Voltage SCP
ll ll S S
VIN RANGE: All
7 63 Fig. 01.2 1 15 Fig. 01.4 53
S
77
S
Fig. 01.6 106
E
143 Fig. 01.8
E
O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data
DATE OF ISSUE: April 2006
l ll
Climate Control Module Fig. 06.2
Pin Description and Characteristic
O AC101–1 LOWER MOTOR DRIVE SIGNAL: HIGH BLOWER = HIGH VOLTAGE; LOW BLOWER = LOW VOLTAGE
I AC101–15 BLOWER MOTOR SPEED SIGNAL: 0 VOLTS WHEN RELAY IS OPEN; WHEN RELAY CLOSED LOWER VOLTAGE INDICATES MORE BLOWER VOLTAGE COMPONENTS
O CR119–9 HEATED WIPER PARK; HEATED WINDSHIELD RELAY(S) ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O CR119–10 BLOWER RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
O CR119–21 HEATED REAR WINDOW RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND AUXILIARY COOLANT PUMP (Gasoline) CP4 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH SIDE / REARWARD OF COOLING PACK
AUXILIARY COOLANT PUMP (Diesel) CP5 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH SIDE / REARWARD OF COOLING PACK
AUXILIARY COOLANT PUMP RELAY — — FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – R12a
BLOWER AC105 2-WAY / BLACK CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT / BETWEEN AIR INTAKE AND MAIN UNIT
BLOWER CONTROLLER AC104 4-WAY / BLACK CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT / BETWEEN AIR INTAKE AND MAIN UNIT / TOP
BLOWER RELAY — — REAR POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – R1
CLIMATE CONTROL MODULE AC100 16-WAY / BLACK CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT / DRIVER SIDE
AC101 26-WAY / BLACK
CR119 22-WAY / BLACK
FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX — — ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FRONT
HEATED REAR VIEW MIRROR – DRIVER DD9 22-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR
HEATED REAR VIEW MIRROR – PASSENGER PD9 22-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR
HEATED REAR WINDOW HW1 1-WAY / BLACK CABIN / BEHIND REAR SEAT BACK / LH SIDE (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
HW2 1-WAY / BLACK CABIN / BEHIND REAR SEAT BACK / LH SIDE (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
HEATED REAR WINDOW RELAY — — REAR POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – R5
HEATED WIPER PARK RELAY — — FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – R13
REAR POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX — — TRUNK / RH REAR
WINDSHIELD HEATED WIPER PARK CR27 1-WAY / BLACK CABIN / LH UPPER ‘A’ POST (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
CR39 1-WAY / BLACK CABIN / RH UPPER ‘A’ POST (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
WINDSHIELD HEATER – LH CR20 1-WAY / BLACK CABIN / LH UPPER ‘A’ POST (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
CR27 1-WAY / BLACK CABIN / LH UPPER ‘A’ POST (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
WINDSHIELD HEATER – RH CR39 1-WAY / BLACK CABIN / RH UPPER ‘A’ POST (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
CR43 1-WAY / BLACK CABIN / RH UPPER ‘A’ POST (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAY – LH — — FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – R3
WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAY – RH — — FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – R13
GROUNDS
Ground Location
G2 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BELOW FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G3 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BELOW FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G7 CABIN / LH SIDE OF TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
G8 CABIN / ABOVE RH SIDE OF TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
G9 CABIN / UPPER LH A POST
G10 CABIN / RH A POST
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
O U
AC101-1 AC104-2
I R BW
AC101-15 AC104-3 AC104-4
B B
CR25-2 AC104-1
G8AS
(G7BS)
BLOWER CONTROLLER
R1 4
3 5 W W
58
F7 40A CR83-4 CR25-1 AC105-1 AC105-2
1 2
87
S BLOWER
BLOWER RELAY NR NR NR B B B
O RU F8 10A CR84-1 EC1-16 CP1-5 CP4-1 CP4-2 CP1-4 ECS3
CR119-10 CR84-8 G3BL
AUXILIARY
COOLANT PUMP
R5 4
60
3 5 UY UY UY
F19 30A CR80-1 CR24-1 HW1 HW2
CONTROL AND SENSOR
INPUTS: FIG. 06.1 23 1 2
II
HEATED REAR WINDOW
HEATED REAR
WINDOW RELAY
O GW OY OY OY B BB
CR119-21 CR81-6 F20 10A CR80-2 CRS8 DD1-11 DD9-9 DD9-10 DDS1 DD3-6
G9AR
(G10AL)
REAR POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
DRIVER HEATED
REAR VIEW MIRROR
R12a 4
OY OY B BB
5 3 F34 10A
32 PD16-11 PD9-9 PD9-10 PDS1 PD1-7
G10AR
B B 1 2 YG YG (G9AR)
03.8
ECS4 EC41-9 EC19-6 EC130-3 PASSENGER HEATED REAR
G2AR VIEW MIRROR
AUXILIARY
COOLANT PUMP YG
RELAY (Diesel)
YG B B
EC5-4 CP7-1 CP5-2 CP5-1 CP7-2
R13 4
G3BL
3 5
AUXILIARY
33 COOLANT PUMP
F7 40A
26 1 2
II
GW GW B
HEATED WIPER EC32-4 EC2-1 CR39 CR27
PARK RELAY
(HEATED WIPER PARK G9AL
VEHICLES)
O RW RW WINDSHIELD HEATED
CR119-9 EC61-18 (LHD) EC41-10 (HEATED WINDSHIELD WIPER PARK
EC46-9 (RHD) R3 VEHICLES)
4
CLIMATE CONTROL MODULE 3 5
(Continued from Fig. 06.1) 32
F32 40A
GO GO B
26 1 2
EC4-4 EC54-1 CR20 CR27
II
G9AL
NOTE: CCM power supplies and
grounds shown on Fig. 06.1. LH WINDSHIELD
HEATER RELAY LH WINDSHIELD HEATER
R13 4
33
3 5 GW GW B
F7 40A EC32-4 EC2-1 CR39 CR43
1 2 G10BS
RH WINDSHIELD HEATER
RH WINDSHIELD
HEATER RELAY
1 6 Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.3 16 52 Fig. 01.5 78 105 Fig. 01.7 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V A ACP S VARIANT: All Vehicles
64 95 + Battery Voltage SCP
ll ll S S
VIN RANGE: All
7 63 Fig. 01.2 1 15 Fig. 01.4 53
S
77
S
Fig. 01.6 106
E
143 Fig. 01.8
E
O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data
DATE OF ISSUE: April 2006
l ll
Rear Climate Control Module Fig. 06.3
Pin Description and Characteristic
I RA1–1 REAR MODE SERVO POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: CLOSED DIRECTION = LOWER VOLTAGE; OPEN DIRECTION = HIGHER VOLTAGE
I RA1–2 LH REAR AIR MIX SERVO POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: CLOSED DIRECTION = LOWER VOLTAGE; OPEN DIRECTION = HIGHER VOLTAGE COMPONENTS
I RA1–3 RH REAR AIR MIX SERVO POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: CLOSED DIRECTION = LOWER VOLTAGE; OPEN DIRECTION = HIGHER VOLTAGE
O RA1–6 MAGNETIC VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL
C RA1–8 CAN +
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
I RA1–9 REAR EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES MAGNETIC VALVE RA11 UNKNOWN REAR CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT
SS RA1–11 SENSOR SIGNAL SUPPLY VOLTAGE: NOMINAL 5 V
SG RA1–12 SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND REAR AIR MIX SERVO – LH RA7 5-WAY / BLACK REAR CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT / LH SIDE / TOP
I RA1–13 BLOWER MOTOR SPEED SIGNAL: HIGH BLOWER = HIGH VOLTAGE; LOW BLOWER = LOW VOLTAGE REAR AIR MIX SERVO – RH RA8 5-WAY / BLACK REAR CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT / RH SIDE / TOP
O RA1–14 BLOWER MOTOR DRIVE SIGNAL: 0 VOLTS WHEN RELAY IS OPEN; WHEN RELAY CLOSED, LOWER VOLTAGE INDICATES MORE BLOWER VOLTAGE
C RA1–16 CAN – REAR BLOWER RA4 2-WAY / BLACK REAR CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT / FRONT
REAR BLOWER CONTROLLER RA3 4-WAY / BLACK REAR CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT / LH SIDE / FRONT
PG RA2–1 POWER GROUND: GROUND
REAR CLIMATE CONTROL MODULE RA1 16-WAY / BLACK REAR CENTER CONSOLE
I RA2–3 DIMMER CONTROLLED LIGHTING: B+ PWM
O RA2–4 REAR MODE SERVO DRIVE +: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED RA2 12-WAY / BLACK
O RA2–5 REAR MODE SERVO DRIVE –: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
REAR EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR RA10 2-WAY / BLACK REAR CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT / EVAPORATOR
O RA2–6 LH REAR AIR MIX SERVO DRIVE +: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
B+ RA2–7 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II): B+ REAR MODE SERVO RA9 5-WAY / BLACK REAR CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT / LH SIDE / BOTTOM
B+ RA2–8 SWITCHED SYSTEM POWER SUPPLY: B+
O RA2–10 RH REAR AIR MIX SERVO DRIVE –: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
O RA2–11 RH REAR AIR MIX SERVO DRIVE +: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
O RA2–12 LH REAR AIR MIX SERVO DRIVE –: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description / Location Location
IP66 14-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO REAR AIR CONDITIONING HARNESS CABIN / BELOW CENTER CONSOLE
GROUNDS
Ground Location
G32 CABIN / BEHIND INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
REAR
EVAPORATOR
TEMPERATURE LH REAR AIR MIX RH REAR AIR MIX
SENSOR SERVO SERVO REAR MODE SERVO
15 WR B
II RA2-7
77 RB B RA10 RA10
S -1 -2 RA7 RA7 RA7 RA7 RA7 RA8 RA8 RA8 RA8 RA8 RA9 RA9 RA9 RA9 RA9
RA2-8 -3 -1 -2 -4 -5 -3 -1 -2 -4 -5 -3 -1 -2 -5 -4
Y UR NR OW NR YU KU U OW NR YB W KW OW NR YR KG G
20.1 C +
RA1-8
CAN
20.1
G C – I UR
RA1-16 RA1-9
I YU
KB RA1-2
DIMMER-CONTROLLED 09.2 I
LIGHTING KU
RA2-3 –O
RA2-12
U
+O
RA2-6
I YB
RA1-3
W
–O
RA2-11
KW
+O
RA2-10
I YR
RA1-1
KG
–O
RA2-5
G
+O
RA2-4
NR
RA1-12 RAS11
OW
RA1-11 RAS10
O RW WR 15
RA1-6 II
RA11-1 RA11-2
MAGNETIC VALVE
O GW
RA1-14
RA3-2
I BW G WR 14
RA3-3 II
RA1-13 RA3-4 RA4-2 RA4-1
P NB B B B
RA2-1 RA3-1 REAR BLOWER
IP66-10 IP66-14
REAR BLOWER
REAR CLIMATE CONTROL MODULE CONTROLLER
G32BS
(INCLUDES CONTROL PANEL)
f06_3_35006
1 6 Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.3 16 52 Fig. 01.5 78 105 Fig. 01.7 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V A ACP S VARIANT: Rear Climate Control Vehicles
64 95 + Battery Voltage SCP
ll ll S S
VIN RANGE: All
7 63 Fig. 01.2 1 15 Fig. 01.4 53
S
77
S
Fig. 01.6 106
E
143 Fig. 01.8
E
O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data
DATE OF ISSUE: April 2006
l ll
Fig. 07.1Instrument Cluster
PG IP6–2 POWER GROUND: GROUND ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SWITCH (Diesel) C29 1-WAY / BLACK ENGINE BLOCK / ADJACENT TO OIL FILTER
B+ IP6–3 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC): B+ FUEL LEVEL SENSOR – LH (N/A) FP7 4-WAY / BLACK FUEL TANK / LH SIDE
C IP6–8 CAN +
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR – LH (SC) FP3 4-WAY / BLACK FUEL TANK / LH SIDE
C IP6–9 CAN –
S IP6–10 SCP – FUEL LEVEL SENSOR – RH FP4 4-WAY / BLACK FUEL TANK / RH SIDE
C IP6–18 CAN +
IGNITION SWITCH IP34 7-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN
C IP6–19 CAN –
S IP6–20 SCP + INSTRUMENT CLUSTER IP5 22-WAY / GREY INSTRUMENT PANEL
IP6 20-WAY / BLACK
SG IP7–3 MAIN LIGHTING SWITCH SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
I IP7–4 TRIP COMPUTER – MESSAGE CENTER SIGNALS: VARIABLE RESISTANCE IP7 22-WAY / BLACK
I IP7–11 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED MAIN LIGHTING SWITCH (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) IP26 6-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN / LH SIDE
I IP7–14 TRIP CYCLE SWITCH – MESSAGE CENTER SIGNAL: VARIABLE RESISTANCE
SG IP7–15 AUXILIARY LIGHTING SWITCH SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND REAR ELECTRONIC MODULE CR4 20-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / RH REAR
CR11 26-WAY / NATURAL
Rear Electronic Module
CR12 12-WAY / BLACK
Pin Description and Characteristic CR13 22-WAY / BLACK
B+ CR4–3 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC): B+
CR71 17-WAY / BLACK
I CR4–15 RH SIDE FUEL LEVEL SENSOR SIGNAL: VARIABLE RESISTANCE
I CR4–16 LH SIDE FUEL LEVEL SENSOR SIGNAL: VARIABLE RESISTANCE CR73 4-WAY / BLACK
GROUNDS
Ground Location
G2 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BELOW FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G24 TRUNK / RH SIDE / REAR ELECTRONIC MODULE
G31 CABIN / BEHIND PASSENGER AIR BAG
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
O B S Y
87 IP6-3
LOGIC + 20.2 20.3
IP6-20
4 YG B S U 20.2 20.3
– Note: SC only
I IP5-4 IP6-10
Y C + I WR WR
20.1
IP6-8 NW B LOGIC CR4-15 FP6-12 FP8-2
78
G C – CR4-3
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR B
20.1 BK
IP6-9
CAN
Y BK BK BK
20.1 C +
CR11-23 FP6-13 FPS1 FP8-1
IP6-18
20.3 20.2
Y S + 20R E F 160R
G CR13-1
20.1 C –
IP6-19 U S –
20.3 20.2
CR13-2
BK
19 GO IPS47 GO B FP8-5
II IP5-3
GO B AIRBAG
WARNINGS 20R E F 160R
IP5-12 WU WU
I
CR4-16 FP6-14 FP8-6
RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE:
AIRBAG INDICATOR DRIVE 17.1
YU YU I AIRBAG WARNING P B FUEL LEVEL SENSOR A
INDICATOR
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED) IP5-1 CR11-11
IP17-2
B B
RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE: YR YR CR11-25 FUEL TANK
17.1 I SEAT BELT AUDIBLE
SEAT BELT AUDIBLE WARNING DRIVE WARNING
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED) IP17-1 IP5-8
REAR ELECTRONIC MODULE
G24BL
J GATE: NOT-IN-PARK
04.1
R I KEY-IN AUDIBLE
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED) WARNING
IP5-7
KEY-IN
RU RW RW I KEY-IN AUDIBLE
4 IPS46 WARNING
IP34-4 IP34-5 IP5-2
3K9 MLS / KM
1K1 TRIP A / B
ENGINE OIL
AUXILIARY LIGHTING SWITCH PRESSURE SWITCH
330K
YU I MESSAGE CENTER
470K TRIP CYCLE IP26-5 IP7-14 B B
SWITCH IP5-14 IPS6
BW P B B
IP26-6 IP7-3 IP6-2 IPS2
f07_1_35006
1 6 Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.3 16 52 Fig. 01.5 78 105 Fig. 01.7 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V A ACP S VARIANT: All Vehicles
64 95 + Battery Voltage SCP
ll ll S S
VIN RANGE: All
7 63 Fig. 01.2 1 15 Fig. 01.4 53
S
77
S
Fig. 01.6 106
E
143 Fig. 01.8
E
O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data
DATE OF ISSUE: April 2006
l ll
Fig. 08.1Exterior Lighting: Gasoline
O CR10–4 LH TURN SIGNAL ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, FEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND AUXILIARY LIGHTING SWITCH IP33 12-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE
O CR10–10 RH TURN SIGNAL ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, FEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK CL1 8-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
PG CR10–11 POWER GROUND: GROUND
PG CR10–13 POWER GROUND: GROUND CL2 8-WAY / BLACK
PG CR10–14 POWER GROUND: GROUND DIP BEAM RELAY — — FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – R5
O CR10–15 SIDE MARKER LAMPS ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, FEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
FRONT ELECTRONIC MODULE CR1 26-WAY / BLACK CABIN / LH ‘A’ POST
PG CR85–2 POWER GROUND: GROUND CR9 12-WAY / BLACK
CR10 17-WAY / BLACK
O EC36–7 LH TURN SIGNAL REPEATER ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, FEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O EC36–13 LH SIDE LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, FEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND CR85 20-WAY / BLACK
O EC36–15 HEADLAMP DIP BEAM RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, FEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
EC36 22-WAY / BLACK
O EC36–18 FRONT FOG LAMP RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, FEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O EC36–19 RH TURN SIGNAL REPEATER ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, FEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND FRONT FOG LAMP – LH BF9 2-WAY / BLACK FRONT BUMPER / LH SIDE
O EC36–21 HEADLAMP MAIN BEAM RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, FEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND FRONT FOG LAMP – RH BF8 2-WAY / BLACK FRONT BUMPER / RH SIDE
O EC36–22 RH SIDE LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, FEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
FRONT FOG LAMP RELAY — — FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – R6
Instrument Cluster FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX EC4 4-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FRONT
Pin Description and Characteristic EC5 4-WAY / BLACK
O IP5–9 HAZARD INDICATOR: PULSED B+ EC19 8-WAY / BLACK
I IP5–11 AUTOLAMP SENSOR SIGNAL: VARIABLE RESISTANCE
EC22 4-WAY / BLACK
SG IP5–14 SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
EC26 8-WAY / BLACK
PG IP6–2 POWER GROUND: GROUND
EC28 12-WAY / BLACK
B+ IP6–3 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC): B+
S IP6–10 SCP – EC32 4-WAY / BLACK
S IP6–20 SCP +
EC35 8-WAY / BLACK
I IP7–1 MAIN LIGHTING SWITCH SIGNALS: TURN SIGNALS; HAZARD WARNING: TURN = VARIABLE RESISTANCE; HAZARD = GROUND EC40 8-WAY / BLACK
I IP7–2 MAIN LIGHTING SWITCH SIGNALS: EXIT DELAY: VARIABLE RESISTANCE EC41 10-WAY / BLACK
SG IP7–3 MAIN LIGHTING SWITCH SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
I IP7–6 FOG LAMPS SWITCH SIGNAL: VARIABLE RESISTANCE FRONT SIDE MARKER LAMP – LH BF7 2-WAY / BLACK FRONT BUMPER / LH SIDE
I IP7–12 MAIN LIGHTING SWITCH SIGNALS: MAIN; FLASH: VARIABLE RESISTANCE FRONT SIDE MARKER LAMP – RH BF6 2-WAY / BLACK FRONT BUMPER / RH SIDE
I IP7–13 MAIN LIGHTING SWITCH SIGNALS: OFF; SIDE; DIP; AUTOLAMP: VARIABLE RESISTANCE
SG IP7–15 AUXILIARY LIGHTING SWITCH SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND HEADLAMP UNIT – LH EC57 9-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH FRONT
HEADLAMP UNIT – RH EC6 9-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FRONT
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER IP5 22-WAY / GREY INSTRUMENT PANEL
IP6 20-WAY / BLACK
IP7 22-WAY / BLACK
MAIN BEAM RELAY — — FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – R2
MAIN LIGHTING SWITCH (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) IP26 6-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN / LH SIDE
TURN SIGNAL REPEATER – LH EC49 2-WAY / BLACK LH FRONT FENDER
TURN SIGNAL REPEATER – RH EC31 2-WAY / BLACK RH FRONT FENDER
GROUNDS
Ground Location
G1 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
G2 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BELOW FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G3 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BELOW FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G9 CABIN / UPPER LH ‘A’ POST
G15 CABIN / RH SIDE OF TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
G31 CABIN / BEHIND PASSENGER AIR BAG
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
O B LOGIC NW B O BK BK OY 54
87 80 LOGIC S
IP6-3 CR9-6 EC36-7 EC49-2 EC49-1
37 WU B
EC102-1
II EC102-2
R5 4 EC57-1 EC101-7
AUTOLAMP
EC102-3
3 5 OG
470R
DIP BEAM
19 DIP EC102-4
F9 20A EC40-5 EC57-4 EC101-1 DIP
U 2 1
270R WR I O 20 P
IP26-4 IP7-13 EC36-15 EC40-8 EC101-8
SIDE LAMPS
HEADLAMP LEVELING
180R DIP BEAM * NOTE: Non HID Headlamp. MODULE*
OFF RELAY * OG *
EC40-5 EC57-4
AUTOLAMP DIP
470R
O B
EXIT DELAY 1
EC35-8 EC57-7 EC57-3
MAIN
270R WG I G1BR
IP26-3 IP7-2
EXIT DELAY 2 LH HEADLAMP UNIT
180R
EXIT DELAY 3 R6 4
RW B
3 5 RW RW
56R
21 BF9-2 BF9-1
F18 15A BF1-10 BFS1
EC40-3
UY 2 1 LH FRONT B B
O 22
220R EC36-18
FOG LAMP BFS2
EC41-3 BF1-9
LH TURN
270R FRONT FOG RW B G2AR
O O I LAMP RELAY BF8-2 BF8-1
470R IP26-1 IPS22 IP7-1
RH TURN
RH FRONT
FOG LAMP
R2 4
220R 3 5
FLASH OG
17
270R F16 20A EC35-4 EC6-7
W I RW 2 1 MAIN
O 18
470R IP26-2 IP7-12 EC36-21 * OY *
MAIN BEAM EC40-4
EC35-3 EC6-4
* NOTE: Non HID Headlamp. DIP
BW MAIN BEAM
IP26-6 IP7-3 RELAY
OY P B
MAIN LIGHTING SWITCH (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR)
F8 20A EC35-3 EC6-4 EC103-1 EC103-8 EC6-3
DIP
EC104-1 G3BR
FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
EC104-2
WU EC104-3
O O O 38 B
II EC104-4
EC6-1 EC103-7
CL2-2 CL3-7 CC10-3 DIP
HEADLAMP LEVELING
1K2 MODULE*
O BR BR
B B B Y Y O CR10-10 EC6-9
1K2 EC1-19
CCS3 CL3-3 CL1-5 CL1-7 CL3-5 CC10-2 IP5-9 TURN
G15AR HAZARD SWITCH BW BW O
O 68
AND INDICATOR EC36-22 S
EC6-6 EC6-8
SIDE
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
RH HEADLAMP UNIT
3K9 O BG BG O 69
YB I S
EC36-19 EC31-2 EC31-1
IP33-5 (LHD) IP7-6
IP33-6 (RHD)
RH TURN SIGNAL REPEATER
FRONT 820R (LHD)
470R (RHD)
B BO O 66
CR9-12 S
BK BF7-1 BF7-2
P
REAR 470R (LHD) CR85-2
820R (RHD) B P LH FRONT SIDE MARKER LAMP
BO B B CR1-26 O BO BO BO (NAS ONLY
IP7-15 IP5-14 IPS6 B P CR10-15 EC61-22 BFS5
FOG LAMP IP33-7
CR10-14 BF1-8
SWITCHES P B B B P BO O 67
IPS2 CR10-11 S
IP6-2 B P
BF6-1 BF6-2
AUXILIARY LIGHTING SWITCH CR10-13
RH FRONT SIDE MARKER LAMP
G31BS G9BL (NAS ONLY)
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER FRONT ELECTRONIC MODULE * NOTE: Ballast integral within module. Refer to Fig. 08.6
G9CS G9BR
for additional Headlamp Leveling Module details. f08_1_35006
1 6 Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.3 16 52 Fig. 01.5 78 105 Fig. 01.7 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V A ACP S VARIANT: Gasoline Vehicles
64 95 + Battery Voltage SCP
ll ll S S
VIN RANGE: All
7 63 Fig. 01.2 1 15 Fig. 01.4 53
S
77
S
Fig. 01.6 106
E
143 Fig. 01.8
E
O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data
DATE OF ISSUE: April 2006
l ll
Front Electronic Module Fig. 08.2
Pin Description and Characteristic
PG CR1–26 POWER GROUND: GROUND
COMPONENTS
S CR9–1 SCP –
B+ CR9–6 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: LOGIC: B+
S CR9–7 SCP +
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
SG CR9–12 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND AUTO LAMP SENSOR IP36 6-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL / CENTER FRONT
O CR10–4 LH TURN SIGNAL ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, FEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND AUXILIARY LIGHTING SWITCH IP33 12-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE
O CR10–10 RH TURN SIGNAL ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, FEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK CL1 8-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
PG CR10–11 POWER GROUND: GROUND
PG CR10–13 POWER GROUND: GROUND CL2 8-WAY / BLACK
PG CR10–14 POWER GROUND: GROUND DIP BEAM RELAY - LH — — FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – R11a
O CR10–15 SIDE MARKER LAMPS ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, FEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
DIP BEAM RELAY - RH — — FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – R9b
PG CR85–2 POWER GROUND: GROUND FRONT ELECTRONIC MODULE CR1 26-WAY / BLACK CABIN / LH ‘A’ POST
CR9 12-WAY / BLACK
O EC36–7 LH TURN SIGNAL REPEATER ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, FEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O EC36–13 LH SIDE LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, FEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND CR10 17-WAY / BLACK
O EC36–15 HEADLAMP DIP BEAM RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, FEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
CR85 20-WAY / BLACK
O EC36–18 FRONT FOG LAMP RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, FEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O EC36–19 RH TURN SIGNAL REPEATER ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, FEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND EC36 22-WAY / BLACK
O EC36–21 HEADLAMP MAIN BEAM RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, FEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND FRONT FOG LAMP – LH BF9 2-WAY / BLACK FRONT BUMPER / LH SIDE
O EC36–22 RH SIDE LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, FEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
FRONT FOG LAMP – RH BF8 2-WAY / BLACK FRONT BUMPER / RH SIDE
Instrument Cluster FRONT FOG LAMP RELAY — — FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – R6
Pin Description and Characteristic FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX EC4 4-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FRONT
O IP5–9 HAZARD INDICATOR: PULSED B+ EC5 4-WAY / BLACK
I IP5-11 AUTOLAMP SENSOR SIGNAL: VARIABLE RESISTANCE
EC19 8-WAY / BLACK
SG IP5–14 SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
EC22 4-WAY / BLACK
PG IP6–2 POWER GROUND: GROUND
EC26 8-WAY / BLACK
B+ IP6–3 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC): B+
S IP6–10 SCP – EC28 12-WAY / BLACK
S IP6–20 SCP +
EC32 4-WAY / BLACK
I IP7–1 MAIN LIGHTING SWITCH SIGNALS: TURN SIGNALS; HAZARD WARNING: TURN = VARIABLE RESISTANCE; HAZARD = GROUND EC35 8-WAY / BLACK
I IP7–2 MAIN LIGHTING SWITCH SIGNALS: EXIT DELAY: VARIABLE RESISTANCE EC40 8-WAY / BLACK
SG IP7–3 MAIN LIGHTING SWITCH SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
I IP7–6 FOG LAMPS SWITCH SIGNAL: VARIABLE RESISTANCE EC41 10-WAY / BLACK
I IP7–12 MAIN LIGHTING SWITCH SIGNALS: MAIN; FLASH: VARIABLE RESISTANCE FRONT SIDE MARKER LAMP – LH BF7 2-WAY / BLACK FRONT BUMPER / LH SIDE
I IP7–13 MAIN LIGHTING SWITCH SIGNALS: OFF; SIDE; DIP; AUTOLAMP: VARIABLE RESISTANCE
SG IP7–15 AUXILIARY LIGHTING SWITCH SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND FRONT SIDE MARKER LAMP – RH BF6 2-WAY / BLACK FRONT BUMPER / RH SIDE
HEADLAMP UNIT – LH EC57 9-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH FRONT
HEADLAMP UNIT – RH EC6 9-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FRONT
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER IP5 22-WAY / GREY INSTRUMENT PANEL
IP6 20-WAY / BLACK
IP7 22-WAY / BLACK
MAIN BEAM RELAY — — FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – R2
MAIN LIGHTING SWITCH (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) IP26 6-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN / LH SIDE
TURN SIGNAL REPEATER – LH EC49 2-WAY / BLACK LH FRONT FENDER
TURN SIGNAL REPEATER – RH EC31 2-WAY / BLACK RH FRONT FENDER
GROUNDS
Ground Location
G1 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
G2 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BELOW FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G3 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BELOW FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G9 CABIN / UPPER LH ‘A’ POST
G15 CABIN / RH SIDE OF TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
G31 CABIN / BEHIND PASSENGER AIR BAG
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
O B LOGIC NW B O BK BK OY 54
87 80 LOGIC S
IP6-3 CR9-6 EC36-7 EC49-2 EC49-1
37 WU B
EC102-1
II EC102-2
R11a 4 EC57-1 EC101-7
AUTOLAMP
EC102-3
3 5 OG
470R
DIP BEAM
19 DIP EC102-4
F13 20A EC19-3 EC57-4 EC101-1 DIP
WR I O U ECS90 U 2 1
P
270R 20
IP26-4 IP7-13 EC36-15 EC19-2 EC101-8
SIDE LAMPS
HEADLAMP LEVELING
180R LH DIP BEAM * NOTE: Non HID Headlamp. MODULE**
OFF RELAY * OG *
EC19-3 EC57-4
AUTOLAMP
* DIP
470R
O B
EXIT DELAY 1
EC35-8 EC57-7 EC57-3
MAIN
270R WG I G1BR
IP26-3 IP7-2
EXIT DELAY 2 LH HEADLAMP UNIT
180R
EXIT DELAY 3 R6 4
RW B
3 5 RW RW
56R
21 BF9-2 BF9-1
F18 15A BF1-10 BFS1
EC40-3
UY 2 1 LH FRONT B B
O 22
220R EC36-18
FOG LAMP BFS2
EC41-3 BF1-9
LH TURN
270R FRONT FOG RW B G2AR
O O I LAMP RELAY BF8-2 BF8-1
470R IP26-1 IPS22 IP7-1
RH TURN
R2 4 RH FRONT
3 5
FOG LAMP
220R 17
FLASH F16 20A OG
RW 2 1
270R O 18 EC35-4 EC6-7
W I EC36-21 EC40-4
MAIN
470R IP26-2 IP7-12 * OY *
MAIN BEAM MAIN BEAM EC6-4
EC19-4
RELAY * DIP
BW * NOTE: Non HID Headlamp.
IP26-6 IP7-3 R9b 4
3 5 P B
MAIN LIGHTING SWITCH (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) OY
19 EC103-8 EC6-3
F10D 20A EC19-4 EC6-4 EC103-1
DIP
U 2 1 EC104-1 G3BR
20
EC19-1 EC104-2
WU EC104-3
O O O RH DIP BEAM 38 B
II EC104-4
CL2-2 CL3-7 CC10-3
RELAY EC6-1 EC103-7
DIP
HEADLAMP LEVELING
1K2 FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX MODULE**
O BR BR
B B B Y Y O CR10-10 EC6-9
1K2 EC1-19
CCS3 CL3-3 CL1-5 CL1-7 CL3-5 CC10-2 IP5-9 TURN
G15AR HAZARD SWITCH BW BW O
O 68
AND INDICATOR EC36-22 S
EC6-6 EC6-8
SIDE
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
RH HEADLAMP UNIT
3K9 O BG BG O 69
YB I S
EC36-19 EC31-2 EC31-1
IP33-5 (LHD) IP7-6
IP33-6 (RHD)
RH TURN SIGNAL REPEATER
FRONT 820R (LHD)
470R (RHD)
B BO O 66
CR9-12 S
BK BF7-1 BF7-2
P
REAR 470R (LHD) CR85-2
820R (RHD) B P
LH FRONT SIDE MARKER LAMP
BO B B CR1-26 O BO BO BO (NAS ONLY
IP7-15 IP5-14 IPS6 B P CR10-15 EC61-22 BFS5
FOG LAMP IP33-7
CR10-14 BF1-8
SWITCHES P B B B P BO O 67
IPS2 CR10-11 S
IP6-2 B P
BF6-1 BF6-2
AUXILIARY LIGHTING SWITCH CR10-13
RH FRONT SIDE MARKER LAMP
G31BS G9BL (NAS ONLY)
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER FRONT ELECTRONIC MODULE ** NOTE: Ballast integral within module. Refer to Fig. 08.6
G9CS G9BR
for additional Headlamp Leveling Module details. f08_2_35006
1 6 Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.3 16 52 Fig. 01.5 78 105 Fig. 01.7 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V A ACP S VARIANT: Diesel Vehicles
64 95 + Battery Voltage SCP
ll ll S S
VIN RANGE: All
7 63 Fig. 01.2 1 15 Fig. 01.4 53
S
77
S
Fig. 01.6 106
E
143 Fig. 01.8
E
O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data
DATE OF ISSUE: April 2006
l ll
Instrument Cluster Fig. 08.3
Pin Description and Characteristic
O IP5–9 HAZARD INDICATOR: PULSED B+
I IP5–11 AUTOLAMP SENSOR SIGNAL: VARIABLE RESISTANCE COMPONENTS
SG IP5–14 SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
Pin Description and Characteristic LICENSE PLATE LAMP – LH BT7 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LID
B+ CR4–3 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC): B+ LICENSE PLATE LAMP – RH BT6 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LID
MAIN LIGHTING SWITCH (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) IP26 6-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN / LH SIDE
PG CR11–11 POWER GROUND: GROUND
SG CR11–12 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND REAR ELECTRONIC MODULE CR4 20-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / RH REAR
SG CR11–25 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND CR11 26-WAY / NATURAL
SG CR11–26 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
CR12 12-WAY / BLACK
O CR12–5 LICENSE PLATE LAMPS ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, REM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND CR13 22-WAY / BLACK
O CR12–6 LH REAR SIDE MARKER LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, REM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
CR71 17-WAY / BLACK
O CR12–12 RH REAR SIDE MARKER LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, REM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
CR73 4-WAY / BLACK
S CR13–1 SCP +
REAR SIDE MARKER LAMP – LH BR7 2-WAY / BLACK REAR BUMPER / LH SIDE
S CR13–2 SCP –
I CR13–13 BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH SIGNAL: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED REAR SIDE MARKER LAMP – RH BR6 2-WAY / BLACK REAR BUMPER / RH SIDE
TAIL LAMP UNIT – LH CR8 7-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / LH REAR
O CR71–3 LH REAR TURN SIGNAL ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, REM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O CR71–4 RH REAR TURN SIGNAL ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, REM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND TAIL LAMP UNIT – RH CR7 7-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / RH REAR
O CR71–5 RH TAIL LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, REM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O CR71–6 LH TAIL LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, REM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O CR71–9 REVERSE LAMPS ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, REM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O CR71–10 REAR FOG LAMPS ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, REM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
O CR71–11 RH STOP LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, REM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O CR71–12 LH STOP LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, REM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND Connector Connector Description / Location Location
SG CR71–15 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
BL11 16-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO TRUNK LID HARNESS TRUNK / BEHIND TRUNK LID LINER
PG CR73–2 POWER GROUND (FUEL PUMP): GROUND BR1 10-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO REAR BUMPER HARNESS TRUNK / RH SIDE / ADJACENT TO REAR ELECTRONIC MODULE
BT11 16-WAY / GREY / CABIN TO TRUNK LID LINK HARNESS TO TRUNK LID HARNESS TRUNK / TRUNK LID
CC10 22-WAY / GREEN / CENTER CONSOLE HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS CABIN / BELOW CENTER CONSOLE / LH SIDE (LHD), RH SIDE (RHD)
CL3 16-WAY / GREY / CENTER CONSOLE HARNESS TO CENTER CONSOLE LINK HARNESS CABIN / BELOW CENTER CONSOLE / LH SIDE
RF2 16-WAY / BLUE / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS CABIN / RH ‘D’ POST
GROUNDS
Ground Location
G15 CABIN / RH SIDE OF TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
G24 TRUNK / RH SIDE / REAR ELECTRONIC MODULE
G31 CABIN / BEHIND PASSENGER AIR BAG
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
60 NW B O O NR 104
S IP36-6 S
WB I S Y 20.2 20.3 20.3 20.2
Y S + RF2-15 RF27-1 RF27-2
+
B B IP36-4 IP5-11 IP6-20 CR13-1
IPS35 10K0
IP36-1
S U 20.2 20.3 20.2
U S –
– 20.3
G31AL IP6-10 CR13-2 HIGH–MOUNTED
AUTOLAMP STOP LAMP
SENSOR
O O O
AUTOLAMP CR71-12 CRS68 CR8-3
STOP
470R GO I
DIP BEAM
CRS16 CR13-13 NW 105
S
270R
WR I O G CR8-1
IP7-13 CR71-6 CR8-2
SIDE LAMPS IP26-4 83
180R TAIL
OFF
GO
NG
O UY UY
AUTOLAMP CR71-10 CRS35 CR8-6
CR78 -2 -1 FOG
470R EXIT DELAY 1
270R
WG I O U NW 88
CR71-3 S
IP26-3 IP7-2 CR8-5 CR8-7
EXIT DELAY 2
TURN
180R
EXIT DELAY 3
O OG OG
56R
BRAKE CR71-9 CRS36 CR8-4
ON / OFF REVERSE
220R SWITCH
LH TURN
LH TAIL LAMP
UNIT
270R
O O I
IPS22 OG OG NR
470R IP26-1 IP7-1 O 89
RH TURN CR12-6 S
BR1-4 BR7-2 BR7-1
IP26-6 IP7-3 NR 78
S
O GB CR7-1
MAIN LIGHTING SWITCH CR71-5 CR7-2
(COLUMN SWITCHGEAR)
TAIL
UY
O O O CR7-6
CL2-2 FOG
CL3-7 CC10-3
1K2 O NG
O 101
S
B B B Y Y O CR71-4 CR7-5 CR7-7
CCS3 CL1-5 1K2 TURN
CL3-3 CL1-7 CL3-5 CC10-2 IP5-9
G24BR G24BL
f08_3_35006
1 6 Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.3 16 52 Fig. 01.5 78 105 Fig. 01.7 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V A ACP S VARIANT: All Vehicles
64 95 + Battery Voltage SCP
ll ll S S
VIN RANGE: All
7 63 Fig. 01.2 1 15 Fig. 01.4 53
S
77
S
Fig. 01.6 106
E
143 Fig. 01.8
E
O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data
DATE OF ISSUE: April 2006
l ll
Rear Electronic Module Fig. 08.4
Pin Description and Characteristic
O CR4–20 TRAILER CONNECTED SIGNAL: GROUND = TRAILER CONNECTED
COMPONENTS
O CR12–5 LICENSE PLATE LAMPS ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, REM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O CR71–3 LH REAR TURN SIGNAL ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, REM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
O CR71–4 RH REAR TURN SIGNAL ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, REM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND BATTERY — — TRUNK / RH SIDE
O CR71–5 RH TAIL LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, REM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O CR71–6 LH TAIL LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, REM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND HIGH-MOUNTED STOP LAMP RF27 2-WAY / BLACK PARCEL SHELF / CENTER
O CR71–9 REVERSE LAMPS ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, REM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND LICENSE PLATE LAMP – LH BT7 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LID
O CR71–10 REAR FOG LAMPS ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, REM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O CR71–11 RH STOP LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, REM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND LICENSE PLATE LAMP – RH BT6 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LID
O CR71–12 LH STOP LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, REM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND REAR ELECTRONIC MODULE CR4 20-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / RH REAR
CR11 26-WAY / NATURAL
CR12 12-WAY / BLACK
CR13 22-WAY / BLACK
CR71 17-WAY / BLACK
CR73 4-WAY / BLACK
TAIL LAMP UNIT – LH TT1 7-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / LH REAR
TAIL LAMP UNIT – RH TT2 7-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / RH REAR
TRAILER TOWING CONNECTOR TT8 DATA NOT AVAILABLE
TT18 DATA NOT AVAILABLE
TRAILER TOWING JUNCTION FUSE BOX TT22 DATA NOT AVAILABLE
TT23 DATA NOT AVAILABLE
TT24 DATA NOT AVAILABLE
TRAILER TOWING MODULE TT15 DATA NOT AVAILABLE
TT16 DATA NOT AVAILABLE
TT17 DATA NOT AVAILABLE
TRAILER TOWING RELAY TT9 DATA NOT AVAILABLE
GROUNDS
Ground Location
BC1 TRUNK / RH SIDE / ADJACENT TO BATTERY
BC3 TRUNK / RH SIDE / ADJACENT TO BATTERY
G29 TRUNK / SPARE WHEEL WELL
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
U NR 91
LIGHTING INPUTS: S
BT7-2 LH BT7-1
REFER TO FIG. 08.3. U U U
O
CR12-5 BTS1
BL11-4 BT11-4
U NR 92
S
BT6-2 RH BT6-1
LICENSE PLATE
LAMP
O O NR 104
S
RF2-15 RF27-1 RF27-2
10K0
HIGH–MOUNTED
STOP LAMP
O O O O
CR71-12 CRS68 CR106-3
TT1-3
P
TT21 N STOP
R
TT22-1 F1 15A TT22-2 O G G NW NW 105
CR71-6 S
CR106-2 TT1-1 CR106-1
TT1-2
B B R TT20 N
R OW
BC2 TT23-1 TT23-2
F2 20A
TAIL
BATTERY TT11 R N UY PY
BC1 BC3 O
TT24-1 TT24-2 CR71-10 CRS35 TT1-6
F3 15A
FOG
TRAILER TOWING
O U BW NW NW 88
JUNCTION FUSE BOX S
CR71-3 TT1-5 TT1-7 CR106-7
TURN
O OG CRS36 OG OG
N NG CR71-9 CR106-4 TT1-4
REVERSE
TT9-3 TT9-5 O W
47 WR WR B CR71-11 CR107-3
LH TAIL LAMP UNIT
II
TT5M/F-1 TT9-1 TT9-2 O GB
CR71-5 CR107-2
TRAILER TOWING RELAY O
O
CR71-4
N B I
O O
TTS9
NG TT17-8 TT16-1 CR107-5 W
B
TT18-9 N B I UR U TT2-3
STOP
B N TT17-10 TT15-1 CR106-5
TT18-10
I PO OG GB NR NR 78
S
REVERSE LAMPS
PO PO O TT16-2 CR107-4
TT2-2
TT2-1 CR107-1
TT18-8 TT17-6
I GB GB
RH TAIL LAMP
O O O TT16-5
TAIL
TT18-5 TT17-9
O PY PY
YR YR O TT16-6 TT2-6
FOG LAMPS
TT18-2 TT17-4
I UY UY
FOG
STOP LAMPS
P P O TT15-4 CR106-6
TT18-6 TT17-2 BG BG GR NG
O 101
S
LH TAIL LAMP
OW OW O TT16-3 TT2-5 CR107-7
TT17-7 TURN
TT18-7
O S RG TT2-7
LH TURN SIGNAL
U U O TT16-8 TT10-2
TT18-1 TT17-3
O BR BR
RH TURN SIGNAL
UR UR O TT16-4 TT2-4
REVERSE
TT18-4 TT17-5
I P
P B B P TT15-2
RH TAIL LAMP UNIT
TT18-3 TTS4 TT17-1 OW
I
P B TT15-5
TT8-3
TTS2 O PY
P B TT15-6
TT8-7
B B O BW
TRAILER TOWING TT15-3
CONNECTOR B GR
TT16-7
G29AS
1 6 Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.3 16 52 Fig. 01.5 78 105 Fig. 01.7 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V A ACP S VARIANT: European Trailer Towing Vehicles
64 95 + Battery Voltage SCP
ll ll S S
VIN RANGE: All
7 63 Fig. 01.2 1 15 Fig. 01.4 53
S
77
S
Fig. 01.6 106
E
143 Fig. 01.8
E
O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data
DATE OF ISSUE: April 2006
l ll
Rear Electronic Module Fig. 08.5
Pin Description and Characteristic
O CR4–20 TRAILER CONNECTED SIGNAL: GROUND = TRAILER CONNECTED
COMPONENTS
O CR12–5 LICENSE PLATE LAMPS ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, REM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O CR71–3 LH REAR TURN SIGNAL ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, REM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
O CR71–4 RH REAR TURN SIGNAL ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, REM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND BATTERY — — TRUNK / RH SIDE
O CR71–5 RH TAIL LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, REM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O CR71–6 LH TAIL LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, REM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND HIGH-MOUNTED STOP LAMP RF27 2-WAY / BLACK PARCEL SHELF / CENTER
O CR71–9 REVERSE LAMPS ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, REM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND LICENSE PLATE LAMP – LH BT7 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LID
O CR71–10 REAR FOG LAMPS ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, REM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O CR71–11 RH STOP LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, REM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND LICENSE PLATE LAMP – RH BT6 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LID
O CR71–12 LH STOP LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, REM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND REAR ELECTRONIC MODULE CR4 20-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / RH REAR
CR11 26-WAY / NATURAL
CR12 12-WAY / BLACK
CR13 22-WAY / BLACK
CR71 17-WAY / BLACK
CR73 4-WAY / BLACK
TAIL LAMP UNIT – LH TT1 7-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / LH REAR
TAIL LAMP UNIT – RH TT2 7-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / RH REAR
TRAILER TOWING CONNECTOR TT7 DATA NOT AVAILABLE
TT8 DATA NOT AVAILABLE
TRAILER TOWING JUNCTION FUSE BOX TT22 DATA NOT AVAILABLE
TT23 DATA NOT AVAILABLE
TT24 DATA NOT AVAILABLE
TRAILER TOWING MODULE TT15 DATA NOT AVAILABLE
TT16 DATA NOT AVAILABLE
TT17 DATA NOT AVAILABLE
TRAILER TOWING RELAY TT9 DATA NOT AVAILABLE
GROUNDS
Ground Location
BC1 TRUNK / RH SIDE / ADJACENT TO BATTERY
BC3 TRUNK / RH SIDE / ADJACENT TO BATTERY
G29 TRUNK / SPARE WHEEL WELL
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
U NR 91
LIGHTING INPUTS: S
BT7-2 LH BT7-1
REFER TO FIG. 08.3. U U U
O
CR12-5 BTS1
BL11-4 BT11-4
U NR 92
S
BT6-2 RH BT6-1
LICENSE PLATE
LAMPS
O O NR 104
RF2-15 RF27-1 RF27-2 S
10K0
HIGH–MOUNTED
STOP LAMP
B B UR N
BC2 O O O
F4 15A O
CR71-12 CRS68 CR106-3
R TT1-3
BC1 BC3 BATTERY P
TT21 STOP
R N
TT22-1 F1 15A TT22-2 O G G NW NW 105
CR71-6 TT1-1 CR106-1 S
CR106-2 TT1-2
TT20
R N OW
TT23-1 F2 20A TT23-2
TAIL
TT11 R N O UY PY
TT24-1 TT24-2 CR71-10 CRS35 TT1-6
F3 15A
FOG
TRAILER TOWING
JUNCTION FUSE BOX O U BW NW NW 88
CR71-3 S
TT1-5 TT1-7 CR106-7
TURN
O OG CRS36 OG OG
N NG CR71-9 CR106-4 TT1-4
REVERSE
TT9-3 TT9-5 O W
47 WR WR B CR71-11 CR107-3
LH TAIL LAMP UNIT
II
TT20M/F-1 TT9-1 TT9-2 O GB
CR71-5 CR107-2
TRAILER TOWING
RELAY O O
CR71-4
N B I O O
TTS9
NG TT17-8 TT16-1 CR107-5 W
B
TT8-6 N B I UR U TT2-3
TT17-10 STOP
B N TT15-1 CR106-5
TT8-4
I PO OG GB NR NR 78
S
REVERSE LAMPS
PO PO O TT16-2 CR107-4
TT2-2
TT2-1 CR107-1
TT8-1 TT3M/F-1 TT17-6
I GB GB
P B TT16-5
TAIL
TT8-3
TTS2 O PY PY
P B TT16-6 TT2-6
TT8-7
I UY UY
TT15-4 FOG
CR106-6
O O O O BG BG GR NG 101
RH TAIL LAMP S
TT7-5 TT17-9 TT16-3 TT2-5 CR107-7
TURN
FOG LAMPS
RY RY O O S RG TT2-7
TT7-2 TT17-4 TT16-8 TT10-2
STOP LAMPS
P P O O BR BR
TT7-6 TT17-2 TT16-4 TT2-4
REVERSE
LH TAIL LAMP
OW OW O I P
TT7-7 TT17-7 TT15-2
RH TAIL LAMP UNIT
LH TURN SIGNAL
U U O I OW
TT7-1 TT17-3 TT15-5
RH TURN SIGNAL
UR UR O O PY
TT7-4 TT17-5 TT15-6
P B B P O BW
TT7-3 TTS4 TT17-1 TT15-3
TRAILER TOWING B B B GR
CONNECTORS TT16-7
G29AS
TRAILER TOWING MODULE
f08_5_35006
1 6 Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.3 16 52 Fig. 01.5 78 105 Fig. 01.7 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V A ACP S VARIANT: U.K. Trailer Towing Vehicles
64 95 + Battery Voltage SCP
ll ll S S
VIN RANGE: All
7 63 Fig. 01.2 1 15 Fig. 01.4 53
S
77
S
Fig. 01.6 106
E
143 Fig. 01.8
E
O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data
DATE OF ISSUE: April 2006
l ll
Air Suspension Module Fig. 08.6
Pin Description and Characteristic
B+ CR88–1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
B+ CR88–2 SWITCHED SYSTEM POWER SUPPLY (WAKE UP): B+ COMPONENTS
PG CR88–3 POWER GROUND: GROUND
GROUNDS
Ground Location
G1 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
G3 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BELOW FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G17 CABIN / BELOW REAR SEAT / RH SIDE
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
37 WU B D W
20.2 20.3
II
EC57-1 EC101-7 EC101-2 EC57-5
EC101-6
EC101-9
Y I PWM EC101-10
NW B EC57-2 EC101-4
6
CR88-1 EC101-11
98 N B
STEPPER
S MOTOR AND
CR88-2 EC101-12 ACTUATOR
P B
EC101-8 EC57-3
HEADLAMP LEVELING G1BR
MODULE
38 WU B D W
II
20.2 20.3
EC6-1 EC103-7 EC103-2 EC6-5
EC103-6
Y I PWM EC103-9
P B EC6-2 EC103-4
CR88-3 EC103-10
G17AL
AIR SUSPENSION MODULE EC103-11
STEPPER
MOTOR AND
EC103-12 ACTUATOR
P B
EC103-8 EC6-3
HEADLAMP LEVELING G3BR
MODULE
f08_6_35006
1 6 Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.3 16 52 Fig. 01.5 78 105 Fig. 01.7 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V A ACP S VARIANT: HID Headlamp Vehicles
64 95 + Battery Voltage SCP
ll ll S S
VIN RANGE: All
7 63 Fig. 01.2 1 15 Fig. 01.4 53
S
77
S
Fig. 01.6 106
E
143 Fig. 01.8
E
O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data
DATE OF ISSUE: April 2006
l ll
Fig. 09.1Interior Lighting
GROUNDS
Ground Location
G9 CABIN / UPPER LH A POST
G10 CABIN / RH A POST
G12 CABIN / BELOW DRIVER SEAT
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data G13 CABIN / BELOW PASSENGER SEAT
G17 CABIN / BELOW REAR SEAT / RH SIDE
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data G24 TRUNK / RH SIDE / REAR ELECTRONIC MODULE
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC) G32 CABIN / BEHIND INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
NW B S Y WB WB NW 61
79 + 20.2 20.3 S
DD13-11 DD13-3 IP2-4 IP13-1 IP13-2
76 N B U
S – S 20.2 20.3 LH FRONT
DD13-12 DD13-4 FOOTWELL LAMP
* NOTE: Double Locking vehicles.
B GO I O GW GW B B WB NW 62
S
DD7-2 DD7-1 DD12-25 DD12-13 DT6-4 DT2-2 DT2-1 DT6-3 IP14-1 IP14-2
DD10-3* DD10-2*
DRIVER DOOR DRIVER DOOR RH FRONT
AJAR SWITCH PUDDLE LAMP FOOTWELL LAMP
REMOTE
ENTRY
B B B O G B B B
DDS3 DD13-7 DD12-21 DD9-18 DD9-19 DDS1 DD3-8 WB WB
DD1-7
APPROACH LAMP
G9AR B B B P G9AR RF25-3 RF3-3
(G10AR) (G10AL)
DD3-6 DDS1 DD13-8 DRIVER DOOR
COURTESY
G9AR MIRROR LAMPS
(G10AL) RU
DRIVER DOOR MODULE 97
S
RF3-9
RH MAP LAMP
B
RF3-1
NW B Y
80 + S 20.2 20.3
CR9-6 CR9-7 LH MAP LAMP
B B B R R I O WB B O 70
RFS1 RF3-1 S
RF2-1 MASTER LIGHTING RF3-2 RF25-4 CR1-3 CR10-6 RF4-3 RF4-2
SWITCH
G17BR
ROOF CONSOLE LH VANITY MIRROR LAMP
B B B GU GU I O GW GW GW B B
PD16-17 PDS3 PD7-2 PD7-1 PD16-22 CR1-1 CR1-2 PD1-11 PT2-2 PT2-1 PT1-6
PT1-5
PD10-3* PD10-2*
G10AL PASSENGER PASSENGER DOOR B O 71
(G9AR) S
DOOR AJAR PUDDLE LAMP RF5-3 RF5-2
SWITCH
* NOTE: Double Locking vehicles.
B O G G B B B RH VANITY MIRROR LAMP
CR9-12 CR1-5 PD16-15 PD9-18 PD9-19 PDS1 PD1-7
B P
APPROACH LAMP
G10AR
B CR10-11 (G9AR) B B B
P PASSENGER DOOR
CR10-13 MIRROR RFS1 RF21-3
RF2-1
MAP LAMP
G17BR RU 96
S
G9CS G9BL
FRONT ELECTRONIC MODULE UY RF21-2
RF21-1
COURTESY LAMP
B B GW GW I O GR GR GR B B B B
RR7-1 LT2-1 LT2-2 RLS2 UY UY RU
RR1-5 RR7-2 RR9-8 CR4-17 CR13-20 RL9-6 LT1-1 LT1-2 RL1-2 94
RR10-3* RR10-2* S
G13BL RH REAR G12BR SD28-16 SD23-1 SD23-2
LH REAR DOOR
DOOR AJAR PUDDLE LAMP LH REAR
SWITCH
FOOTWELL LAMP
* NOTE: Double Locking vehicles.
O GW GW GW B B B B
RRS2 UY UY RU
CR13-22 RR9-6 RT1-1 RT2-1 RT2-2 RT1-2 RR1-2 95
S
WG WG WG I G13BR SP28-16 SP23-1 SP23-2
RH REAR DOOR
AJAR SWITCH BT2-8 BT11-5 BL11-5 CR13-14 PUDDLE LAMP RH REAR
BO BO BO FOOTWELL LAMP
BT2-6 BT11-11 BL11-11 CR11-10
TRUNK LATCH
RW NG 85
CR18-1 S
CR18-2
TRUNK LAMP
B P O RW B B B O 57
CRS9 IPS5 S
B CR11-11 CR12-11 IP29-1 IP29-2 IP28-1 IP28-2
CR11-25 G32AL GLOVE BOX LAMP GLOVE BOX
RW RW RW NG 84 SWITCH LAMP
BT3-1 BT3-2 S
G24BL REAR ELECTRONIC MODULE BL11-10 BT11-10
1 6 Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.3 16 52 Fig. 01.5 78 105 Fig. 01.7 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V A ACP S VARIANT: All Vehicles
64 95 + Battery Voltage SCP
ll ll S S
VIN RANGE: All
7 63 Fig. 01.2 1 15 Fig. 01.4 53
S
77
S
Fig. 01.6 106
E
143 Fig. 01.8
E
O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data
DATE OF ISSUE: April 2006
l ll
Climate Control Module – Panel Fig. 09.2
Pin Description and Characteristic
O AC101–19 PANEL BACK LIGHTING: CCM INDICATES TO PANEL TO BACKLIGHT LCD
COMPONENTS
I CR119–11 DIMMER CONTROLLED ILLUMINATION: PWM, 80Hz, GROUND = 0% DUTY CYCLE, B+ = 100% DUTY CYCLE
B+ IP6–3 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC): B+ CLIMATE CONTROL MODULE AC100 16-WAY / BLACK CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT / DRIVER SIDE
S IP6–10 SCP – AC101 26-WAY / BLACK
S IP6–20 SCP +
CR119 22-WAY / BLACK
I IP7–5 DIMMER SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE CLIMATE CONTROL PANEL CC20 12-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
SG IP7–15 AUXILIARY LIGHTING SWITCH SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
CLOCK IP19 6-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL / CENTER VENT
SS IP7–16 DIMMER SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+
FASCIA VENT – CENTER IP57 2-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL / CENTER
FASCIA VENT – LH IP52 2-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE
FASCIA VENT – RH IP54 2-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE
FRONT ELECTRONIC MODULE CR1 26-WAY / BLACK CABIN / LH ‘A’ POST
CR9 12-WAY / BLACK
CR10 17-WAY / BLACK
CR85 20-WAY / BLACK
EC36 22-WAY / BLACK
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER IP5 22-WAY / GREY INSTRUMENT PANEL
IP6 20-WAY / BLACK
IP7 22-WAY / BLACK
J-GATE MODULE IP32 16-WAY / BLACK J GATE ASSEMBLY
MULTIMEDIA CONTROL PANEL RC1 8-WAY / BLACK REAR SEAT ARM REST OR REAR FLOOR CONSOLE
RC3 20-WAY / BLACK
RC5 FIBER OPTIC CONNECTOR
POWER POINT – FRONT IP21 3-WAY / BLACK FRONT CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX
POWER POINT – REAR TL72 3-WAY / BLACK REAR CENTER CONSOLE
REAR CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK TL89 8-WAY / BLACK REAR CENTER CONSOLE
REAR CLIMATE CONTROL MODULE RA1 16-WAY / BLACK REAR CENTER CONSOLE
RA2 12-WAY / BLACK
REAR VENTS TL23 2-WAY / BLACK BELOW CENTER CONSOLE
STEERING WHEEL LIGHTING — — STEERING WHEEL
TELEMATICS DISPLAY CC12 22-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
CC13 2-WAY / BLACK
CC14 2-WAY / BLACK
CC15 2-WAY / BLACK
CC16 2-WAY / BLACK
TRUNK AND FUEL FLAP RELEASE SWITCH PACK IP50 10-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL / OUTBOARD OF STEERING COLUMN
GROUNDS
Ground Location
G9 CABIN / UPPER LH A POST
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
G15 CABIN / RH SIDE OF TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data G18 CABIN / BELOW REAR SEAT / LH SIDE
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC) G31 CABIN / BEHIND PASSENGER AIR BAG
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated G32 CABIN / BEHIND INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
CLOCK
CENTER FASCIA VENT
RW B B
B TL89-6 TL89-7 TLS55
CR9-12 G18BL RW B
B REAR CENTER CONSOLE IP50-5 IP50-10
P SWITCH PACK
B CR10-11
P TRUNK AND FUEL FLAP RELEASE
CR10-13
SWITCH PACK
G32AL
NW RW RW TLS8 RW B J GATE MODULE SWITCH AND GEAR
IP33-9 IP7-16 TL93-11 TL72-2 TL72-3 SELECTOR LIGHTING
RW I
IP33-8 IP7-5
REAR POWER POINT
BO
DIMMER IP33-7 IP7-15 RW B B
IPS39 IP54-1 IP54-2 IPS5
AUXILIARY LIGHTING RW B B
RH FASCIA VENT G32AL
SWITCH TL23-1 TL23-2 TLS13
G18BR
B B REAR VENTS
IPS6 IP5-14
G31BS
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
RW B
TL20-7 TL20-10
G31BS
STEERING WHEEL
SWITCH LIGHTING
RW RW B B B
B RW RW RW RC2-4 RC1-1 RC1-8 RC2-5 TLS6
G32BS
REAR CLIMATE CONTROL
B B B RW RW RW RW B MODULE
CCS3 CL3-3 CL1-5 CL1-1 CL3-1 CC2-3 CC8-17 CC8-1
G15AR G15AL
CENTER CONSOLE AUDIO UNIT 63 NW B
SWITCH PACK S CC20-12
G15AR
CLIMATE CONTROL MODULE CLIMATE CONTROL CONTROL PANEL
(VEHICLES WITHOUT NAVIGATION)
f09_2_35006
1 6 Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.3 16 52 Fig. 01.5 78 105 Fig. 01.7 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V A ACP S VARIANT: All Vehicles
64 95 + Battery Voltage SCP
ll ll S S
VIN RANGE: All
7 63 Fig. 01.2 1 15 Fig. 01.4 53
S
77
S
Fig. 01.6 106
E
143 Fig. 01.8
E
O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data
DATE OF ISSUE: April 2006
l ll
Front Electronic Module Fig. 09.3
Pin Description and Characteristic
S CR9–1 SCP –
S CR9–7 SCP + COMPONENTS
SG CR9–12 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
B+ CR85–1 SWITCHED SYSTEM POWER SUPPLY: B+ DOOR SWITCH PACK – DRIVER DT4 20-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR TRIM
O CR85–12 LED BACK LIGHTING ACTIVATE: B+ PWM DOOR SWITCH PACK – LH REAR LT3 8-WAY / BLACK LH REAR DOOR TRIM
DOOR SWITCH PACK – PASSENGER PT4 8-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR TRIM
Instrument Cluster
DOOR SWITCH PACK – RH REAR RT3 8-WAY / BLACK RH REAR DOOR TRIM
Pin Description and Characteristic
FRONT ELECTRONIC MODULE CR1 26-WAY / BLACK CABIN / LH ‘A’ POST
SG IP5–14 SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
CR9 12-WAY / BLACK
B+ IP6–3 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC): B+
CR10 17-WAY / BLACK
S IP6–10 SCP –
S IP6–20 SCP + CR85 20-WAY / BLACK
EC36 22-WAY / BLACK
I IP7–5 DIMMER SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE
SG IP7–15 AUXILIARY LIGHTING SWITCH SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND INSTRUMENT CLUSTER IP5 22-WAY / GREY INSTRUMENT PANEL
SS IP7–16 DIMMER SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+ IP6 20-WAY / BLACK
IP7 22-WAY / BLACK
Rear Electronic Module MEMORY SWITCH PACK – DRIVER DT5 8-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR TRIM
Pin Description and Characteristic MEMORY SWITCH PACK – LH REAR LT5 8-WAY / BLACK LH REAR DOOR TRIM
PG CR11–11 POWER GROUND: GROUND MEMORY SWITCH PACK – RH REAR RT5 8-WAY / BLACK RH REAR DOOR TRIM
SG CR11–25 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
REAR ASSIST HANDLE – LH RF14 2-WAY / BLACK CABIN ROOF / LH SIDE
O CR12–2 REAR WINDOW ISOLATE: TO ISOLATE, REM INTERRUPTS GROUND SUPPLY REAR ASSIST HANDLE – RH RF15 2-WAY / BLACK CABIN ROOF / LH SIDE
REAR ELECTRONIC MODULE CR4 20-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / RH REAR
Rear Memory Module
CR11 26-WAY / NATURAL
Pin Description and Characteristic CR12 12-WAY / BLACK
SG CR37–14 REAR SEAT MEMORY SWITCH PACK REFERENCE GROUND: GROUND
SG CR37–15 REAR SEAT MEMORY SWITCH PACK REFERENCE GROUND: GROUND CR13 22-WAY / BLACK
SG CR37–26 SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND CR71 17-WAY / BLACK
CR73 4-WAY / BLACK
REAR MEMORY MODULE CR21 4-WAY / BLACK REAR BULKHEAD / BEHIND REAR SEAT BACK
CR37 26-WAY / BLACK
CR38 22-WAY / BLACK
CR41 6-WAY / BLACK
CR53 4-WAY / BLACK
CR59 6-WAY / BLACK
ROOF CONSOLE RF3 20-WAY / BLACK CABIN ROOF
GROUNDS
Ground Location
G9 CABIN / UPPER LH ‘A’ POST
G10 CABIN / RH ‘A’ POST
G17 CABIN / BELOW REAR SEAT / RH SIDE
G18 CABIN / BELOW REAR SEAT / LH SIDE
G24 TRUNK / RH SIDE / REAR ELECTRONIC MODULE
G31 CABIN / BEHIND PASSENGER AIR BAG
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
RW RW RW B
64 NW B DD1-8 DT1-7 DT4-15 DT4-20
S
CR85-1
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
20.3 20.2
Y S +
CR9-7
20.3
U S – RW B B B B B
20.2
CR9-1 DT5-2 DT5-1 DTS1 DT1-9 DDS3 DD1-7
G9AR
DRIVER MEMORY SWITCH PACK (G10AR)
B P O RW CRS19 RW RW RW RW R R R
CR10-11 RR9-5 RT1-3 RTS2 RT3-5 RT3-1 RT1-8 RR9-1
B P
CR85-12
CR10-13
NOTE: RTS2 – Memory vehicles only.
RH REAR DOOR SWITCH PACK
G9CS G9BL
FRONT ELECTRONIC MODULE
RW B B B
RT5-2 RT5-1 RT1-7 RR9-14 CR37-14
O B LOGIC
87 RH REAR MEMORY SWITCH PACK
IP6-3
20.3 20.2
Y S +
IP6-20 B
20.3 20.2
U S – RW B B B CR37-26
IP6-10 LT5-2 LT5-1 LT1-7 RL9-14 CR37-15 G18AR
RW RW RW B
RF25-8 RFS6 RF15-2 RF15-1
RW B B B
RF3-10 RF3-1 RFS1 RF2-1
HALO G17BR
ILLUMINATION
ROOF CONSOLE
RW RW RW B B B B
PD1-9 PT1-1 PT4-5 PT4-1 PT1-2 PDS3 PD16-17
G10AL
PASSENGER DOOR (G9AR)
SWITCH PACK
f09_3_35006
1 6 Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.3 16 52 Fig. 01.5 78 105 Fig. 01.7 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V A ACP S VARIANT: All Vehicles
64 95 + Battery Voltage SCP
ll ll S S
VIN RANGE: All
7 63 Fig. 01.2 1 15 Fig. 01.4 53
S
77
S
Fig. 01.6 106
E
143 Fig. 01.8
E
O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data
DATE OF ISSUE: April 2006
l ll
Fig. 10.1Steering Column Adjust; Pedal Adjust
Instrument Cluster
Pin Description and Characteristic HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
SG IP5–14 SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
Connector Connector Description / Location Location
B+ IP6–1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (COLUMN MOTOR): B+
PG IP6–2 POWER GROUND: GROUND DD1 22-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS CABIN / DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST
B+ IP6–3 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC): B+ DD3 10-WAY / GREY / DRIVER DOOR HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS CABIN / DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST
S IP6–10 SCP –
O IP6–11 STEERING COLUMN MOTOR DRIVE – DOWN / OUT: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED DT1 16-WAY / GREEN / DRIVER DOOR HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR TRIM HARNESS CABIN / BEHIND DRIVER DOOR TRIM
O IP6–12 STEERING COLUMN MOTOR DRIVE – UP / IN: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED DT6 16-WAY / BLUE / DRIVER DOOR HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR TRIM HARNESS CABIN / BEHIND DRIVER DOOR TRIM
O IP6–13 STEERING COLUMN IN / OUT FUNCTION SOLENOID DRIVE: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
O IP6–14 STEERING COLUMN UP / DOWN FUNCTION SOLENOID DRIVE: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED IP2 10-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS CABIN / BEHIND LH SIDE INSTRUMENT PANEL END PLATE
S IP6–20 SCP +
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
NW B S Y
79 + 20.2 20.3
DD13-11 DD13-3
SCP MEMORY FUNCTIONS
76 N B S U
S – 20.2 20.3
DD13-12 DD13-4
WR WR O
DT5-3 DT6-11 DD12-7
MEMORY SET
INDICATOR
O O I
MEMO RY SET DT5-4 DT1-10 DD12-10
B GO I IP10-3
DD7-2 DD7-1 DD12-25
MEMO RY 2 DD10-3* DD10-2*
DRIVER DOOR
AJAR SWITCH
MEMORY 1 IP10-4
B B B B B B B B B B B STEERING COLUMN
P MOTOR
DD1-7 DDS3 DT1-9 DTS1 DT5-1 DDS3 DDS1
DD1-7 DD13-7 DD13-8 DD3-6
G9AR
(G10AR) DRIVER MEMORY SWITCH PACK G9AR G9AR
(G10AR) (G10AL)
DRIVER DOOR MODULE
IP10-9
O B S Y
87 + 20.2 20.3
IP6-3
LOGIC
IP6-20 B
S U IP10-10
– 20.2 20.3
OY B IP6-10
88
IP6-1 COLUMN IP10-1
MOTORS U
O
IP6-12
O R B B
IP6-11 IPS2
IP10-2 STEERING COLUMN
RG SOLENOIDS
O
IP6-14
G13BS
O GB
IP6-13
O UY
GR I IP7-19 IP10-6
820R
IP27-5 IP7-7 I GW
IP7-20 IP10-7
330R
GO
Y I IP7-8 IP10-5
IP27-1 IP7-17 I GU
1K5
IP7-9 IP10-8
2K2
B B STEERING COLUMN
POSITION SENSOR
BR IP5-14 IPS6
64 NW B S Y
S + 20.2 20.3
CR85-1 CR9-7
S U
– 20.2 20.3
B B RW RW I CR9-1
IPS35 IP27-7 IP27-4 IP2-9 CR1-12
G31AL U U I WU
COLUMN COLUMN ADJUST PEDAL
ADJUST +ENTRY / EXIT ADJUST IP27-2 IP2-3 CR1-9 CR85-17 CR103-1
O W
COLUMN AND PEDAL ADJUST SWITCHES CR10-2 CR104-1
O R
B P CR10-9 CR104-2
CR1-26
B P O
CR10-14 I
B P CR9-11 CR103-2
CR10-11 U
B P
CR10-13 CR85-15 CR103-3
G9BR G9BL PEDAL ADJUST MOTOR
FRONT ELECTRONIC MODULE
f10_1_35006
1 6 Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.3 16 52 Fig. 01.5 78 105 Fig. 01.7 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V A ACP S VARIANT: All Vehicles
64 95 + Battery Voltage SCP
ll ll S S
VIN RANGE: All
7 63 Fig. 01.2 1 15 Fig. 01.4 53
S
77
S
Fig. 01.6 106
E
143 Fig. 01.8
E
O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data
DATE OF ISSUE: April 2006
l ll
Driver Door Module Fig. 10.2
Pin Description and Characteristic
O DD11–1 DRIVER DOOR MIRROR DRIVE – LEFT: TO ACTIVATE, DDCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O DD11–2 DRIVER DOOR MIRROR DRIVE – RIGHT: TO ACTIVATE, DDCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ COMPONENTS
O DD11–3 DRIVER DOOR MIRROR DRIVE – UP: TO ACTIVATE, DDCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O DD11–4 DRIVER DOOR MIRROR DRIVE – DOWN: TO ACTIVATE, DDCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
SS DD11–5 DRIVER DOOR MIRROR POSITION SENSORS SIGNAL SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
I DD11–14 DRIVER DOOR MIRROR LEFT / RIGHT POSITION FEEDBACK SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE DOOR MIRROR – DRIVER DD9 22-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR
I DD11–15 DRIVER DOOR MIRROR UP / DOWN POSITION FEEDBACK SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE
SG DD11–19 DRIVER DOOR MIRROR POSITION SENSORS SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND DOOR MIRROR – PASSENGER PD9 22-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR
DOOR SWITCH PACK – DRIVER DT4 20-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR TRIM
I DD12–2 RH MIRROR MOVEMENT SELECT SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
I DD12–3 LH MIRROR MOVEMENT SELECT SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN SELECTED DRIVER DOOR MODULE DD11 20-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR
O DD12–7 MEMORY SET INDICATOR ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, DDM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ DD12 26-WAY / BLACK
I DD12–8 MIRROR FOLD FLAT SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
DD13 26-WAY / NATURAL
I DD12–10 MEMORY 1, 2, 3, SET INPUT SIGNAL: VARIABLE RESISTANCE
I DD12–14 MIRROR UP SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN SELECTED ELECTROCHROMIC REAR VIEW MIRROR AND COMPASS RF7 8-WAY / BLACK FORWARD OF ROOF CONSOLE
I DD12–15 MIRROR DOWN SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
FRONT ELECTRONIC MODULE CR1 26-WAY / BLACK CABIN / LH ‘A’ POST
I DD12–16 MIRROR LEFT SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
I DD12–17 MIRROR RIGHT SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN SELECTED CR9 12-WAY / BLACK
CR10 17-WAY / BLACK
S DD13–3 SCP NETWORK +
S DD13–4 SCP NETWORK – CR85 20-WAY / BLACK
O DD13–5 DRIVER DOOR MIRROR FOLD FLAT: IN-TO-OUT: TO ACTIVATE, DDM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ EC36 22-WAY / BLACK
O DD13–6 DRIVER DOOR MIRROR FOLD FLAT: OUT-TO-IN: TO ACTIVATE, DDM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
SG DD13–7 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND MEMORY SWITCH PACK – DRIVER DT5 8-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR TRIM
PG DD13–8 POWER GROUND: GROUND REAR ELECTRONIC MODULE CR4 20-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / RH REAR
B+ DD13–11 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: LOGIC: B+
B+ DD13–12 SWITCHED SYSTEM POWER SUPPLY: B+ CR11 26-WAY / NATURAL
CR12 12-WAY / BLACK
Front Electronic Module CR13 22-WAY / BLACK
Pin Description and Characteristic CR71 17-WAY / BLACK
I CR1–7 PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR LEFT / RIGHT POSITION FEEDBACK SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE
CR73 4-WAY / BLACK
SS CR1–8 PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR POSITION SENSORS SIGNAL SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+
I CR1–11 PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR UP / DOWN POSITION FEEDBACK SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE
O CR1–20 PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR DRIVE – UP: TO ACTIVATE, FEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O CR1–21 PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR DRIVE – DOWN: TO ACTIVATE, FEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
SG CR1–22 PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR POSITION SENSORS SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
O CR1–23 PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR DRIVE – LEFT: TO ACTIVATE, FEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O CR1–24 PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR DRIVE – RIGHT: TO ACTIVATE, FEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
Connector Connector Description / Location Location
PG CR1–26 POWER GROUND: GROUND DD1 22-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS CABIN / DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST
S CR9–1 SCP – DD3 10-WAY / GREY / DRIVER DOOR HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS CABIN / DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST
S CR9–7 SCP + DT1 16-WAY / GREEN / DRIVER DOOR HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR TRIM HARNESS CABIN / BEHIND DRIVER DOOR TRIM
PG CR10–11 POWER GROUND: GROUND DT6 16-WAY / BLUE / DRIVER DOOR HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR TRIM HARNESS CABIN / BEHIND DRIVER DOOR TRIM
PG CR10–13 POWER GROUND: GROUND PD1 14-WAY / BLUE / CABIN HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS CABIN / PASSENGER SIDE ‘A’ POST
PG CR10–14 POWER GROUND: GROUND
PD16 22-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS CABIN / PASSENGER SIDE ‘A’ POST
B+ CR85–1 SWITCHED SYSTEM POWER SUPPLY: B+ RF1 10-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS CABIN / UPPER RH ‘A’ POST
RF2 16-WAY / BLUE / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS CABIN / RH ‘D’ POST
Rear Electronic Module
Pin Description and Characteristic
B+ CR4–3 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC): B+
GROUNDS
SG CR11–12 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
O CR11–18 REVERSE GEAR SIGNAL (DIM REQUEST): TO ACTIVATE, REM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
Ground Location
G9 CABIN / UPPER LH ‘A’ POST
S CR13–1 SCP –
S CR13–2 SCP + G10 CABIN / RH ‘A’ POST
G17 CABIN / BELOW REAR SEAT / RH SIDE
G24 TRUNK / RH SIDE / REAR ELECTRONIC MODULE
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
NW B B NW 64
79 S
DD13-11 S Y Y S + CR85-1
+ 20.2 20.3 20.3 20.2
76 N B DD13-3 CR9-7
S
DD13-12 S U U S –
– 20.2 20.3 20.3 20.2
DD13-4 CR9-1
WR WR O * NOTE: Fold-flat Mirror vehicles only
DT5-3 DT6-11 DD12-7 * NOTE: Fold-flat Mirror vehicles only.
MEMORY SET
INDICATOR DRIVER DOOR MIRROR PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR
O O I
DT5-4 DT1-10 DD12-10
MEMORY SET
FOLD-FLAT* FOLD-FLAT*
ELECTROCHROMIC ELECTROCHROMIC
MIRROR MIRROR
MEMORY 3
MEMORY 2
MEMORY 1
B
DT5-1 DD9 DD9 DD9 DD9 DD9 DD9 DD9 DD9 DD9 DD9 DD9 DD9 PD9 PD9 PD9 PD9 PD9 PD9 PD9 PD9 PD9 PD9 PD9 PD9
-4 -2 -3 -1 -7 -6 -8 -5 -16 -15 -14 -11 -4 -2 -3 -1 -7 -6 -8 -5 -16 -15 -14 -11
DRIVER MEMORY SWITCH PACK
O GW YG B O O O YG B
DD11-4 CR1-21 PD1-10
LH GU GU I O OG O OG OG
DD11-3 CR1-20
DT4-17 DT1-1 DD12-3 R YR DD1 DD1 PD16-16 PD16 PD16
-10 -13 -4 -5
RH GW GW I I O I O O
DT4-16 DT1-2 DD12-2 DD11-15 CR1-11 PD16-21
YG B YG B
WU WU WU
YR YR I
DD11-5 CR1-8 PD16-19
DT4-5 DT1-5 DD12-14 I OY I OY OY
DD11-14 CR1-7 PD16-20
O OG O OG OG
O O I
DD11-2 CR1-24 PD1-8
DT4-8 DT1-4 DD12-17 O OY O OY OY
B B B B Y Y I
DD11-1 CR1-23 PD16-14
DDS3 DT1-9 DTS1 DT4-20 DT4-6 DT1-6 DD12-15 U U U
OY OY I
DD11-19 CR1-22 PD16-18
DD1-7
DT4-7 DT1-3 DD12-16
P B
B CR1-26
B
YB YB I P
CR10-14
G9AR FOLD-FLAT* DT4-10 DT1-8 DD12-8 P B
(G10AR) CR10-11 B
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK P CR10-13
G9BL G9BR
B B B O R R R R
DD1-7 DDS3 DD13-7 DD13-5 DDS8 DD3-2 PD1-14
B B B P O YR YR YR YR
DD3-8 DDS1 DD13-8 DD13-6 DDS7 DD3-6 PD1-12
G9AR G9AL
(G10AR) (G10AL)
DRIVER DOOR MODULE
NW B 36 WU B
78 II
CR4-3 RF7-1 O YG YG
RF7-4 CRS46
RF1-7
Y S + B B
20.3 20.2
CR13-1 RF7-5 RF1-8 CRS45
REVERSE GEAR
U S – O OG OG I REVERSE
20.3 20.2
CR13-2 CR11-18 RF2-4 RF7-2
B P B B B
CR11-12 RF7-3 RFS1 RF2-1
G24AR G17BR NOTE: Door Mirror Heaters – refer to Fig. 06.2.
REAR ELECTRONIC MODULE ELECTROCHROMIC REAR VIEW
MIRROR AND COMPASS **
1 6 Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.3 16 52 Fig. 01.5 78 105 Fig. 01.7 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V A ACP S VARIANT: All Vehicles
64 95 + Battery Voltage SCP
ll ll S S
VIN RANGE: All
7 63 Fig. 01.2 1 15 Fig. 01.4 53
S
77
S
Fig. 01.6 106
E
143 Fig. 01.8
E
O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data
DATE OF ISSUE: April 2006
l ll
Fig. 11.1Driver Seat: 12-way Movement with Memory
Pin Description and Characteristic DRIVER SEAT MODULE SD2 22-WAY / BLACK UNDER DRIVER SEAT
S SD2–1 SCP+ SD3 6-WAY / BLACK
I SD2–4 SEAT CUSHION FRONT RAISE REQUEST: ACTIVE = B+
SD4 6-WAY / BLACK
I SD2–5 SEAT CUSHION FRONT LOWER REQUEST: ACTIVE = B+
I SD2–10 SEAT BACK RECLINE REARWARD REQUEST: ACTIVE = B+ SD24 4-WAY / BLACK
I SD2–11 SEAT BACK RECLINE FORWARD REQUEST: ACTIVE = B+
SD26 4-WAY / BLACK
S SD2–12 SCP –
I SD2–15 HEAD REST RAISE REQUEST: ACTIVE = B+ SD27 6-WAY / BLACK
I SD2–16 HEADREST LOWER REQUEST: ACTIVE = B+ MEMORY SWITCH PACK – DRIVER DT5 8-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR TRIM
I SD2–17 SEAT RAISE REQUEST: ACTIVE = B+
I SD2–18 SEAT LOWER REQUEST: ACTIVE = B+ SEAT CUSHION FRONT RAISE / LOWER MOTOR AND POSITION SENSOR – SD6 5-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SEAT CUSHION / UNDER
I SD2–19 SEAT FORWARD REQUEST: ACTIVE = B+ DRIVER
I SD2–20 SEAT REARWARD REQUEST: ACTIVE = B+ SEAT CUSHION REAR RAISE / LOWER MOTOR AND POSITION SENSOR – DRIVER SD12 5-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SEAT CUSHION / UNDER
O SD3–1 SEAT HEIGHT MOTOR DRIVE – RAISE: TO ACTIVATE, DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ SEAT FORE / AFT MOTOR AND POSITION SENSOR – DRIVER SD8 5-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SEAT CUSHION / UNDER
O SD3–2 SEAT HEIGHT MOTOR DRIVE – LOWER: TO ACTIVATE, DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ SEAT HEADREST MOTOR AND POSITION SENSOR – DRIVER SD9 5-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SEAT BACK / UPPER
PG SD3–5 POWER GROUND: GROUND
SEAT INCLINE / RECLINE MOTOR AND POSITION SENSOR – DRIVER SD13 5-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SEAT BACK / LOWER
B+ SD3–6 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
SEAT LUMBAR PUMP – 12-WAY SEAT – DRIVER DL4 6-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SEAT BACK / LOWER
I SD4–7 SEAT CUSHION FRONT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: 5 V PULSED SIGNAL
SEAT SWITCH PACK – DRIVER SD5 12-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SEAT / OUTBOARD
I SD4–8 SEAT HEIGHT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: 5 V PULSED SIGNAL
I SD4–9 HEADREST POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: 5 V PULSED SIGNAL SD29 14-WAY / BLACK
I SD4–10 SEAT BACK RECLINE POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: 5 V PULSED SIGNAL
SG SD4–11 SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
B+ SD4–13 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY – LOGIC: B+
I SD4–22 SEAT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: 5 V PULSED SIGNAL HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
SG SD4–25 SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
SG SD4–26 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND Connector Connector Description / Location Location
O SD24–1 SEAT POSITION MOTOR DRIVE – FORWARD: TO ACTIVATE, DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ DD1 22-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS CABIN / DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST
O SD24–2 SEAT POSITION MOTOR DRIVE – REARWARD: TO ACTIVATE, DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ DD3 10-WAY / GREY / DRIVER DOOR HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS CABIN / DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST
O SD26–3 SEAT BACK RECLINE MOTOR DRIVE – REARWARD: TO ACTIVATE, DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ DL2 6-WAY / BLACK / DRIVER SEAT HARNESS TO DRIVER SEAT LUMBAR HARNESS CABIN / BEHIND DRIVER SEAT BACK
O SD26–4 SEAT BACK RECLINE MOTOR DRIVE – FORWARD: TO ACTIVATE, DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ DT1 16-WAY / GREEN / DRIVER DOOR HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR TRIM HARNESS CABIN / BEHIND DRIVER DOOR TRIM
PG SD27–1 POWER GROUND: GROUND DT6 16-WAY / BLUE / DRIVER DOOR HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR TRIM HARNESS CABIN / BEHIND DRIVER DOOR TRIM
B+ SD27–2 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ SD1 4-WAY / GREY / DRIVER SEAT HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS CABIN / BELOW DRIVER SEAT
O SD27–3 HEADREST POSITION MOTOR DRIVE – RAISE: TO ACTIVATE, DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
SD28 20-WAY / BLACK / DRIVER SEAT HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS CABIN / BELOW DRIVER SEAT
O SD27–4 HEADREST POSITION MOTOR DRIVE – LOWER: TO ACTIVATE, DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O SD27–5 SEAT CUSHION FRONT MOTOR DRIVE – RAISE: TO ACTIVATE, DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O SD27–6 SEAT CUSHION FRONT MOTOR DRIVE – LOWER: TO ACTIVATE, DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
GROUNDS
Ground Location
G9 CABIN / UPPER LH A POST
G10 CABIN / RH ‘A’ POST
G12 CABIN / BELOW DRIVER SEAT
G13 CABIN / BELOW PASSENGER SEAT
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
81 NG NG B
S SDS3 SD4-13 O RG
SD27-5
NG O GR
SD5-12 U I
SD27-6
SD5-5 SD2-4 I O
SD4-7
NG O GO
SD29-8 UY I
SD3-1
SD5-11 SD2-5 O OG
NG SD3-2
SD5-7 Y I I U
SD5-4 SD2-17 SD4-8
WB
SD4-11
YB I O GU
SD5-10 SD2-18 SD26-4
O U
GB I
SD26-3
SD5-3 SD2-11 I R
SD4-10
O YU
RW I
SD24-1
SD5-9 SD2-10 O UY
SD24-2
N I I WU
SD5-2 SD2-19 SD4-22
WB
SD4-25
YR I O GW
SD5-8 SD2-20 SD27-3
O GO
RU I SD27-4
SD29-5 SD2-15 I WU
SD4-9
WG I
SD29-12 SD2-16 B B B
SD4-26 SDS5 SD28-1
P B B B
SD3-5 SDS4
SD1-4
P B B
SD27-1 SD1-3
B B B
SD28-1 SDS5 SD29-1 U U
G12AR SD29-9 DL2-3 DL4-3 B B B B
(G13AR) SDS5
DL4-2 DL2-6 SD28-1
N N G12AR
(G13AR)
SD29-4 DL2-1 DL4-1
1 6 Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.3 16 52 Fig. 01.5 78 105 Fig. 01.7 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V A ACP S VARIANT: 12-way Driver Seat Memory Vehicles
64 95 + Battery Voltage SCP
ll ll S S
VIN RANGE: All
7 63 Fig. 01.2 1 15 Fig. 01.4 53
S
77
S
Fig. 01.6 106
E
143 Fig. 01.8
E
O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data
DATE OF ISSUE: April 2006
l ll
Driver Seat Module Fig. 11.2
Pin Description and Characteristic
S SD2–1 SCP+
I SD2–4 SEAT CUSHION FRONT RAISE REQUEST: ACTIVE = B+ COMPONENTS
I SD2–5 SEAT CUSHION FRONT LOWER REQUEST: ACTIVE = B+
I SD2–10 SEAT BACK RECLINE REARWARD REQUEST: ACTIVE = B+
I SD2–11 SEAT BACK RECLINE FORWARD REQUEST: ACTIVE = B+
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
S SD2–12 SCP – DRIVER SEAT MODULE SD2 22-WAY / BLACK UNDER DRIVER SEAT
I SD2–15 HEAD REST RAISE REQUEST: ACTIVE = B+
I SD2–16 HEADREST LOWER REQUEST: ACTIVE = B+ SD3 6-WAY / BLACK
I SD2–17 SEAT RAISE REQUEST: ACTIVE = B+ SD4 26-WAY / BLACK
I SD2–18 SEAT LOWER REQUEST: ACTIVE = B+
I SD2–19 SEAT FORWARD REQUEST: ACTIVE = B+ SD24 4-WAY / BLACK
I SD2–20 SEAT REARWARD REQUEST: ACTIVE = B+ SD26 4-WAY / BLACK
I SD2–21 SEAT CUSHION EXTEND REARWARD REQUEST: ACTIVE = B+
SD27 6-WAY / BLACK
I SD2–22 SEAT CUSHION EXTEND FORWARD REQUEST: ACTIVE = B+
SEAT CUSHION EXTEND MOTOR AND POSITION SENSOR – DRIVER SD7 5-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SEAT CUSHION / UNDER
O SD3–1 SEAT HEIGHT MOTOR DRIVE – RAISE: TO ACTIVATE, DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
SEAT CUSHION FRONT RAISE / LOWER MOTOR AND POSITION SENSOR – SD6 5-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SEAT CUSHION / UNDER
O SD3–2 SEAT HEIGHT MOTOR DRIVE – LOWER: TO ACTIVATE, DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
DRIVER
PG SD3–5 POWER GROUND: GROUND
B+ SD3–6 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ SEAT CUSHION REAR RAISE / LOWER MOTOR AND POSITION SENSOR – DRIVER SD12 5-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SEAT CUSHION / UNDER
SEAT FORE / AFT MOTOR AND POSITION SENSOR – DRIVER SD8 5-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SEAT CUSHION / UNDER
I SD4–7 SEAT CUSHION FRONT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: 5 V PULSED SIGNAL
I SD4–8 SEAT HEIGHT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: 5 V PULSED SIGNAL SEAT HEADREST MOTOR AND POSITION SENSOR – DRIVER SD9 5-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SEAT BACK / UPPER
I SD4–9 HEADREST POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: 5 V PULSED SIGNAL SEAT INCLINE / RECLINE MOTOR AND POSITION SENSOR – DRIVER SD13 5-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SEAT BACK / LOWER
I SD4–10 SEAT BACK RECLINE POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: 5 V PULSED SIGNAL
SG SD4–11 SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND SEAT LUMBAR PUMP – 16-WAY SEAT – DRIVER DL3 2-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SEAT BACK / LOWER
SG SD4–12 SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND SEAT LUMBAR SOLENOIDS – DRIVER DL1 6-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SEAT BACK / UPPER
B+ SD4–13 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY – LOGIC: B+
I SD4–22 SEAT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: 5 V PULSED SIGNAL SEAT SWITCH PACK – DRIVER SD5 12-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SEAT / OUTBOARD
I SD4–23 SEAT CUSHION EXTEND POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: 5 V PULSED SIGNAL SD29 14-WAY / BLACK
SG SD4–25 SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
SG SD4–26 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
O SD24–1 SEAT POSITION MOTOR DRIVE – FORWARD: TO ACTIVATE, DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
O SD24–2 SEAT POSITION MOTOR DRIVE – REARWARD: TO ACTIVATE, DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O SD24–3 SEAT CUSHION EXTEND MOTOR DRIVE – REARWARD: TO ACTIVATE, DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ Connector Connector Description / Location Location
O SD24–4 SEAT CUSHION EXTEND MOTOR DRIVE – FORWARD: TO ACTIVATE, DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
DL2 6-WAY / BLACK / DRIVER SEAT HARNESS TO DRIVER SEAT LUMBAR HARNESS CABIN / BEHIND DRIVER SEAT BACK
O SD26–3 SEAT BACK RECLINE MOTOR DRIVE – REARWARD: TO ACTIVATE, DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
SD1 4-WAY / GREY / DRIVER SEAT HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS CABIN / BELOW DRIVER SEAT
O SD26–4 SEAT BACK RECLINE MOTOR DRIVE – FORWARD: TO ACTIVATE, DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
SD28 20-WAY / BLACK / DRIVER SEAT HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS CABIN / BELOW DRIVER SEAT
PG SD27–1 POWER GROUND: GROUND
B+ SD27–2 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
O SD27–3 HEADREST POSITION MOTOR DRIVE – RAISE: TO ACTIVATE, DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O SD27–4 HEADREST POSITION MOTOR DRIVE – LOWER: TO ACTIVATE, DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ GROUNDS
O SD27–5 SEAT CUSHION FRONT MOTOR DRIVE – RAISE: TO ACTIVATE, DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O SD27–6 SEAT CUSHION FRONT MOTOR DRIVE – LOWER: TO ACTIVATE, DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ Ground Location
G12 CABIN / BELOW DRIVER SEAT
G13 CABIN / BELOW PASSENGER SEAT
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
RHD LHD
DRIVER SEAT MOTORS AND POSITION SENSORS DRIVER LUMBAR SOLENOIDS
NR B
35 89
SD3-6
NG B
45 74
SD27-2
Y S +
20.3 20.2
11.1 MEMORY
POSITIONS
SD2-1
H H H H H H
U S –
20.3 20.2
SD2-12
SD6 SD6 SD6 SD6 SD12 SD12 SD12 SD12 SD13 SD13 SD13 SD13 SD8 SD8 SD8 SD8 SD9 SD9 SD9 SD9 SD7 SD7 SD7 SD7
-5 -1 -4 -2 -1 -2 -4 -3 -2 -1 -4 -3 -1 -2 -4 -3 -4 -1 -3 -2 -1 -5 -4 -2
81 NG NG B (LHD) (LHD)
S SDS3 SD8 SD8
SD4-13
-2 -1
RG GR (RHD) (RHD)
NG
SD5-12 U I O RG O WB GO OG U WB GU U R WB YU UY WU WB GW GO WU WB YR RU WR WB
SD5-5 SD2-4 SD27-5
O GR
SD27-6 DL1 DL1 DL1 DL1
-4 -2 -5 -3
UY I I O
SD5-11 SD2-5 SDS2 SDS1
SD4-7
O GO
NG SD3-1
G Y R U
SD5-7 Y I O OG
SD5-4 SD2-17 SD3-2
I U
SD4-8
YB I WB
SD5-10 SD2-18 SD4-11
O GU
SD26-4
NG GB I O U
SD29-8 SD5-3 SD2-11 SD26-3
I R
SD4-10
RW I O YU
SD5-9 SD2-10 SD24-1
O UY
SD24-2
N I I WU
SD5-2 SD2-19 SD4-22
WB
SD4-25
YR I O GW
SD5-8 SD2-20 SD27-3
O GO
SD27-4
RU I I WU
SD29-5 SD2-15 SD4-9
O YR
SD24-4
WG I O RU
SD29-12 SD2-16 SD24-3
I WR
SD4-23
WR I WB
SD29-14 SD2-22 SD4-12
B B B
SD4-26 SDS5 SD28-1
O I P B B
SD29-7 SD2-21 SD3-5 SDS4 SD1-4
P B B
SD27-1 SD1-3
G12AL G12AR
DRIVER SEAT MODULE (G13AL) (G13AR)
G G
SD29-10 DL2-5
Y Y
SD29-2 DL2-2
R R
B B B SD29-3 DL2-4
SD28-1 SDS5 SD29-1 U U
SD29-9 DL2-3
G12AR
(G13AR)
N N B B B B
SD29-4 DL2-1 DL3-1 DL3-2 DL2-6 SDS5 SD28-1
G12AR
(G13AR)
f11_2_35006
DRIVER SEAT SWITCH PACK DRIVER LUMBAR PUMP
1 6 Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.3 16 52 Fig. 01.5 78 105 Fig. 01.7 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V A ACP S VARIANT: 16-way Driver Seat Memory Vehicles
64 95 + Battery Voltage SCP
ll ll S S
VIN RANGE: All
7 63 Fig. 01.2 1 15 Fig. 01.4 53
S
77
S
Fig. 01.6 106
E
143 Fig. 01.8
E
O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data
DATE OF ISSUE: April 2006
l ll
Fig. 11.3
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
SEAT CUSHION FRONT RAISE / LOWER MOTOR – DRIVER SD6 5-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SEAT CUSHION / UNDER
SEAT CUSHION REAR RAISE / LOWER MOTOR – DRIVER SD12 5-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SEAT CUSHION / UNDER
SEAT FORE / AFT MOTOR – DRIVER SD8 5-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SEAT CUSHION / UNDER
SEAT HEADREST MOTOR – DRIVER SD9 5-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SEAT BACK / UPPER
SEAT INCLINE / RECLINE MOTOR – DRIVER SD13 5-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SEAT BACK / LOWER
SEAT LUMBAR PUMP – DRIVER DL4 3-WAY / BLACK LOWER SEAT BACK
SEAT SWITCH PACK – DRIVER SD5 12-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SEAT / OUTBOARD
SD18 14-WAY / BLACK
GROUNDS
Ground Location
G12 CABIN / BELOW DRIVER SEAT
G13 CABIN / BELOW PASSENGER SEAT
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
control modules and control module pins.
SD6 SD6 SD12 SD12 SD13 SD13 SD8 SD8 SD9 SD9
-5 -1 -1 -2 -2 -1 -1 -2 -4 -1
(LHD) (LHD)
SD8 SD8
-2 -1
(RHD) (RHD)
U UY Y YB GB RW N YR RU WG
RHD LHD
NR
35 89
SD5-12 U
SD5-5
NW
85 73
SD18-8 UY
SD5-11
NG
45 74
SD5-7 Y
SD5-4
YB
SD5-10
GB
SD5-3
B B
SD1-4 SD5-1
RW
SD5-9
N
SD5-2
B B
SD1-3 SD5-6
YR
SD5-8
G12AL
(G13AL)
RU
SD18-5
WG
SD18-12
B B B
SD28-1 SDS5 SD18-1 U U
G12AR SD18-9 DL2-3 DL4-3 B B B B
(G13AR) SDS5
DL4-2 DL2-6 SD28-1
N N G12AR
(G13AR)
SD18-4 DL2-1 DL4-1
f11_3_35006
1 6 Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.3 16 52 Fig. 01.5 78 105 Fig. 01.7 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V A ACP S VARIANT: Non Memory Driver Seat Vehicles
64 95 + Battery Voltage SCP
ll ll S S
VIN RANGE: All
7 63 Fig. 01.2 1 15 Fig. 01.4 53
S
77
S
Fig. 01.6 106
E
143 Fig. 01.8
E
O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data
DATE OF ISSUE: April 2006
l ll
Fig. 11.4
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
SEAT CUSHION FRONT RAISE / LOWER MOTOR – PASSENGER SP6 5-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION / UNDER
SEAT CUSHION REAR RAISE / LOWER MOTOR – PASSENGER SP12 5-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION / UNDER
SEAT FORE / AFT MOTOR – PASSENGER SP8 5-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION / UNDER
SEAT HEADREST MOTOR – PASSENGER SP9 5-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER SEAT BACK / UPPER
SEAT INCLINE / RECLINE MOTOR – PASSENGER SP13 5-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER SEAT BACK / LOWER
SEAT LUMBAR PUMP – 12-WAY SEAT – PASSENGER PL4 6-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER SEAT BACK / LOWER
SEAT SWITCH PACK – PASSENGER SP5 12-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER SEAT / OUTBOARD
SP24 14-WAY / BLACK
GROUNDS
Ground Location
G12 CABIN / BELOW DRIVER SEAT
G13 CABIN / BELOW PASSENGER SEAT
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
control modules and control module pins.
SP6 SP6 SP12 SP12 SP13 SP13 SP8 SP8 SP9 SP9
-5 -1 -1 -2 -2 -1 -2 -1 -4 -1
(LHD) (LHD)
SP8 SP8
-1 -2
(RHD) (RHD)
U UY Y YB GB RW N YR RU WG
RHD LHD
NG
74 45
SP5-12 U
SP5-5
NW
73 85
SP24-8 UY
SP5-11
NR
90 36
SP5-7 Y
SP5-4
YB
SP5-10
GB
SP5-3
B B
SP1-4 SP5-1
RW
SP5-9
N
SP5-2
B B
SP1-3 SP5-6
YR
SP5-8
G13AL
(G12AL)
RU
SP24-5
WG
SP24-12
B B B
SP28-12 SPS4 SP24-1 U U
G13AR SP24-9 PL2-3 PL4-3 B B B B
(G12AR) SPS4
PL4-2 PL2-6 SP28-12
N N G13AR
(G12AR)
SP24-4 PL2-1 PL4-1
f11_4_35006
1 6 Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.3 16 52 Fig. 01.5 78 105 Fig. 01.7 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V A ACP S VARIANT: 12-way Passenger Seat Vehicles
64 95 + Battery Voltage SCP
ll ll S S
VIN RANGE: All
7 63 Fig. 01.2 1 15 Fig. 01.4 53
S
77
S
Fig. 01.6 106
E
143 Fig. 01.8
E
O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data
DATE OF ISSUE: April 2006
l ll
Fig. 11.5
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
SEAT CUSHION EXTEND MOTOR – PASSENGER SP26 5-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION / UNDER
SEAT CUSHION FRONT RAISE / LOWER MOTOR – PASSENGER SP6 5-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION / UNDER
SEAT CUSHION REAR RAISE / LOWER MOTOR – PASSENGER SP12 5-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION / UNDER
SEAT FORE / AFT MOTOR – PASSENGER SP8 5-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION / UNDER
SEAT HEADREST MOTOR – PASSENGER SP9 5-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER SEAT BACK / UPPER
SEAT INCLINE / RECLINE MOTOR – PASSENGER SP13 5-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER SEAT BACK / LOWER
SEAT LUMBAR PUMP – PASSENGER (16-WAY) PL3 2-WAY / BLACK LOWER SEAT BACK
SEAT LUMBAR SOLENOIDS – PASSENGER PL1 6-WAY / BLACK UPPER SEAT BACK
SEAT SWITCH PACK – PASSENGER SP5 12-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER SEAT / OUTBOARD
SP24 14-WAY / BLACK
GROUNDS
Ground Location
G12 CABIN / BELOW DRIVER SEAT
G13 CABIN / BELOW PASSENGER SEAT
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
control modules and control module pins.
SP6 SP6 SP12 SP12 SP13 SP13 SP8 SP8 SP9 SP9 SP26 SP26
-5 -1 -1 -2 -2 -1 -2 -1 -4 -1 -1 -5
(LHD) (LHD)
SP8 SP8
-1 -2
RHD LHD (RHD) (RHD)
NG U UY Y YB GB RW N YR RU WG WR O
74 45
SP5-12 U
SP5-5
UY
SP5-11 PL1 PL1 PL1 PL1
-4 -2 -5 -3
RHD LHD
NR
90 36
SP5-7 Y
SP5-4 G Y R U
YB
SP5-10
RHD LHD
NW GB
73 85
SP24-8 SP5-3
B B
SP1-4 SP5-1
RW
SP5-9
N
SP5-2
YR
SP5-8
RU
SP24-5
WG
SP24-12
WR
SP24-14
B B
SP1-3 SP5-6
O
SP24-7
G13AL
(G12AL)
G G
SP24-10 PL2-5
Y Y
SP24-2 PL2-2
R R
B B B SP24-3 PL2-4
SP28-12 SPS4 SP24-1 U U
SP24-9 PL2-3
G13AR
(G12AR) N N B B B B
SP24-4 PL2-1 PL3-1 PL3-2 PL2-6 SPS4 SP28-12
G13AR
(G12AR)
PASSENGER SEAT SWITCH PACK PASSENGER LUMBAR PUMP
f11_5_35005
1 6 Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.3 16 52 Fig. 01.5 78 105 Fig. 01.7 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V A ACP S VARIANT: 16-way Passenger Seat Vehicles
64 95 + Battery Voltage SCP
ll ll S S
VIN RANGE: All
7 63 Fig. 01.2 1 15 Fig. 01.4 53
S
77
S
Fig. 01.6 106
E
143 Fig. 01.8
E
O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data
DATE OF ISSUE: April 2006
l ll
Rear Electronic Module Fig. 11.6
Pin Description and Characteristic
PG CR11–11 POWER GROUND: GROUND
SG CR11–25 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND COMPONENTS
O CR12–2 REAR WINDOW ISOLATE: TO ISOLATE, REM INTERRUPTS GROUND SUPPLY
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
REAR ELECTRONIC MODULE CR4 20-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / RH REAR
CR11 26-WAY / NATURAL
CR12 12-WAY / BLACK
CR13 22-WAY / BLACK
CR71 17-WAY / BLACK
CR73 4-WAY / BLACK
REAR OVERRIDE RELAY PACK SP31 8-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION / UNDER
SP32 8-WAY / BLACK
REAR SEAT SWITCH PACK – LH LS5 22-WAY / BLACK LH REAR SEAT CUSHION / OUTBOARD
REAR SEAT SWITCH PACK – RH RS5 22-WAY / BLACK RH REAR SEAT CUSHION / OUTBOARD
SEAT CUSHION EXTEND MOTOR – PASSENGER SP26 5-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION / UNDER
SEAT CUSHION FRONT RAISE / LOWER MOTOR – PASSENGER SP6 5-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION / UNDER
SEAT CUSHION REAR RAISE / LOWER MOTOR – PASSENGER SP12 5-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION / UNDER
SEAT FORE / AFT MOTOR – PASSENGER SP8 5-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION / UNDER
SEAT HEADREST MOTOR – PASSENGER SP9 5-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER SEAT BACK / UPPER
SEAT INCLINE / RECLINE MOTOR – PASSENGER SP13 5-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER SEAT BACK / LOWER
SEAT LUMBAR PUMP – PASSENGER (16-WAY) PL3 2-WAY / BLACK LOWER SEAT BACK
SEAT LUMBAR SOLENOIDS – PASSENGER PL1 6-WAY / BLACK UPPER SEAT BACK
SEAT SWITCH PACK – PASSENGER SP5 12-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER SEAT / OUTBOARD
SP24 14-WAY / BLACK
GROUNDS
Ground Location
G12 CABIN / BELOW DRIVER SEAT
G13 CABIN / BELOW PASSENGER SEAT
G24 TRUNK / RH SIDE / REAR ELECTRONIC MODULE
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
SP6 SP6 SP12 SP12 SP13 SP13 SP8 SP8 SP9 SP9 SP26 SP26
-5 -1 -1 -2 -2 -1 -2 -1 -4 -1 -1 -5
(LHD) (LHD)
SP8 SP8
-1 -2
(RHD) (RHD)
RHD LHD U UY Y YB RU WG WR O
NG RU RG GB GO
74 45
SP5-12 U
SP5-5 REAR
SP32 SP32 SP32 SP32 OVERRIDE
-6 -7 -9 -10 RELAY PACK
UY
SP5-11 PL1 PL1 PL1 PL1
-4 -2 -5 -3
RHD LHD
1
NR
90 36
SP5-7 Y
SP5-4 G Y R U
LHD RHD
4
5
2
NR 37 91
YB SP32
SP5-10 -3
SP31 SP32 SP31 SP32 SP31 SP32 SP31 SP32 SP31
-5 -1 -1 -2 -2 -4 -3 -5 -4
RHD LHD
NW RU
73 85
SP24-8 SP5-3
B B BW BW
SP1-4 SP5-1 LS1-20 (LHD) RS5-17
RSI-20 (RHD) (LHD)
RW LS5-17
(RHD)
SP5-9
BG BG
LS1-14 (LHD) RS5-16 LHD RHD
RS1-14 (RHD) (LHD)
G LS5-16
NG 83 80
S S
SP5-2 (RHD) RS -18
(LHD)
BR BR LS5 -18
RS5-15 (RHD)
LS1-12 (LHD)
RS1-12 (RHD) (LHD)
GW LS5-15
(RHD)
SP5-8
BO BO
LS1-2 (LHD) RS5-14
RS1-2 (RHD) (LHD)
RU LS5-14
(RHD) REAR SEAT SWITCH PACK
SP24-5
(LH / LHD; RH / RHD)
WG
SP24-12
WR
SP24-14
B B
SP1-3 SP5-6
O
SP24-7
G13AL
(G12AL) R R P
CRS54 CR12-2
G G
SP24-10 PL2-5 P B
Y Y P CR11-11 B
SP24-2 PL2-2 CR11-25
R R
B B B SP24-3 PL2-4 REAR ELECTRONIC
SP28-12 SPS4 SP24-1 U U MODULE* G24BL
SP24-9 PL2-3
G13AR *NOTE: Rear Window Isolate – refer to Fig. 14.1.
(G12AR)
N N B B B B
SP24-4 PL2-1 PL3-1 PL3-2 PL2-6 SPS4 SP28-12
G13AR
(G12AR)
PASSENGER LUMBAR PUMP
PASSENGER SEAT SWITCH PACK
f11_6_35006
1 6 Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.3 16 52 Fig. 01.5 78 105 Fig. 01.7 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V A ACP S VARIANT: Powered Rear Seats Vehicles
64 95 + Battery Voltage SCP
ll ll S S
VIN RANGE: All
7 63 Fig. 01.2 1 15 Fig. 01.4 53
S
77
S
Fig. 01.6 106
E
143 Fig. 01.8
E
O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data
DATE OF ISSUE: April 2006
l ll
Fig. 11.7
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK CL1 8-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
CL2 8-WAY / BLACK
FRONT ELECTRONIC MODULE CR1 26-WAY / BLACK CABIN / LH ‘A’ POST
CR9 12-WAY / BLACK
CR10 17-WAY / BLACK
CR85 20-WAY / BLACK
EC36 22-WAY / BLACK
SEAT BACK HEATER – DRIVER SD15 2-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SEAT BACK
SEAT BACK HEATER – PASSENGER SP15 2-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER SEAT BACK
SEAT CUSHION HEATERS – DRIVER SD14 4-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SEAT CUSHION
SEAT CUSHION HEATERS – PASSENGER SP14 4-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION
GROUNDS
Ground Location
G9 CABIN / UPPER LH ‘A’ POST
G12 CABIN / BELOW DRIVER SEAT
G13 CABIN / BELOW PASSENGER SEAT
G15 CABIN / RH SIDE OF TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
control modules and control module pins.
NW B
80
CR9-6 WB WB
102 RU B
CR1-18 (LHD) SD28-14
CR1-19 (RHD)
S
CR10-7
103 RU B I
WG WG
S CR10-8 CR1-16 (LHD) SD28-13 SD14-3 SD14-2
CR1-17 (RHD) TEMPERATURE SENSOR
O RU RU
CR10-16 (LHD) SD28-2 SD14-1 SD14-4
CR10-17 (RHD)
INNER CUSHION OUTER CUSHION
35 WG RW RW RW RW I MEMORY
LH
II
CL1-6 CL2-5 CL3-8 CC2-8 TL28-7 CR85-18 B B B VEHICLES R
SD1-4 SDS4 SD15-2 SD15-1
B B B WU WU WU WU I G12AL
RH (G13AL)
CCS3 CL3-3 CL1-5 CL1-4 CL3-2 CC2-9 TL28-8 CR85-19
DRIVER SEAT BACK HEATER
G15AR NON-MEMORY
B B B VEHICLES
STATE SDS5
SD28-1
WB WB
CR1-19 (LHD) SP28-14
CR1-18 (RHD)
I WG WG
CR1-17 (LHD) SP28-13 SP14-3 SP14-2
CR1-16 (RHD) TEMPERATURE SENSOR
O RU RU
CR10-17 (LHD) SP28-2 SP14-1 SP14-4
CR10-16 (RHD)
INNER CUSHION OUTER CUSHION
B P
CR1-26
B P
CR10-14
B P
CR10-11 B B B R
B P
CR10-13 SP28-12 SPS4 SP15-2 SP15-1
G13AR
(G12AR)
G9BR G9BL FRONT ELECTRONIC MODULE
PASSENGER SEAT BACK HEATER
f11_7_35006
1 6 Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.3 16 52 Fig. 01.5 78 105 Fig. 01.7 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V A ACP S VARIANT: Heated Front Seats Vehicles
64 95 + Battery Voltage SCP
ll ll S S
VIN RANGE: All
7 63 Fig. 01.2 1 15 Fig. 01.4 53
S
77
S
Fig. 01.6 106
E
143 Fig. 01.8
E
O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data
DATE OF ISSUE: April 2006
l ll
Rear Memory Module Fig. 11.8
Pin Description and Characteristic
I CR37–2 MEMORY 1, 2, 3, SET INPUT SIGNAL: VARIABLE RESISTANCE
O CR37–3 MEMORY SET INDICATOR ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, RMM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ COMPONENTS
I CR37–9 SEAT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: 5 V PULSED SIGNAL
I CR37–10 SEAT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: 5 V PULSED SIGNAL
B+ CR37–13 SWITCHED SYSTEM POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC): B+
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
SG CR37–15 REAR SEAT MEMORY SWITCH PACK REFERENCE GROUND: GROUND REAR MEMORY MODULE CR21 4-WAY / BLACK REAR BULKHEAD / BEHIND REAR SEAT BACK
SG CR37–24 SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
SG CR37–25 SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND CR37 26-WAY / BLACK
SG CR37-26 SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND CR38 22-WAY / BLACK
PG CR59-1 POWER GROUND (LH SEAT): GROUND REAR SEAT LUMBAR PUMP – LH LL3 2-WAY / BLACK LH REAR SEAT BACK / UPPER
B+ CR59–2 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LH SEAT): B+ REAR SEAT LUMBAR SOLENOIDS – LH LL1 5-WAY / BLACK LH REAR SEAT BACK / UPPER
O CR59–3 HEADREST POSITION MOTOR DRIVE – RAISE: TO ACTIVATE, DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O CR59–4 HEADREST POSITION MOTOR DRIVE – LOWER: TO ACTIVATE, DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ REAR SEAT MEMORY SWITCH PACK – LH LT5 8-WAY / BLACK LH REAR DOOR TRIM
REAR SEAT SWITCH PACK – LH LS5 22-WAY / BLACK LH REAR SEAT CUSHION / OUTBOARD
GROUNDS
Ground Location
G17 CABIN / BELOW REAR SEAT / RH SIDE
G18 CABIN / BELOW REAR SEAT / LH SIDE
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
LH REAR SEAT MOTORS AND POSITION SENSORS LH REAR SEAT LUMBAR SOLENOIDS
NG B
39
CR59-2
86 NG B
S
CR37-13
Y S + H H
20.3 20.2
CR38-1
U S –
20.3 20.2
CR38-12 SL1 SL1 SL1 SL1 SL2 SL2 SL2 SL2
-2 -1 -4 -3 -4 -1 -3 -2
WR WR WR O
LT5-3 LT1-6 RL9-7 CR37-3 RG RU WR WB GW GO WU WB
MEMORY SET
INDICATOR
O O O I
MEMORY SET LT5-4 LT1-10 RL9-12 CR37-2
LL1 LL1 LL1 LL1
-4 -2 -5 -3
O RG RG
MEMORY 3 CR53-4 LS11-5 SL4-1
O RU RU
CR53-3 LS11-3
G Y R U
SL4-2
MEMORY 2 I WR WR
CR37-10 LS1-19 SL4-3
WB WB
MEMORY 1 CR37-24 LS1-13 SL4-4
BK BK BK
LT5-1 LT1-7 RL9-14 CR37-15
GB GB I
NOTE: Vehicles with Passenger Seat
Overide function – refer to Passenger LS5-3 LS1-3 CR38-11
Seat with Rear Overide, Fig. 11.6.
B
RW RW I CR37-26
LS5-10 LS1-4 CR38-10 P B
CR59-1
G G G
LS5-11 SL4-16 LL2-5
Y Y Y
LS5-2 SL4-15 LL2-2
R R R
B B B B LS5-4 SL4-14 LL2-4
CRS37 LS1-18 LSS3 LS5-1 U U U
LS5-9 SL4-13 LL2-3
G18AR N N N B B B B B B
LS5-7 SL4-10 LL2-1 LL3-1 LL3-2 LL2-6 SL4-9 LSS3 LS1-18 CRS37
G18AR
LH REAR SEAT
LH REAR SEAT SWITCH PACK LUMBAR PUMP
31 WU U B B
II CR112-1 CR112-2 CRS57
CR109-1 CR109-2
LH REAR SEAT BELT LH REAR SEAT BELT
G17BR
COMFORT SWITCH COMFORT SOLENOID
f11_8_35006
1 6 Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.3 16 52 Fig. 01.5 78 105 Fig. 01.7 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V A ACP S VARIANT: Powered Rear Seats Vehicles
64 95 + Battery Voltage SCP
ll ll S S
VIN RANGE: All
7 63 Fig. 01.2 1 15 Fig. 01.4 53
S
77
S
Fig. 01.6 106
E
143 Fig. 01.8
E
O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data
DATE OF ISSUE: Sep 2004
l ll
Rear Memory Module Fig. 11.9
Pin Description and Characteristic
O CR21–1 SEAT BACK RECLINE MOTOR DRIVE – REARWARD: TO ACTIVATE, DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O CR21–2 SEAT BACK RECLINE MOTOR DRIVE – FORWARD: TO ACTIVATE, DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ COMPONENTS
O CR21–3 HEADREST POSITION MOTOR DRIVE – RAISE: TO ACTIVATE, DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O CR21–4 HEADREST POSITION MOTOR DRIVE – LOWER: TO ACTIVATE, DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
I CR37–1 MEMORY 1, 2, 3, SET INPUT SIGNAL: VARIABLE RESISTANCE REAR MEMORY MODULE CR21 4-WAY / BLACK REAR BULKHEAD / BEHIND REAR SEAT BACK
SG CR37–11 SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
SG CR37–12 SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND CR37 26-WAY / BLACK
B+ CR37–13 SWITCHED SYSTEM POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC): B+ CR38 22-WAY / BLACK
SG CR37–14 REAR SEAT MEMORY SWITCH PACK REFERENCE GROUND: GROUND
O CR37–16 MEMORY SET INDICATOR ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, RMM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ CR41 6-WAY / BLACK
I CR37–22 SEAT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: 5 V PULSED SIGNAL CR53 4-WAY / BLACK
I CR37–23 SEAT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: 5 V PULSED SIGNAL
CR59 6-WAY / BLACK
SG CR37–26 SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
REAR SEAT BACK INCLINE / RECLINE MOTOR AND POSITION SENSOR – RH SR1 5-WAY / BLACK RH REAR SEAT BACK / UPPER
S CR38–1 SCP +
REAR SEAT BELT COMFORT SOLENOID – RH CR114 3-WAY / BLACK RH REAR SEAT BELT TENSIONER
S CR38–12 SCP –
I CR38–19 HEAD REST RAISE REQUEST: ACTIVE = B+ REAR SEAT BELT COMFORT SWITCH – RH CR111 2-WAY / BLACK RH REAR SEAT BELT BUCKLE
I CR38–20 HEADREST LOWER REQUEST: ACTIVE = B+
REAR SEAT HEADREST MOTOR AND POSITION SENSOR – RH SR2 5-WAY / BLACK RH REAR SEAT BACK / UPPER
I CR38–21 SEAT BACK RECLINE REARWARD REQUEST: ACTIVE = B+
I CR38–22 SEAT BACK RECLINE FORWARD REQUEST: ACTIVE = B+ REAR SEAT LUMBAR PUMP – RH YL3 2-WAY / BLACK RH REAR SEAT BACK / UPPER
REAR SEAT LUMBAR SOLENOIDS – RH YL1 5-WAY / BLACK RH REAR SEAT BACK / UPPER
PG CR41–5 POWER GROUND (RH SEAT): GROUND
B+ CR41–6 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (RH SEAT): B+ REAR SEAT MEMORY SWITCH PACK – RH RT5 8-WAY / BLACK RH REAR DOOR TRIM
REAR SEAT SWITCH PACK – RH RS5 22-WAY / BLACK RH REAR SEAT CUSHION / OUTBOARD
GROUNDS
Ground Location
G17 CABIN / BELOW REAR SEAT / RH SIDE
G18 CABIN / BELOW REAR SEAT / LH SIDE
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
NR RH REAR SEAT MOTORS AND POSITION SENSORS RH REAR SEAT LUMBAR SOLENOIDS
B
40 CR41-6
86 NG B
S
CR37-13
Y S + H H
20.3 20.2
CR38-1
20.3 20.2
U S –
CR38-12 SR1 SR1 SR1 SR1 SR2 SR2 SR2 SR2
-2 -1 -4 -3 -4 -1 -3 -2
WR WR WR O
RT5-3 RT1-6 RR9-7 CR37-16 RG RU WR WB GW GO WU WB
MEMORY SET INDICATOR
O O O I
MEMORY SET RT5-4 RT1-10 RR9-12 CR37-1
YL1 YL1 YL1 YL1
-4 -2 -5 -3
O RG RG
CR21-2 RS11-5 SR4-1
MEMORY 3
O RU RU
CR21-1 RS11-3 SR4-2
G Y R U
MEMORY 2 I WU WR
CR37-22 RS1-19 SR4-3
WG WB
MEMORY 1 CR37-11 RS1-13 SR4-4
BK BK BK
RT5-1 RT1-7 RR9-14 CR37-14
GB GB I
RS5-3 RS1-3 CR38-22
G G G
RS5-11 SR4-16 YL2-5
Y Y Y
RS5-2 SR4-15 YL2-2
R R R
B B B B RS5-4 SR4-14 YL2-4
CRS37 RS1-18 RSS3 RS5-1 U U U
G18AR RS5-9 SR4-13 YL2-3
N N N B B B B B B
RS5-7 SR4-10 YL2-1 YL3-1 YL3-2 YL2-6 SR4-9 RSS3 RS1-18 CRS37
G18AR
RH REAR SEAT
RH REAR SEAT SWITCH PACK
LUMBAR PUMP
32 WU U B B
II CR114-1 CR114-2 CRS57
CR111-1 CR111-2
1 6 Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.3 16 52 Fig. 01.5 78 105 Fig. 01.7 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V A ACP S VARIANT: Powered Rear Seats Vehicles
64 95 + Battery Voltage SCP
ll ll S S
VIN RANGE: All
7 63 Fig. 01.2 1 15 Fig. 01.4 53
S
77
S
Fig. 01.6 106
E
143 Fig. 01.8
E
O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data
DATE OF ISSUE: Sep 2004
l ll
Rear Electronic Module Fig. 11.10
Pin Description and Characteristic
B+ CR4-3 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC): B+
O CR4-8 RIGHT REAR SEAT HEAT SENSOR RETURN COMPONENTS
O CR4-9 LEFT REAR SEAT HEAT SENSOR RETURN
I CR4-10 LEFT REAR SEAT HEATER SWITCH PWM
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
PG CR11-11 POWER GROUND (RH SEAT): GROUND REAR CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK TL89 8-WAY / BLACK REAR CENTER CONSOLE
I CR11-13 RIGHT REAR SEAT HEATER SWITCH PWM
REAR ELECTRONIC MODULE CR4 20-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / RH REAR
I CR13-16 RIGHT REAR SEAT HEAT SENSOR INPUT CR11 26-WAY / NATURAL
I CR13-17 LEFT REAR SEAT HEAT SENSOR INPUT
CR12 12-WAY / BLACK
B+ CR71-7 VB3 - SEAT HEATERS POWER INPUT CR13 22-WAY / BLACK
B+ CR71-8 VB3 - SEAT HEATERS POWER INPUT
CR71 17-WAY / BLACK
O CR71-16 LEFT REAR SEAT HEATER PWM OUTPUT
O CR71-17 RIGHT REAR SEAT HEATER PWM OUTPUT CR73 4-WAY / BLACK
REAR SEAT BACK HEATER – LH SL3 2-WAY / BLACK LH REAR SEAT SQUAB
REAR SEAT BACK HEATER – RH SR3 2-WAY / BLACK RH REAR SEAT SQUAB
REAR SEAT CUSHION HEATERS – LH LS4 4-WAY / BLACK LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
REAR SEAT CUSHION HEATERS – RH RS4 4-WAY / BLACK RH REAR SEAT CUSHION
GROUNDS
Ground Location
G17 CABIN / BELOW REAR SEAT / RH SIDE
G18 CABIN / BELOW REAR SEAT / RH SIDE
G24 TRUNK / RH REAR / REAR ELECTRONIC MODULE
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
NW B
78
CR4-3 WB WB
99 RU B CR4-9 LS11-4
S
CR71-7
100 RU B I WG WG
S CR71-8 CR13-17 LS11-2 LS4-3 LS4-4
TEMPERATURE SENSOR
O RU RU
CR71-16 LS11-1 LS4-1 LS4-2
34 WU WG WG I
LH
II
TL89-5 TL89-1 TL35-1 CR4-10 BK B B B R R
CRS37 LS11-6 SL4-12 SL3-2 SL3-1 SL4-11
B B WU WU I G18AR
RH
TLS55 TL89-7 TL89-2 TL35-12 CR11-13
LH REARSEAT BACK HEATER
G18BL
STATE
WB WB
CR4-8 RS11-4
I WR WR
CR13-16 RS11-2 RS4-3 RS4-4
TEMPERATURE SENSOR
O RU RU
CR71-17 RS11-1 RS4-1 RS4-2
B P B B B R R
CR11-11 RS11-6 SR4-12 SR3-2 SR3-1 SR4-11
G17BL
G24BL REAR ELECTRONIC MODULE
RH REAR SEAT BACK HEATER
f11_10_35006
1 6 Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.3 16 52 Fig. 01.5 78 105 Fig. 01.7 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V A ACP S VARIANT: Heated Rear Seats Vehicles
64 95 + Battery Voltage SCP
ll ll S S
VIN RANGE: All
7 63 Fig. 01.2 1 15 Fig. 01.4 53
S
77
S
Fig. 01.6 106
E
143 Fig. 01.8
E
O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data
DATE OF ISSUE: Sep 2004
l ll
Fig. 12.1Central Locking
I DD12–25 DRIVER DOOR AJAR SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN DOOR IS AJAR DOOR AJAR SWITCH – DRIVER DD7 2-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR
DD10 3-WAY / BLACK
I DD13–2 DRIVER UNLOCK STATUS SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
DOOR AJAR SWITCH – PASSENGER PD7 2-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR
S DD13–3 SCP NETWORK +
S DD13–4 SCP NETWORK – PD10 3-WAY / BLACK
SG DD13–7 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
DOOR LATCH – DRIVER DD2 8-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR TRIM
PG DD13–8 POWER GROUND: GROUND
I DD13–10 DRIVER LOCK STATUS SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED DRIVER DOOR MODULE DD11 20-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR
B+ DD13–11 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: LOGIC: B+
DD12 26-WAY / BLACK
B+ DD13–12 SWITCHED SYSTEM POWER SUPPLY: B+
DD13 12-WAY / BLACK
Front Electronic Module EXTERNAL TRUNK RELEASE SWITCH BT5 2-WAY / BLACK LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LID
Pin Description and Characteristic FRONT ELECTRONIC MODULE CR1 26-WAY / BLACK CABIN / LH ‘A’ POST
I CR1–1 PASSENGER DOOR AJAR SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED CR9 12-WAY / BLACK
I CR12–9 EXTERNAL TRUNK RELEASE SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED CC2 22-WAY / BLACK / TELEMATICS HARNESS TO CENTER CONSOLE HARNESS CABIN / BELOW CENTER CONSOLE
CL3 16-WAY / GREY / CENTER CONSOLE HARNESS TO CENTER CONSOLE LINK HARNESS CABIN / BELOW CENTER CONSOLE / LH SIDE
S CR13–1 SCP +
S CR13–2 SCP – DD1 22-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS CABIN / DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST
I CR13–14 TRUNK AJAR SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND (SIGNAL) WHEN TRUNK IS AJAR DD3 10-WAY / GREY / DRIVER DOOR HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS CABIN / DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST
I CR13–15 TRUNK RELEASE MOTOR CLOSED STATUS SIGNAL: GROUND (SIGNAL) WHEN ACTIVATED
IP3 14-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS CABIN / BEHIND LH SIDE INSTRUMENT PANEL END PLATE
IP9 8-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS CABIN / ADJACENT TO HOOD RELEASE
IP17 16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS CABIN / BEHIND LH SIDE INSTRUMENT PANEL END PLATE
IP22 16-WAY / BLUE / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS CABIN / BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL END PLATE / LH SIDE (LHD), RH
SIDE (RHD)
PD16 22-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS CABIN / PASSENGER SIDE ‘A’ POST
RL9 16-WAY / GREY / LH REAR DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS CABIN / LH ‘B/C’ POST
RR9 16-WAY / GREY / RH REAR DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS CABIN / RH ‘B/C’ POST
TL28 16-WAY / GREY / CENTER CONSOLE HARNESS TO TELEMATICS HARNESS CABIN / BELOW CENTER CONSOLE / RH SIDE OF TRANSMISSION
TUNNEL
GROUNDS
Ground Location
G9 CABIN / UPPER LH A POST
G10 CABIN / RH A POST
G15 CABIN / RH SIDE OF TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
G24 TRUNK / RH SIDE / REAR ELECTRONIC MODULE
G31 CABIN / BEHIND PASSENGER AIR BAG
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
NW B B NW
79 78
DD13-11 S Y Y S + CR4-3
+ 20.2 20.3 20.3 20.2
76 N B DD13-3 LOCK; UNLOCK; CR13-1 B N 59
S
U SECURITY U S
DD13-12
–
S 20.2 20.3 NOTE: The CAN / SCP J-Gate Gear Selector position message 20.3 20.2 S – CR13-6
DD13-4 is used for “drive away” locking control. Refer to Fig. 04.1. CR13-2
YB O LOCK
DD2-1 DD11-8
YG O DOUBLE
LOCK
DD2-3 DD11-10 YB YB
Y O UNLOCK PD2-1 PD16-9
DD2-2 DD11-9 YG YG
OY I PD2-3 PD16-10
LOCK STATUS DD2-8 DD13-10 Y Y
SWITCH PD2-2 PD16-8
RU I OY OY I
DD2-4 DD13-2 LOCK STATUS PD2-8 PD16-7 CR11-21
UNLOCK STATUS
SWITCH
SWITCH
B B B R I B B B RU RU I
DD1-7 DDS3 DD2-6 ALARM SET /LOCK DD2-5 DD11-16 PD16-17 PDS3 PD2-6 UNLOCK STATUS PD2-4 CR11-22
PD16-6
G9AR SWITCH G10AL SWITCH
(G10AR) (G9AR)
O I PASSENGER DOOR LATCH
ALARM RESET /UNLOCK DD2-7 DD11-17
SWITCH
64 NW B Y RU
S + S 20.2 20.3
B B O
CR85-1 CRS23 CR15-2 CR15-1
CR9-7 CR11-3
INSTRUMENT BO YU YU
07.1 I S U FUEL FILLER FLAP
CLUSTER – 20.2 20.3 G23AL
IP33-7 VALET IP33-11 IP22-14 CR85-6
SWITCH
CR9-1 MOTOR
AUXILIARY LIGHTING U U U
NOTE: CCS3 – Non Navigation SWITCH O
vehicles only. BT2-2 BT11-12 BL11-12 CR11-5
I R R R O
B B B N N N N BT2-1 BT11-7 BL11-7 CR11-4
CCS3 GLOBAL OPEN / CLOSE CL2-8 CL3-9 CC2-10 TL28-11 CR9-8
CL3-3 CL1-5
SWITCH
OG OG OG I
G15AR BT2-3 BT11-8 BL11-8 CR11-8
CENTER CONSOLE OY OY OY I
SWITCH PACK BT2-5 BT11-9 BL11-9 CR13-15
BO BO BO
YR YR I BT2-6 BT11-11 BL11-11 CR11-10
TRUNK RELEASE IP50-8 IP9-1 EC36-8 O O O I
SWITCH
B B CLOSE SWITCH BT2-7 BT11-3 BL11-3 CR4-7
IPS35 IP50-6 NR NR I
G31AL
FUEL FLAP IP50-3 IP9-7 EC36-5 WG WG WG I
RELEASE SWITCH
AJAR SWITCH BT2-8 BT11-5 BL11-5 CR13-14
TRUNK AND FUEL FLAP
RELEASE SWITCH PACK TRUNK LATCH B
CR11-12
B P
B B B GU GU NOTES: Check market specification for fitment of Remote Keyless Entry. CR11-11
I
PDS3 Double locking components and circuits – Double Locking vehicles only. B
PD16-17 PD7-2 PD7-1 PD16-22 CR1-1 B
PD10-3* PD10-2* CR11-25
G10AL PASSENGER CR9-12
(G9AR)
DOOR AJAR G24AR G24BL
G9CS
SWITCH FRONT ELECTRONIC MODULE REAR ELECTRONIC MODULE f12_1_35006
* NOTE: Double Locking vehicles.
1 6 Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.3 16 52 Fig. 01.5 78 105 Fig. 01.7 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V A ACP S VARIANT: All Vehicles
64 95 + Battery Voltage SCP
ll ll S S
VIN RANGE: All
7 63 Fig. 01.2 1 15 Fig. 01.4 53
S
77
S
Fig. 01.6 106
E
143 Fig. 01.8
E
O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data
DATE OF ISSUE: April 2006
l ll
Driver Door Module Fig. 12.2
Pin Description and Characteristic
O DD11–6 REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY MODULE POWER SUPPLY: B+
D DD11–13 REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY MODULE SIGNAL: ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS COMPONENTS
I DD11–16 DRIVER DOOR ALARM SET / LOCK SWITCH (NORMALLY OPEN): OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
I DD11–17 DRIVER DOOR ALARM RESET / UNLOCK SWITCH (NORMALLY OPEN): OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
D DD11–18 REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY MODULE SIGNAL: ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
D DD11–20 REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY RETURN AUDIO UNIT CC8 20-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
CC9 2-WAY / BLACK
O DD12–6 DDM SECURITY: DDM GROUND CC21 FIBER OPTIC CONNECTOR
I DD12–25 DRIVER DOOR AJAR SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN DOOR IS AJAR AUTO LAMP SENSOR IP36 6-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL / CENTER FRONT
AUXILIARY LIGHTING SWITCH IP33 12-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE
S DD13–3 SCP NETWORK +
S DD13–4 SCP NETWORK – CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK CL1 8-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
SG DD13–7 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND CL2 8-WAY / BLACK
PG DD13–8 POWER GROUND: GROUND DOOR AJAR SWITCH – DRIVER DD7 2-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR
B+ DD13–11 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: LOGIC: B+
DD10 3-WAY / BLACK
Engine Control Module DOOR AJAR SWITCH – LH REAR RL7 2-WAY / BLACK LH REAR DOOR
RL10 3-WAY / BLACK
Pin Description and Characteristic DOOR AJAR SWITCH – PASSENGER PD7 2-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR
C PI1–123 CAN + PD10 3-WAY / BLACK
C PI1–124 CAN –
DOOR AJAR SWITCH – RH REAR RR7 2-WAY / BLACK RH REAR DOOR
Front Electronic Module RR10 3-WAY / BLACK
DOOR LATCH – DRIVER DD2 8-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR TRIM
Pin Description and Characteristic
DRIVER DOOR MODULE DD11 20-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR / BEHIND TRIM
I CR1–1 PASSENGER DOOR AJAR SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
DD12 26-WAY / BLACK
PG CR1–25 FEM SECURITY SYSTEM GROUND SENSING: GROUND WHEN FEM IS INSTALLED
DD13 12-WAY / BLACK
S CR9–1 SCP – FRONT ELECTRONIC MODULE CR1 26-WAY / BLACK CABIN / LH ‘A’ POST
I CR9–3 TELEMATICS DISPLAY SECURITY GROUND SENSING: OPEN CIRCUIT IF TELEMATICS DISPLAY IS REMOVED CR9 12-WAY / BLACK
B+ CR9–6 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: LOGIC: B+
CR10 17-WAY / BLACK
S CR9–7 SCP +
SG CR9–12 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND CR85 20-WAY / BLACK
EC36 22-WAY / BLACK
O CR10–4 LH TURN SIGNAL ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, FEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND HOOD AJAR SWITCH EC14 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND RH HEADLAMP UNIT
O CR10–10 RH TURN SIGNAL ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, FEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND IGNITION SWITCH IP34 7-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN
INCLINATION SENSOR CR28 6-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / LH REAR
B+ CR85–3 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II): B+
I CR85–6 VALET SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED INSTRUMENT CLUSTER IP5 22-WAY / GREY INSTRUMENT PANEL
I CR85–7 AUDIO UNIT SECURITY GROUND SENSING: OPEN CIRCUIT IF AUDIO UNIT IS REMOVED IP6 20-WAY / BLACK
P CR85–14 STEERING COLUMN LOCK MODULE GROUND: GROUND IP7 22-WAY / BLACK
PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM TRANSCEIVER IP18 4-WAY / GREEN IGNITION SWITCH
I EC36–2 HOOD AJAR SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
I EC36–8 TRUNK RELEASE SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED REAR ELECTRONIC MODULE CR4 20-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / RH REAR
O EC36–20 HORN RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, FEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND CR11 26-WAY / NATURAL
CR12 12-WAY / BLACK
Instrument Cluster CR13 22-WAY / BLACK
Pin Description and Characteristic CR71 17-WAY / BLACK
I IP5–2 KEY-IN AUDIBLE WARNING: B+ WHEN KEY IN CR73 4-WAY / BLACK
B+ IP5–3 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II): B+ REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY MODULE IP60 4-WAY / BLACK BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / DRIVER SIDE
B+ IP5–4 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (I): B+ ROOF CONSOLE RF3 20-WAY / BLACK CABIN ROOF
O IP5–10 SEAT BELT AUDIBLE WARNING REQUEST: AUDIBLE WARNING REQUEST ACTIVE = GROUND
SECURITY SOUNDER – ACTIVE BS1 3-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / RH SIDE / FORWARD
SG IP5–14 SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
SECURITY SOUNDER – PASSIVE PS1 1-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / RH SIDE / FORWARD
PG IP6–2 POWER GROUND: GROUND PS2 1-WAY / BLACK
I IP6–4 PATS GROUND: GROUND STEERING COLUMN LOCK MODULE IP24 4-WAY / BLACK UPPER STEERING COLUMN
D IP6–5 PATS TRANSCEIVER: ENCODED COMMUNICATION
TELEMATICS DISPLAY CC12 22-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
D IP6–6 PATS TRANSCEIVER: ENCODED COMMUNICATION
C IP6–8 CAN + TRUNK AND FUEL FLAP RELEASE SWITCH PACK IP50 10-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL / OUTBOARD OF STEERING COLUMN
C IP6–9 CAN – TRUNK LATCH BT2 8-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LID
S IP6–10 SCP –
S IP6–20 SCP +
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Rear Electronic Module
Connector Connector Description / Location Location
Pin Description and Characteristic
BL11 16-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO TRUNK LID HARNESS TRUNK / BEHIND TRUNK LID LINER
B+ CR4–3 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC): B+
BT11 16-WAY / GREY / CABIN TO TRUNK LID LINK HARNESS TO TRUNK LID HARNESS TRUNK / TRUNK LID
O CR4–5 ACTIVE SECURITY SOUNDER ACTIVATE: ENCODED COMMUNICATION
I CR4–6 INTRUSION SENSOR SIGNAL: GROUND (PULSED) CC1 22-WAY / GREEN / TELEMATICS HARNESS TO CENTER CONSOLE HARNESS CABIN / BELOW CENTER CONSOLE
I CR4–7 TRUNK CLOSE SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND (SIGNAL) WHEN TRUNK IS AJAR CC2 22-WAY / BLACK / TELEMATICS HARNESS TO CENTER CONSOLE HARNESS CABIN / BELOW CENTER CONSOLE
I CR4–17 RH REAR DOOR AJAR SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN DOOR IS AJAR CR45 6-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO BATTERY BACKED SOUNDER HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND RH WHEEL ARCH LINER
I CR4–19 FEM SECURITY SYSTEM GROUND SENSING: GROUND WHEN FEM IS INSTALLED
DD1 22-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS CABIN / DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST
I CR11–9 INCLINATION SENSOR SIGNAL DD3 10-WAY / GREY / DRIVER DOOR HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS CABIN / DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST
SG CR11–10 TRUNK LATCH SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND IP1 10-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS CABIN / BEHIND DRIVER SIDE INSTRUMENT PANEL END PLATE
PG CR11–11 POWER GROUND: GROUND IP3 14-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS CABIN / BEHIND LH SIDE INSTRUMENT PANEL END PLATE
I CR11–16 LH REAR DOOR AJAR SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN DOOR IS AJAR IP9 8-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS CABIN / ADJACENT TO HOOD RELEASE
SG CR11–25 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
IP17 16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS CABIN / BEHIND LH SIDE INSTRUMENT PANEL END PLATE
O CR12–1 SCLM POWER SUPPLY: B+ IP22 16-WAY / BLUE / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS CABIN / BEHIND INST PANEL END PLATE / LH SIDE (LHD), RH SIDE (RHD)
I CR12–7 DDM SECURITY SYSTEM GROUND SENSING: GROUND WHEN DDM IS INSTALLED PD16 22-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS CABIN / PASSENGER SIDE ‘A’ POST
RF2 16-WAY / BLUE / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS CABIN / RH ‘D’ POST
S CR13–1 SCP +
RL1 6-WAY / GREY / LH REAR DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS CABIN / LH ‘B/C’ POST
S CR13–2 SCP –
O CR13–8 PASSIVE SECURITY SOUNDER ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, REM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ RL9 16-WAY / GREY / LH REAR DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS CABIN / LH ‘B/C’ POST
O CR13–9 INCLINATION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY: B+ RR1 6-WAY / GREY / RH REAR DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS CABIN / RH ‘B/C’ POST
O CR13–10 INTRUSION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY: B+ RR9 16-WAY / GREY / RH REAR DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS CABIN / RH ‘B/C’ POST
PG CR13–12 ACTIVE SECURITY SOUNDER GROUND SUPPLY: GROUND TL28 16-WAY / GREY / CENTER CONSOLE HARNESS TO TELEMATICS HARNESS CABIN / BELOW CENTER CONSOLE / RH SIDE OF TRANSM TUNNEL
I CR13–14 TRUNK AJAR SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND (SIGNAL) WHEN TRUNK IS AJAR
O CR71–3 LH REAR TURN SIGNAL ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, REM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND GROUNDS
O CR71–4 RH REAR TURN SIGNAL ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, REM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
Ground Location
G1 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
G9 CABIN / UPPER LH A POST
G10 CABIN / RH A POST
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data G12 CABIN / BELOW DRIVER SEAT
G13 CABIN / BELOW PASSENGER SEAT
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data G17 CABIN / BELOW REAR SEAT / RH SIDE
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC) G23 TRUNK / RH SIDE / ADJACENT TO BATTERY
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated G24 TRUNK / RH SIDE / REAR ELECTRONIC MODULE
G31 CABIN / BEHIND PASSENGER AIR BAG
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY. FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
19 GO B S Y Y S + B NW
II + 20.2 20.3 20.3 20.2 78
IP5-3 IP6-20 CR13-1 CR4-3
4 YG B S U 20.3 20.2
U S –
I – 20.2 20.3
IP5-4 IP6-10 CR13-2
Y C +
20.1
IP6-8
20.3 20.2
W D O OY OY I
G C – O GO NG RF3-8 RF3-7 RF2-6 CR4-6 O U REAR TURN
20.1 77 SERIAL 08.3 SIGNAL ACTIVATE
IP6-9 IP5-10 IP36-2 IP36-3 COMMUNICATION B YU YU O
CR71-3
B B YR YR I B B
IPS36 IP50-6 TRUNK RELEASE IP50-8 IP9-1 EC36-8 CR9-12 CR11-25
SWITCH
G31AL G9CS
TRUNK AND FUEL FLAP RELEASE FRONT ELECTRONIC MODULE REAR ELECTRONIC MODULE
G24BL
SWITCH PACK
f12_2_35006
1 6 Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.3 16 52 Fig. 01.5 78 105 Fig. 01.7 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V A ACP S VARIANT: All Vehicles
64 95 + Battery Voltage SCP
ll ll S S
VIN RANGE: All
7 63 Fig. 01.2 1 15 Fig. 01.4 53
S
77
S
Fig. 01.6 106
E
143 Fig. 01.8
E
O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data
DATE OF ISSUE: April 2006
l ll
Fig. 13.1Wash / Wipe System
GROUNDS
Ground Location
G1 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
G2 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BELOW FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G9 CABIN / UPPER LH ‘A’ POST
G26 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH SIDE / REARWARD OF SUSPENSION TOWER
G30 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH SIDE / REARWARD OF SUSPENSION TOWER
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
58 OY B
S
CR10-1
WB WB I
WASH / WIPE IP40-2 IP4-2 CR85-10
PARK
I BW
4 EC36-3 EC27-3
RUN
PARK SWITCH
3 Y Y I RG LOW SPEED
IP40-5 IP3-12 CR85-13 R8 4 EC22-3 EC27-1 B
INTERMITTENT 3 5 R EC27-4
WIPE HIGH SPEED
EC22-4 EC27-2 G30AS
2
(G26AS)
1 2
11 WIPER MOTOR
OFF 12
R4 4 B
3 5 EC22-1
INTERMITTENT
G2AL
YB YB 1 2
I 13
IP40-4 IP4-13 CR85-16
SLOW
MASTER
WIPER ON / OFF
RELAY
O BR
FAST
EC36-1 EC5-1
R11 9
YR YR 8 10 RW RW B B
I 23
IP40-3 IP3-13 CR85-9 F4 30A EC32-3 EC70-2 WS1-1 WS1-2 EC70-5
MOMENTARY WIPE
G G 6 7
24 POWER WASH PUMP G1AR
IP40-6 IP4-12 CR85-8
O YB YB I
RF6-3 RF25-1 CR1-4
P B B B P
RF6-2 RF25-5 EC53-1 EC36-10
O BW BW BW Y Y 73
S
RAIN SENSING CR85-4 EC1-20 EC70-4 WS2-1 WS2-2 EC70-1
MODULE
WINDSHIELD WASHER PUMP
B B WU WU I
EC70-6 WS3-1 WS3-2 EC70-3 EC36-6
G1AL WASHER FLUID LEVEL B
SWITCH CR9-12
B P
CR85-2
B P
CR1-26
B P
CR10-14
B P
CR10-11
B P
CR10-13
G9BR
1 6 Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.3 16 52 Fig. 01.5 78 105 Fig. 01.7 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V A ACP S VARIANT: All Vehicles
64 95 + Battery Voltage SCP
ll ll S S
VIN RANGE: All
7 63 Fig. 01.2 1 15 Fig. 01.4 53
S
77
S
Fig. 01.6 106
E
143 Fig. 01.8
E
O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data
DATE OF ISSUE: April 2006
l ll
Fig. 14.1Powered Windows; Sliding Roof
Pin Description and Characteristic DOOR SWITCH PACK – PASSENGER PT4 8-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR TRIM
O CR1–14 POWER WINDOWS ENABLE: TO ACTIVATE, FEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ DOOR SWITCH PACK – RH REAR RT3 8-WAY / BLACK RH REAR DOOR TRIM
O CR1–15 GLOBAL CLOSE SIGNAL: 20 ms PULSED SIGNAL
DRIVER DOOR MODULE DD11 20-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR
GROUNDS
Ground Location
G9 CABIN / UPPER LH A POST
G10 CABIN / RH ‘A’ POST
G12 CABIN / BELOW DRIVER SEAT
G13 CABIN / BELOW PASSENGER SEAT
G15 CABIN / RH SIDE OF TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
G17 CABIN / BELOW REAR SEAT / RH SIDE
G24 TRUNK / RH SIDE / REAR ELECTRONIC MODULE
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
NW B S Y B B B GR GR NG
80 + 20.2 20.3 72
CR9-6 CR9-7 RF2-1 RFS1 RF3-1 RF3-5 RF1-9 CR30-9 CR30-1
S U UY UY G G
– 20.2 20.3 G17BR 05.1 DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL:
CR9-1 RF3-4 RF1-10 CR30-8 CR30-6 VEHICLE SPEED (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
SLIDING ROOF EC1-10
B B B N N N N SWITCH RU
I
CCS3 CL3-3 CL1-5 GLOBAL OPEN / CLOSE CL2-8 CL3-9 CC1-20 TL28-11 CR9-8
ENABLE O
R ROOF CONSOLE CR30-2
SWITCH
G15AR CR1-14 R
CENTER CONSOLE B GLOBAL O
RU CR30-7
SWITCH PACK CR9-12 CR1-15 B
CR30-10
NOTE: CCS3 – Non Navigation vehicles only. G9CS
FRONT ELECTRONIC G17BL
MODULE SLIDING ROOF MODULE
NW B S Y
79 + 20.2 20.3
DD13-11 DD13-3
S U
– 20.2 20.3 RELAY
R I DD13-4 NR
75
ALARM SET /LOCK DD2-5 DD11-16 DD6-7
SWITCH
R R
B O I
CRS4 DD1-22 DD6-2
DD11-17 MOTOR POSITION
DD2-6 ALARM RESET /UNLOCK DD2-7 RU RU CONTROL SENSORS
SWITCH REMOTE
BR I GLOBAL CRS41 DD1-12 DD6-6
B UY
DT4-19 DT4-18 DT6-13
REAR WINDOW
ISOLATE STATUS
RELAY
BR 86
NR
DT4-9 REAR WINDOW PD6-7
ISOLATE
BW BW R R
DRIVER
DT4-1 (LHD) DT6-6 PD1-2 PD6-2
WINDOW
DT4-12 (RHD) MOTOR POSITION
BO BO RU RU CONTROL SENSORS
DT4-2 (LHD) DT6-7 PD16-3 PD6-6
DT4-11 (RHD)
PASSENGER W W W W W B BB
WINDOW DT4-12 (LHD) DT6-10 DD1-16 PD16-1 PD6-3 PD6-8 PDS1 PD1-7
DT4-1 (RHD)
WG WG WG WG WG G10AR
(G9AR)
DT4-11 (LHD) DT6-12 DD1-17 PD16-2 PD6-4
DT4-2 (RHD)
GW GW GW GW
LH REAR
WINDOW DT4-4 DT6-9 DD1-18 RL9-2 PASSENGER WINDOW MOTOR ASSEMBLY
GO GO GO GO
B B B B B DT4-3 DT6-8 DD1-19 RL9-3
DD1-7 DDS3 DT1-9 DTS1 DT4-20 Y Y Y Y
G9AR RH REAR
WINDOW DT4-14 DT6-5 DD1-20 RR9-2
(G10AR)
YB YB YB YB
RELAY
DT4-13 DT6-1 DD1-21 RR9-3
42
NG
RL6-7
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
R R
REAR WINDOW RL9-4 RL6-2
ISOLATE MOTOR POSITION
RU RU CONTROL SENSORS
W RL9-13 RL6-6
W W GW B B B
PT4-2 PT1-4 RLS5 RL6-3 RL6-8 RLS2 RL1-2
NW B B B B B WG WG GO
78 G12BR
PDS3 RLS6
CR4-3 PD16-17 PT1-2 PT4-1 PT4-6 PT1-3 WG RL6-4
G10AL
(G9AR) PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH
Y S + PACK LH REAR WINDOW MOTOR ASSEMBLY
20.3 20.2
CR13-1
U S –
20.3 20.2
CR13-2 GW GW
LT3-2 LT1-4
R R R GO GO RELAY
B P O R 49
NR
CR11-11 CR12-2 CRS54 RL9-1 LT1-8 LT3-1 LT3-6 LT1-5 RR6-7
B R R
CR11-25 LH REAR DOOR SWITCH
RR9-4 RR6-2
MOTOR POSITION
RU RU CONTROL SENSORS
REAR ELECTRONIC MODULE RR9-13 RR6-6
G24BL
Y Y Y B B B
RT3-2 RT1-4 RRS5 RR6-3 RR6-8 RRS2 RR1-2
R R R YB YB YB G13BR
RR9-1 RT1-8 RT3-1 RT3-6 RT1-5 RRS6 RR6-4
1 6 Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.3 16 52 Fig. 01.5 78 105 Fig. 01.7 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V A ACP S VARIANT: All Vehicles
64 95 + Battery Voltage SCP
ll ll S S
VIN RANGE: All
7 63 Fig. 01.2 1 15 Fig. 01.4 53
S
77
S
Fig. 01.6 106
E
143 Fig. 01.8
E
O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data
DATE OF ISSUE: April 2006
l ll
Fig. 15.1In-Car Entertainment: Premium
GROUNDS
Ground Location
G15 CABIN / RH SIDE OF TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
G25 TRUNK / LH SIDE / ADJACENT TO CD AUTOCHANGER
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
NW B
76
CC8-11 I RR B YR 6
I
5 YR B CC9-1 CC19-1 TL26-1 TL11-2
I
CC8-2 BRD BRD
CC9-2 CC19-2 TL26-2
AM
20.3 20.2
Y S + COAXIAL CABLES
CC8-9
FM
20.3
U S – P
20.2
CC8-10
D2B NETWORK: OG O
20.4
“WAKE-UP” CC8-19
3K01
PHONE, VOICE
1K0 W Y W Y
VOLUME + WU WU WU WU WU WU (LHD) (LHD)
+ ve (LHD) (LHD)
RLS3
154R
CC8-3 CC7-3 TL31-3 RL1-3 LT1-11 WR YR WR YR
MEMORY+ YU YU YU YU YU YU (RHD) (RHD) (RHD) (RHD
– ve RLS4
CASSETTE CC8-4 CC7-4 TL31-4 RL1-6 LT1-12
261R
MEMORY– YG W (LHD) W (LHD)
SW8-6 W W W WR (RHD) WR (RHD)
475R 93R1
VOLUME –
+ ve
CC8-14 CC7-1 TL31-10 DD3-9 (LHD) Y (LHD) DDS5 (LHD) Y (LHD) DT1-11 (LHD)
PD1-5 (RHD) PDS5 (RHD) PT1-11 (RHD)
Y Y Y YR (RHD) YR (RHD)
53R5 – ve
SELECT CC8-13 CC7-2 TL31-11 DD3-10 (LHD) DDS6 (LHD) DT1-12 (LHD)
CASSETTE
PD1-6 (RHD) PDS6 (RHD) PT1-12 (RHD)
RW RW I
SW8-3 CC10-1 CC8-18
RESISTOR PACK WR (LHD) WR (LHD)
STEERING WHEEL AUDIO SWITCHES WR WR WR W (RHD) W (RHD)
+ ve PDS5 (LHD)
CC8-16 CC7-8 TL31-8 PD1-5 (LHD)
DD3-9 (RHD)
YR (LHD) DDS5 (RHD) YR (LHD) PT1-11 (LHD)
DT1-11 (RHD)
YG YR YR YR Y (RHD) Y (RHD)
03.8 03.6 03.4 03.2 – ve PDS6 (LHD)
IP55-11 (LHD) CC8-15 CC7-9 TL31-9 PD1-6 (LHD) PT1-12 (LHD)
ECM: SENSOR GROUND IP9-3 (RHD) DD3-10 (RHD) DDS6 (RHD) DT1-12 (RHD)
WG WG WG WG WG WG
+ ve
CC8-5 CC7-6 TL31-5 RR1-3 RRS3 RT1-11 YR WR YR WR
YR YR YR YR YR YR (LHD) (LHD) (LHD) (LHD)
– ve RRS4
Y W Y W
41
NW B CC8-6 CC7-7 TL31-6 RR1-6 RT1-12 (RHD) (RHD) (RHD) (RHD)
TL5-2 D BOF 20.4 20.4
BOF D
2 2
DB2-2 CC21-1
P B P B
TL5-1 CC8-1
G25AL G15AL
RH REAR RH REAR RH FRONT RH FRONT
CD AUTOCHANGER AUDIO UNIT MID-BASS TWEETER MID-BASS TWEETER
SPEAKER SPEAKER SPEAKER SPEAKER
f15_1_35006
1 6 Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.3 16 52 Fig. 01.5 78 105 Fig. 01.7 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V A ACP S VARIANT: Premium ICE Vehicles
64 95 + Battery Voltage SCP
ll ll S S
VIN RANGE: All
7 63 Fig. 01.2 1 15 Fig. 01.4 53
S
77
S
Fig. 01.6 106
E
143 Fig. 01.8
E
O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data
DATE OF ISSUE: April 2006
l ll
Audio Unit – Audiophile Fig. 15.2
Pin Description and Characteristic
PG CC8–1 POWER GROUND: GROUND
B+ CC8–2 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (I): B+ COMPONENTS
I CC8–7 TELEPHONE MUTE SIGNAL
O CC8–8 SECURITY SYSTEM GROUND SENSING: GROUND WHEN AUDIO UNIT INSTALLED
S CC8–9 SCP +
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
S CC8–10 SCP – AM / FM ANTENNA AMPLIFIER TL11 3-WAY / BLACK CABIN / LH ‘D’ POST
B+ CC8–11 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
I CC8–17 DIMMER-CONTROLLED ILLUMINATION: PWM, 80 Hz, GROUND = 0% DUTY CYCLE, B+ = 100% DUTY CYCLE TL26 2-WAY / BLACK
I CC8–18 STEERING WHEEL SWITCHES: STEPPED RESISTANCE AUDIO UNIT CC8 20-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
O CC8–19 D2B NETWORK WAKE-UP
CC9 2-WAY / BLACK
I CC9–1 ANTENNA CC21 FIBER OPTIC CONNECTOR
SG CC9–2 ANTENNA SHIELD
CD AUTOCHANGER DB2 FIBER OPTIC CONNECTOR TRUNK / LH SIDE / MODULE STACK / THIRD FROM TOP
D2 CC21–1 D2B NETWORK TRANSMIT TL5 3-WAY / BLACK
D2 CC21–2 D2B NETWORK RECEIVE
HEATED REAR WINDOW HW1 1-WAY / BLACK CABIN / BEHIND REAR SEAT BACK / LH SIDE (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
Power Amplifier HW2 1-WAY / BLACK CABIN / BEHIND REAR SEAT BACK / LH SIDE (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
Pin Description and Characteristic MID-BASS SPEAKER – LH FRONT DD4 2-WAY / WHITE LH FRONT DOOR
PG TL9–2 POWER GROUND: GROUND MID-BASS SPEAKER – RH FRONT DD4 2-WAY / WHITE
B+ TL9–3 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ PD4 2-WAY / WHITE RH FRONT DOOR
O TL9–5 D2B NETWORK WAKE-UP
PG TL9–8 POWER GROUND: GROUND MID-BASS SPEAKER – RH REAR RR4 2-WAY / WHITE RH REAR DOOR
B+ TL9–9 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ MID-RANGE SPEAKER – LH FASCIA IP25 2-WAY / WHITE INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE
MID-RANGE SPEAKER – RH FASCIA IP30 2-WAY / WHITE INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE
O TL10–2 RH SUBWOOFER AUDIO +
O TL10–3 LH SUBWOOFER AUDIO – POWER AMPLIFIER TL9 12-WAY / WHITE LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT, LH REAR
O TL10–4 LH REAR AUDIO +
TL10 18-WAY / WHITE
O TL10–5 LH FRONT AUDIO +
O TL10–6 RH FRONT AUDIO – DB7 FIBER OPTIC CONNECTOR
O TL10–7 LH FASCIA AUDIO +
STEERING WHEEL AUDIO SWITCHES — — STEERING WHEEL
O TL10–8 RH FASCIA AUDIO –
O TL10–10 RH SUBWOOFER AUDIO – SUBWOOFER – LH TL3 2-WAY / WHITE PARCEL SHELF, LH SIDE
O TL10–11 LH SUBWOOFER AUDIO + SUBWOOFER – RH TL61 2-WAY / WHITE PARCEL SHELF, RH SIDE
O TL10–12 LH REAR AUDIO –
O TL10–13 RH REAR AUDIO – TWEETER SPEAKER – LH FRONT DT3 2-WAY / WHITE LH FRONT DOOR
O TL10–14 RH REAR AUDIO + PT3 2-WAY / WHITE
O TL10–15 LH FRONT AUDIO –
O TL10–16 RH FRONT AUDIO + TWEETER SPEAKER – LH REAR LT4 2-WAY / WHITE LH REAR DOOR
O TL10–17 LH FASCIA AUDIO – TWEETER SPEAKER – RH FRONT DT3 2-WAY / WHITE
O TL10–18 RH FASCIA AUDIO +
PT3 2-WAY / WHITE RH FRONT DOOR
TWEETER SPEAKER – RH REAR RT4 2-WAY / WHITE RH REAR DOOR
GROUNDS
Ground Location
G15 CABIN / RH SIDE OF TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
G25 TRUNK / LH SIDE / ADJACENT TO CD AUTOCHANGER
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
WU WU LH REAR
LT1-11 LT4-2 TWEETER
NW B NR B YU YU SPEAKER
76 47
CC8-11 TL9-3 LT1-12 LT4-1
5 YR B NR B
I 48
CC8-2 TL9-9
Y S + D2B NETWORK: OG O WU WU WU WU
20.3 20.2 ”WAKE-UP”
20.4 + ve RLS3 LH REAR
CC8-9 TL9-5 TL10-4 TL31-3 RL1-3 RL4-2
MID-BASS
U S – YU YU YU YU SPEAKER
20.3 20.2 – ve RLS4
CC8-10 TL10-12 TL31-4 RL1-6 RL4-1
RW I D BOF 20.4
BOF D
RADIO ILLUMINATION 09.2 2 20.4 2
CC8-17 CC21-1 DB7-2
WU (LHD) W (LHD)
D2B NETWORK: OG O WU RW (RHD) WR (RHD)
“WAKE-UP”
20.4 LH FRONT
CC8-19 TL31-1 DD3-5 (LHD) Y (LHD) DT1-11 (LHD) Y (LHD) DT3-2 (LHD)
PD1-3 (RHD) PT1-11 (RHD) PT3-2 (RHD) TWEETER
Y WG (RHD) YR (RHD) SPEAKER
6 YR B TL31-2 DD3-4 (LHD) DT1-12 (LHD) DT3-1 (LHD)
I PD1-4 (RHD) PT1-12 (RHD) PT3-1 (RHD)
TL11-2
WU Y
RR I
AM
TL26-1 CC19-1 CC9-1
BRD BRD WU WU WU WU
COAXIAL CABLES
+ ve TLS46
LH FASCIA
TL26-2 CC19-2 CC9-2 TL10-7 CC2-5 CC10-18 IP25-2
FM MID-RANGE
Y Y Y Y SPEAKER
– ve TLS47
TL10-17 CC2-6 CC10-19 IP25-1
+ ve R
HEATED REAR WINDOW P TL10-11 TL3-2 LH SUBWOOFER
W SPEAKER
– ve
TL10-3 TL3-1
AM / FM ANTENNA
AMPLIFIER
+ ve W
TL10-2 TL61-2 RH SUBWOOFER
SPEAKER
3K01 – ve Y
PHONE, VOICE TL10-10 TL61-1
1K0
VOLUME + RW TLS48 RW RW RW
+ ve RH FASCIA
TL10-18 CC2-10 CC10-20 IP30-2
154R MID-RANGE
MEMORY +
– ve WG TLS49 WG WG WG SPEAKER
CASSETTE TL10-8 CC2-11 CC10-21 IP30-1
261R
MEMORY – YG
475R SW8-6
93R1
VOLUME – RW (LHD) W (LHD)
RW RW WU (RHD) WR (RHD)
53R5 RH FRONT
SELECT TL31-13 PT3-2 (LHD)
CASSETTE PD1-3 (LHD) WG (LHD) DT1-11
PT1-11 (LHD) YR (LHD)
(RHD) DT3-2 (RHD) TWEETER
DD3-5 (RHD)
RW RW I P B WG WG Y (RHD) Y (RHD) SPEAKER
SW8-3 CC10-1 CC8-18 CC8-1 TL31-12 PD1-4 (LHD) PT1-12 (LHD) PT3-1 (LHD)
DD3-4 (RHD) DT1-12 (RHD) DT3-1 (RHD)
RESISTOR PACK G15AL
STEERING WHEEL AUDIO SWITCHES
AUDIO UNIT
YG WR WR WR
03.8 03.6 03.4 03.2 + ve RH FRONT
IP55-11 (LHD) TL10-16 TL31-8 PD1-5 (LHD) PD4-2 (LHD) MID-BASS
ECM: SENSOR GROUND IP9-3 (RHD) DD3-9 (RHD) DD4-2 (RHD)
– ve YR YR YR SPEAKER
41
NW B TL10-6 TL31-9 PD1-6 (LHD) PD4-1 (LHD)
DD3-10 (RHD) DD4-1 (RHD)
TL5-2 D BOF 20.4
2
DB2-2
D BOF 20.4
2
DB2-1 WG WG WG RRS3 WG
+ ve RH REAR
D2B NETWORK: 20.4
OG O B P TL10-14 TL31-5 RR1-3 RR4-2
MID-BASS
WAKE-UP” TL5-3 YR YR YR RRS4 YR
TL9-2
– ve SPEAKER
B P TL10-13 TL31-6 RR1-6 RR4-1
P B TL9-8
TL5-1
G25AL G25BS
WG WG
RH REAR
CD AUTOCHANGER POWER AMPLIFIER RT1-11 RT4-2
TWEETER
YR YR SPEAKER
RT1-12 RT4-1
f15_2_35005
1 6 Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.3 16 52 Fig. 01.5 78 105 Fig. 01.7 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V A ACP S VARIANT: Audiophile ICE Vehicles
64 95 + Battery Voltage SCP
ll ll S S
VIN RANGE: All
7 63 Fig. 01.2 1 15 Fig. 01.4 53
S
77
S
Fig. 01.6 106
E
143 Fig. 01.8
E
O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data
DATE OF ISSUE: April 2006
l ll
Fig. 15.3
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
ARMREST LID SWITCH RC7 3-WAY / BLACK REAR SEAT ARMREST
AUDIO / VIDEO SELECTOR TL20 20-WAY / BLACK CABIN REAR BULKHEAD / BEHIND REAR SEAT BACK / LH SIDE
TL85 20-WAY / BLACK
TL86 20-WAY / BLACK
TL87 20-WAY / BLACK
DVD PLAYER TL32 4-WAY / NATURAL TRUNK / LH SIDE / MODULE STACK / TOP
TL47 13-WAY / BLACK
MULTIMEDIA CONTROL PANEL RC1 8-WAY / BLACK REAR SEAT ARM REST OR REAR FLOOR CONSOLE
RC3 20-WAY / BLACK
RC5 FIBER OPTIC CONNECTOR
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE DB6 FIBER OPTIC CONNECTOR TRUNK / LH SIDE / MODULE STACK / SECOND FROM TOP
TL2 20-WAY / BLACK
TL29 26-WAY / BLACK
TL30 12-WAY / BLACK
TL37 2-WAY / BLACK
TELEMATICS DISPLAY CC11 12-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
CC12 22-WAY / BLACK
CC13 2-WAY / BLACK
CC14 2-WAY / BLACK
CC15 2-WAY / BLACK
CC16 2-WAY / BLACK
TELEVISION SCREEN – LH REAR VL1 20-WAY / GREEN LH FRONT SEAT HEAD REST
TELEVISION SCREEN – RH REAR VR1 20-WAY / GREEN RH FRONT SEAT HEAD REST
GROUNDS
Ground Location
G18 CABIN / BELOW REAR SEAT / LH SIDE
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
control modules and control module pins.
RW B
70 TL20-8
RW B O O
69 RC3-1 TL86-1
RC1-4 OG RC4-1 OG
RC3-3 TL86-3
10 YU B BRD RC4-3 BRD TL86-2
I RC3-2
RC1-7 R RC4-2 R TL86-4
RC3-4
RU RC4-4 RU TL86-5
RC3-5
D2B NETWORK: OG O RG RC4-5 RG
20.4 RC3-6 TL86-6
”WAKE-UP” RW RC4-6 RW
RC1-6 RC3-7 TL86-7
W RC4-7 W
RC3-8 TL86-8
DIMMER-CONTROLLED RW I WB RC4-8 WB YR YR YR
LIGHTING 09.2 RC3-9 TL86-9 TL85-1 VL1-1
RC1-1 B RC4-9 B TL86-10 TL85-2
YU TL92-1 YU VL2-1 YU
RC3-10 VL1-2
WU RC4-10 WU YR TL92-2 YR VL2-2 YR
RC3-11 TL86-11 TL85-3 VL1-3
BOF B RC4-11 B BK TL92-3 BK VL2-3 BK
20.4 D TL85-4 VL1-4
2 RC3-12 TL86-12
RC5-1 WG RC4-12 WG YB TL92-4 YB VL2-4 YB
RC3-13 TL86-13 TL85-5 VL1-5
BOF B RC4-13 B BRD TL92-5 BRD VL2-5 BRD
20.4 D TL85-7 VL1-7
2 RC3-14 TL86-14
RC5-2 WR RC4-14 WR B TL92-7 B VL2-7 B
RC3-15 TL86-15 TL85-6 VL1-6
Y RC4-15 Y N TL92-6 N VL2-6 N
RC3-16 TL86-16 TL85-8 VL1-8
BRD RC4-16 BRD G TL92-8 G VL2-8 G
RC3-17 TL86-17 TL85-10 VL1-10
RW RW YB RC4-17 YB O TL92-10 O VL2-10 O
68 I RC3-18 TL86-18 TL85-11 VL1-11
RC7-1 RC7-3 RC1-3 BRD RC4-18 BRD R TL92-11 R VL2-11 R
RC3-20 TL86-20 TL85-12 VL1-12
YG RC4-20 YG B TL92-12 B VL2-12 B
ARMREST RC3-19 TL86-19 TL85-13 VL1-13
LID SWITCH BRD RC4-19 BRD BRD TL92-13 BRD VL2-13 BRD
RC3-E TL86-E TL85-14 VL1-14
RC4-E RW TL92-14 RW VL2-14 RW
TL85-15 VL1-15
B B TLS6 B BRD TL92-15 BRD VL2-15 BRD
RC1-08 TL20-10 TL85-9 VL1-9
RC2-5 B RG TL92-9 RG VL2-9 RG
TL85-16 VL1-16
OG TL92-16 OG VL2-16 OG
G18BL TL85-17 VL1-17
MULTIMEDIA OY TL92-17 OY VL2-17 OY
TL85-18 VL1-18
CONTROL PANEL UY TL92-18 UY VL2-18 UY
TL85-19 VL1-19
O TL92-19 O VL2-19 O
DIMMER-CONTROLLED
09.2
RW I
TL85-20
TL92-20 VL2-20
VL1-20
LIGHTING TL20-7 BRD BRD BRD
TL85-E VL1-E
TL92-E VL2-E
93 NR B DVD
S TL20-20 EJECT
LH REAR TELEVISION
RW YR SCREEN
B
67 TL66-7
TL32-2 TL47-7 BRD
TL66-6
TL47-6 YB
TL66-13
TL47-13 YU
TL66-12
TL47-12 BRD YG YG YG
TL66-8 TL87-1 VR1-1
TL47-8 YG YB TL91-1 YB VR2-1 YB
TL66-3 TL87-2 VR1-2
TL47-3 O TL66-9 TL87-3
YR TL91-2 YR VR2-2 YR
VR1-3
TL47-9 OG TL66-5 TL87-4
BK TL91-3 BK VR2-3 BK VR1-4
B B P
TL47-5 OY TL87-5
YU TL91-4 YU VR2-4 YU
TL66-10 VR1-5
TLS6 TL47-10 BRD BRD TL91-5 BRD VR2-5 BRD
TL32-4 TL66-E TL87-7 VR1-7
TL47-E U TL91-7 U VR2-7 U
G18BL TL87-6 VR1-6
N TL91-6 N VR2-6 N VR1-8
TL87-8
DVD PLAYER G TL91-8 G VR2-8 G
TL87-10 VR1-10
O TL91-10 O VR2-10 O
TL87-11 VR1-11
R TL91-11 R VR2-11 R
TL87-12 VR1-12
GB TL91-12 GB VR2-12 GB
NOTE: Refer to Figs. 16.7 and TL87-13 VR1-13
16.8 for Navigation Control K BRD TL91-13 BRD VR2-13 BRD
TL29-5 TL20-3 TL87-14 VR1-14
Module power supplies and W RW TL91-14 RW VR2-14 RW
grounds. TL29-18 TL20-4 TL87-15 VR1-15
R BRD TL91-15 BRD VR2-15 BRD
TL29-17 TL20-2 TL87-9 VR1-9
W BRD W TL20-1
RG TL91-9 RG VR2-9 RG
TL29-6 TL87-16 VR1-16
N OG TL91-16 OG VR2-16 OG
TL29-4 TL20-6 TL87-17 VR1-17
W BRD W OY TL91-17 OY VR2-17 OY
TL29-19 TL20-5 TL87-18 VR1-18
UY TL91-18 UY VR2-18 UY
TL87-19 VR1-19
U TL91-19 U VR2-19 U
TL87-20 VR1-20
NAVIGATION CONTROL BRD TL91-20 BRD VR2-20 BRD
MODULE TL87-E VR1-E
TL91-E VR2-E
1 6 Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.3 16 52 Fig. 01.5 78 105 Fig. 01.7 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V A ACP S VARIANT: Rear ICE Vehicles
64 95 + Battery Voltage SCP
ll ll S S
VIN RANGE: All
7 63 Fig. 01.2 1 15 Fig. 01.4 53
S
77
S
Fig. 01.6 106
E
143 Fig. 01.8
E
O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data
DATE OF ISSUE: April 2006
l ll
Fig. 16.1Telephone System
GROUNDS
Ground Location
G25 TRUNK / LH SIDE / ADJACENT TO CD AUTOCHANGER
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
RW B
64
TL7-12
RW B
65
TL7-13
7 YU B
I
TL7-14
49 WR B
II
TL7-29
BOF D
20.4 2
DB3-1
BOF D
20.4 2
DB3-2
U RU
I O
TL2-13 TL7-1 TL48-3
BG
TL7-26 TL48-2
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE
WG
I
TL7-2 TL48-8
O
YU
TL7-3 TL48-9
I U U U O MUTE Y
TLS4 O
CC8-7 CC1-19 NOTE: TLS4 – Navigation vehicles only. TL7-4 TL7-6 TL48-1
BO
AUDIO UNIT TL7-10 TL48-7 TELEPHONE
D
G
TL7-22 TL48-6
I U U D
Y
CC12-10 CC1-17 TL7-20 TL48-5
W
TL7-21 TLS59 TLU3
TELEMATICS DISPLAY
HANDSET RECEIVER
G G I
RF3-12 RF26-2 TL7-18
BRD W W BRD W
RF26-3 TL7-11
Y Y I
MICROPHONE
RF3-11 RF26-1 TL7-17
P B
ROOF CONSOLE
TL7-9
P B B
TL7-25 TLS7
G25AL
CELLULAR PHONE MODULE
f16_1_35006
1 6 Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.3 16 52 Fig. 01.5 78 105 Fig. 01.7 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V A ACP S VARIANT: Telephone only Vehicles
64 95 + Battery Voltage SCP
ll ll S S
VIN RANGE: All
7 63 Fig. 01.2 1 15 Fig. 01.4 53
S
77
S
Fig. 01.6 106
E
143 Fig. 01.8
E
O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data
DATE OF ISSUE: April 2006
l ll
Audio Unit Fig. 16.2
Pin Description and Characteristic
I CC8–7 TELEPHONE MUTE SIGNAL
I CC8–18 STEERING WHEEL SWITCHES: STEPPED RESISTANCE COMPONENTS
D2 CC21–1 D2B NETWORK TRANSMIT
D2 CC21–2 D2B NETWORK RECEIVE
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
AUDIO UNIT CC8 20-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
Cellular Phone Control Module
CC9 2-WAY / BLACK
Pin Description and Characteristic CC21 FIBER OPTIC CONNECTOR
D2 DB3–1 D2B NETWORK RECEIVE
CELLULAR PHONE MODULE DB3 FIBER OPTIC CONNECTOR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT, LH REAR
D2 DB3–2 D2B NETWORK TRANSMIT
TL7 32-WAY / BLACK
O TL7–1 PHONE BATTERY CHARGING SUPPLY
TL94 2-WAY / BLACK
O TL7–2 HANDS FREE AUDIO TO PHONE
O TL7–3 PHONE ON / OFF (RESPONSE TO INCOMING AUDIO) HANDSET RECEIVER TL48 10-WAY / GREY CENTER CONSOLE
O TL7–4 MUTE COMMAND
MICROPHONE RF3 20-WAY / BLACK ROOF CONSOLE
I TL7–6 PHONE BATTERY VOLTAGE
PG TL7–9 POWER GROUND: GROUND MICROPHONE – LH REAR RF23 2-WAY ROOF / LH REAR
SG TL7–10 ANALOG GROUND: GROUND MICROPHONE – RH REAR RF24 2-WAY ROOF / RH REAR
SG TL7–11 MICROPHONE SHIELD: GROUND
B+ TL7–12 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE DB6 FIBER OPTIC CONNECTOR TRUNK / LH SIDE / MODULE STACK / SECOND FROM TOP
B+ TL7–13 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ TL2 20-WAY / BLACK
B+ TL7–14 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (I): B+
I TL7–17 MICROPHONE + TL29 26-WAY / BLACK
I TL7–18 MICROPHONE – TL30 12-WAY / BLACK
D TL7–20 TELEPHONE SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS DATA
D TL7–21 TELEPHONE SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS DATA TL37 2-WAY / BLACK
D TL7–22 TELEPHONE SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS DATA STEERING WHEEL AUDIO SWITCHES — — STEERING WHEEL
I TL7–23 D2B NETWORK WAKE-UP
TELEMATICS DISPLAY CC12 22-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
I TL7–25 POWER GROUND: GROUND
I TL7–26 TELEPHONE LOGIC GROUND: GROUND CC13 2-WAY / BLACK
I TL7–29 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II): B+
CC14 2-WAY / BLACK
CC15 2-WAY / BLACK
Voice Activation Module CC16 2-WAY / BLACK
Pin Description and Characteristic VOICE ACTIVATION MODULE DB4 FIBER OPTIC CONNECTOR TRUNK / LH SIDE / MODULE STACK / SECOND FROM BOTTOM
D2 DB4–1 D2B NETWORK TRANSMIT TL68 22-WAY / BLACK
D2 DB4–2 D2B NETWORK RECEIVE
I TL68–1 MICROPHONE +
SG TL68–2 MICROPHONE SHIELD HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
O TL68–3 MICROPHONE +
B+ TL68–6 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II) (START / RUN STATUS) Connector Connector Description / Location Location
SG TL68–7 MICROPHONE SHIELD
B+ TL68–8 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (I) CC1 22-WAY GREEN / TELEMATICS HARNESS TO CENTER CONSOLE HARNESS CABIN / BELOW CENTER CONSOLE
SG TL68–9 MICROPHONE SHIELD
CC10 22-WAY / GREEN / CENTER CONSOLE HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS CABIN / BELOW CENTER CONSOLE / LH SIDE (LHD), RH SIDE (RHD)
PG TL68–11 POWER GROUND
I TL68–12 MICROPHONE – IP9 8-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS CABIN / ADJACENT TO HOOD RELEASE
O TL68–13 MICROPHONE –
IP55 22-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS CABIN / RH ‘A’ POST
O TL68–14 D2B NETWORK WAKE UP
SG TL68–15 MICROPHONE SHIELD RF26 8-WAY / BLACK / TELEMATICS HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS CABIN / LH ‘D’ POST
I TL68–18 MICROPHONE +
TL55 4-WAY / BLACK / TELEMATICS HARNESS TO REAR MICROPHONES CABIN/ LH REAR SEAT BACK
I TL68–19 MICROPHONE –
I TL68–20 MICROPHONE +
I TL68–21 MICROPHONE –
B+ TL68–22 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY GROUNDS
Ground Location
G25 TRUNK / LH SIDE / ADJACENT TO CD AUTOCHANGER
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
7 YU B U I
3K01 I
PHONE, VOICE TL7-14 TL2-13
49 WR B
1K0 II
VOLUME + TL7-29 NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE
154R
MEMORY + D2B NETWORK: 20.4
OG O
”WAKE UP” TL7-23 U U
261R CASSETTE I
MEMORY – YG CC1-19 CC8-7
SW8-6
475R 93R1
VOLUME – AUDIO UNIT
53R5
SELECT CASSETTE
MUTE O
U U U I
SW8-3 TL7-4 TLS4 CC1-17 CC12-10
RESISTOR PACK
NOTE: TLS4 – Navigation vehicles only.
STEERING WHEEL AUDIO SWITCHES TELEMATICS DISPLAY
I RW RW
CC8-18 CC10-1
RW B
66
TL68-22 D BOF
2 20.4
8 YU B DB4-1
I
AUDIO UNIT TL68-8 D BOF RU
2 20.4
WR O
48 B DB4-2
TL7-1 TL48-3
II
TL68-6 BG
TL7-26 TL48-2
WG
OG I
D2B NETWORK: 20.4 O TL7-2 TL48-8
”WAKE UP” TL68-14
O
YU
TL7-3 TL48-9
G G I O O I Y
O
RF3-12 RF26-2 TL68-12 TL68-13 TL7-18 TL7-6 TL48-1
BRD W W BRD W W BRD W BO
RF26-3 TL68-2 TL68-15 TL7-11 TL7-10 TL48-7 TELEPHONE
Y Y I O Y I G
MICROPHONE RF3-11 RF26-1 TL68-1 TL68-3 TL7-17 D
TL7-22 TL48-6
D
Y
ROOF CONSOLE
TL7-20 TL48-5
W
R R I TL7-21 TLS59 TLU3
RF23-1 TL55-1 TL68-18
BRD W
TL68-7
HANDSET RECEIVER
BRD G I
RF23-2 TL55-2 TL68-19
LH REAR MICROPHONE**
R R I
RF24-1 TL55-3 TL68-20
BRD W
TL68-9
BRD Y I P B
RF24-2 TL55-4 TL68-21 TL68-11
RH REAR MICROPHONE** G25AR
VOICE ACTIVATION MODULE
P B
**NOTE: Rear handset components, wiring TL7-9
and circuitry – Multi-zone Voice vehicles only.
P B B
TL7-25 TLS7
G25AL
CELLULAR PHONE MODULE
f16_2_35006
1 6 Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.3 16 52 Fig. 01.5 78 105 Fig. 01.7 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V A ACP S VARIANT: Telephone with Voice Vehicles
64 95 + Battery Voltage SCP
ll ll S S
VIN RANGE: All
7 63 Fig. 01.2 1 15 Fig. 01.4 53
S
77
S
Fig. 01.6 106
E
143 Fig. 01.8
E
O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data
DATE OF ISSUE: April 2006
l ll
Fig. 16.3
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE DB6 FIBER OPTIC CONNECTOR TRUNK / LH SIDE / MODULE STACK / SECOND FROM TOP
TL2 20-WAY / BLACK
TL29 26-WAY / BLACK
TL30 12-WAY / BLACK
TL37 2-WAY / BLACK
NAVIGATION GPS ANTENNA TL8 2-WAY / BLACK PARCEL SHELF
TELEMATICS DISPLAY CC12 22-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
CC13 2-WAY / BLACK
CC14 2-WAY / BLACK
CC15 2-WAY / BLACK
CC16 2-WAY / BLACK
GROUNDS
Ground Location
G15 CABIN / RH SIDE OF TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
G25 TRUNK / LH SIDE / ADJACENT TO CD AUTOCHANGER
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
R B
50
TL2-1
11 R B R
I
TL2-11 TL37-1 TL8-1
BRD
TL37-2 TL8-2
BOF D
20.4 2 NAVIGATION
DB6-1
GPS ANTENNA
BOF D
20.4 2
DB6-2
Y S +
20.3 20.2
TL2-4
U S – B R
20.3 20.2 51
TL2-14 Y Y CC12-1
TL29-7 CC1-7 CC12-4 B R 12
I
TELEPHONE: MUTE 16.2 16.1
U I U U CC12-2
TL2-13 TL29-20 CC1-8 CC12-15
W BRD W W BRD W
TL30-3 CC1-5 CC12-11
P B B P
TL2-2 CC12-12
G25AR G15AR
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE TELEMATICS DISPLAY
f16_3_35006
1 6 Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.3 16 52 Fig. 01.5 78 105 Fig. 01.7 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V A ACP S VARIANT: Navigation Vehicles (except Japan)
64 95 + Battery Voltage SCP
ll ll S S
VIN RANGE: All
7 63 Fig. 01.2 1 15 Fig. 01.4 53
S
77
S
Fig. 01.6 106
E
143 Fig. 01.8
E
O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data
DATE OF ISSUE: April 2006
l ll
Fig. 16.4
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE DB6 FIBER OPTIC CONNECTOR TRUNK / LH SIDE / MODULE STACK / SECOND FROM TOP
TL2 20-WAY / BLACK
TL29 26-WAY / BLACK
TL30 12-WAY / BLACK
TL37 2-WAY / BLACK
NAVIGATION GPS ANTENNA TL8 2-WAY / BLACK PARCEL SHELF
TELEMATICS DISPLAY CC12 22-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
CC13 2-WAY / BLACK
CC14 2-WAY / BLACK
CC15 2-WAY / BLACK
CC16 2-WAY / BLACK
TELEVISION ANTENNA 1 — — PARCEL SHELF
TELEVISION ANTENNA 2 — — PARCEL SHELF
TELEVISION ANTENNA 3 — — RH ‘B/C’ POST / UPPER
TELEVISION ANTENNA 4 — — RH ‘B/C’ POST / UPPER
TV ANTENNA AMPLIFIER 1 TL51 2-WAY / BLACK PARCEL SHELF
TV ANTENNA AMPLIFIER 2 TL52 2-WAY / BLACK PARCEL SHELF
TV ANTENNA AMPLIFIER 3 TL53 2-WAY / BLACK RH ‘B/C’ POST / UPPER
TV ANTENNA AMPLIFIER 4 TL54 2-WAY / BLACK RH ‘B/C’ POST / UPPER
GROUNDS
Ground Location
G15 CABIN / RH SIDE OF TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
G25 TRUNK / LH SIDE / ADJACENT TO CD AUTOCHANGER
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
R B R
50 TL8-1
TL2-1 TL37-1
BRD
11 R B TL8-2
I TL37-2
TL2-11
NAVIGATION GPS
ANTENNA
BOF D
20.4 2
DB6-1
BOF D
20.4 2
DB6-2 B R
51
CC12-1
Y S + I RW 09.2 DIMMER–CONTROLLED
20.3 20.2 LIGHTING
TL2-4 Y Y CC12-9
U S – TL29-7 CC1-7 CC12-4
20.3 20.2
TL2-14 U U I U 16.1 16.2 TELEPHONE: MUTE
TL29-20 CC1-8 CC12-15 CC12-10
I R R
CC14-1 CC5-3 TL52-1
BRD BRD
Y Y CC14-2 CC5-4 TL52-2 TELEVISION
TL30-1 CC1-1 CC12-19 TV ANTENNA ANTENNA 2
G G AMPLIFIER 2
TL30-7 CC1-2 CC12-20
O O
AUDIO TL30-2 CC1-3 CC12-21 I R R
W W CC15-1 CC5-5 TL53-1
TL30-8 CC1-4 CC12-22 BRD BRD
CC15-2 CC5-6 TL53-2 TELEVISION
W BRD W W BRD W TV ANTENNA ANTENNA 3
TL30-3 CC1-5 CC12-11 AMPLIFIER 3
I R R
CC16-1 CC5-7 TL54-1
BRD BRD
CC16-2 CC5-8 TL54-2 TELEVISION
P B B P TV ANTENNA ANTENNA 4
TL2-2 CC12-12 AMPLIFIER 4
G25AR G15AR
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE TELEMATICS DISPLAY
f16_4_35006
1 6 Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.3 16 52 Fig. 01.5 78 105 Fig. 01.7 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V A ACP S VARIANT: Navigation + Television Vehicles (Except Japan)
64 95 + Battery Voltage SCP
ll ll S S
VIN RANGE: All
7 63 Fig. 01.2 1 15 Fig. 01.4 53
S
77
S
Fig. 01.6 106
E
143 Fig. 01.8
E
O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data
DATE OF ISSUE: April 2006
l ll
Fig. 16.5
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
MICROPHONE RF3 20-WAY / BLACK ROOF CONSOLE
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE DB6 FIBER OPTIC CONNECTOR TRUNK / LH SIDE / MODULE STACK / SECOND FROM TOP
TL2 20-WAY / BLACK
TL29 26-WAY / BLACK
TL30 12-WAY / BLACK
TL37 2-WAY / BLACK
NAVIGATION GPS ANTENNA TL8 2-WAY / BLACK PARCEL SHELF
TELEMATICS DISPLAY CC12 22-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
CC13 2-WAY / BLACK
CC14 2-WAY / BLACK
CC15 2-WAY / BLACK
CC16 2-WAY / BLACK
TELEVISION ANTENNA 1 — — PARCEL SHELF
TELEVISION ANTENNA 2 — — PARCEL SHELF
TELEVISION ANTENNA 3 — — RH ‘B/C’ POST / UPPER
TELEVISION ANTENNA 4 — — RH ‘B/C’ POST / UPPER
TV ANTENNA AMPLIFIER 1 TL51 2-WAY / BLACK PARCEL SHELF
TV ANTENNA AMPLIFIER 2 TL52 2-WAY / BLACK PARCEL SHELF
TV ANTENNA AMPLIFIER 3 TL53 2-WAY / BLACK RH ‘B/C’ POST / UPPER
TV ANTENNA AMPLIFIER 4 TL54 2-WAY / BLACK RH ‘B/C’ POST / UPPER
VEHICLE INFORMATION ANTENNA TL63 2-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE
VEHICLE INFORMATION CONTROL MODULE TL16 10-WAY / NATURAL TRUNK / LH SIDE / FORWARD OF MODULE STACK
TL36 2-WAY / BLACK
TL64 2-WAY / BLACK
VEHICLE INFORMATION SENSOR CR108 2-WAY / BLACK UPPER LF ‘A’ POST
GROUNDS
Ground Location
G15 CABIN / RH SIDE OF TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
G25 TRUNK / LH SIDE / ADJACENT TO CD AUTOCHANGER
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
control modules and control module pins.
R B R
50
TL2-1 TL37-1 TL8-1
BRD
11 R B
I TL37-2 TL8-2
TL2-11
NAVIGATION GPS
ANTENNA
BOF D
20.4 2
DB6-1
BOF D
20.4 2
DB6-2 B R
51
CC12-1
Y S + I RW DIMMER–CONTROLLED
20.3 20.2 09.2 LIGHTING
TL2-4 Y Y CC12-9
20.3 20.2
U S – TL29-7 CC1-7 CC12-4
TL2-14 U U I U 16.1 16.2 TELEPHONE: MUTE
TL29-20 CC1-8 CC12-15 CC12-10
9 YU B BRD BRD
I
TL16-4 Y Y CC14-2 CC5-4 TL52-2 TELEVISION
TL30-1 CC1-1 CC12-19 TV ANTENNA ANTENNA 2
R G G AMPLIFIER 2
R I TL16-6 TL30-5 TL30-7 CC1-2 CC12-20
TL63-1 TL64-1 W O O
BRD TL16-1 TL30-4 AUDIO TL30-2 CC1-3 CC12-21 I R R
TL63-2 TL64-2 K W W CC15-1 CC5-5 TL53-1
VEHICLE TL16-2 TL30-10 TL30-8 CC1-4 CC12-22 BRD BRD
INFORMATION CC15-2 CC5-6 TL53-2
ANTENNA TELEVISION
W BRD W W BRD W W BRD W TV ANTENNA ANTENNA 3
TL16-7 TL30-9 TL30-3 CC1-5 CC12-11 AMPLIFIER 3
N N I
CR108-1 TL88-1 TL36-1 I R R
BRD BRD CC16-1 CC5-7 TL54-1
CR108-2 TL88-2 TL36-2 BRD BRD
CC16-2 CC5-8 TL54-2 TELEVISION
VEHICLE
INFORMATION P B B P TV ANTENNA ANTENNA 4
SENSOR P B TL2-2 CC12-12 AMPLIFIER 4
TL16-5 G25AR G15AR
G25AR NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE TELEMATICS DISPLAY
VEHICLE INFORMATION
CONTROL MODULE
f16_5_35006
1 6 Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.3 16 52 Fig. 01.5 78 105 Fig. 01.7 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V A ACP S VARIANT: Japan Navigation Vehicles
64 95 + Battery Voltage SCP
ll ll S S
VIN RANGE: All
7 63 Fig. 01.2 1 15 Fig. 01.4 53
S
77
S
Fig. 01.6 106
E
143 Fig. 01.8
E
O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data
DATE OF ISSUE: April 2006
l ll
Fig. 17.1Advanced Restraints System: Part 1
Fig. 17.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
CURTAIN AIR BAG IGNITER – DRIVER CR62 2-WAY / YELLOW HEADLINER, DRIVER SIDE
CURTAIN AIR BAG IGNITER – PASSENGER CR33 2-WAY / YELLOW HEADLINER, PASSENGER SIDE
DRIVER SEAT POSITION SWITCH SD20 2-WAY / GREY DRIVER SEAT TRACK, LH SIDE
DUAL AIR BAG IGNITERS – DRIVER SW11 2-WAY / BLACK STEERING WHEEL
SW12 2-WAY / BLACK
FRONT IMPACT SENSOR EC50 2-WAY / BLACK FRONT CROSS MEMBER, CENTER
RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE CR86 24-WAY / BLACK TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, UNDER CENTER CONSOLE
CR87 40-WAY / BLACK
SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER IGNITER – CENTER REAR CR65 2-WAY / YELLOW SEAT BELT RETRACTOR
SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER IGNITER – DRIVER SD19 4-WAY / GREY SEAT BELT BUCKLE
SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER IGNITER – DRIVER SIDE REAR CR64 2-WAY / YELLOW SEAT BELT RETRACTOR
SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER IGNITER – PASSENGER SP19 4-WAY / GREY SEAT BELT BUCKLE
SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER IGNITER – PASSENGER SIDE REAR CR66 2-WAY / YELLOW SEAT BELT RETRACTOR
SEAT BELT SWITCH – DRIVER SD19 4-WAY / GREY SEAT BELT BUCKLE
SIDE AIR BAG IGNITER – DRIVER SD17 2-WAY / YELLOW DRIVER SEAT, SEAT BACK
SIDE AIR BAG IGNITER – PASSENGER SP17 2-WAY / YELLOW PASSENGER SEAT, SEAT BACK
SIDE IMPACT SENSOR – DRIVER CR60 2-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SIDE ‘B/C’ POST, LOWER
SIDE IMPACT SENSOR – DRIVER REAR CR61 2-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SIDE ‘D’ POST, LOWER
SIDE IMPACT SENSOR – PASSENGER CR35 2-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER SIDE ‘B/C’ POST, LOWER
SIDE IMPACT SENSOR – PASSENGER REAR CR51 2-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER SIDE ‘D’ POST, LOWER
GROUNDS
Ground Location
G7 CABIN / LH SIDE OF TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
G12 CABIN / BELOW DRIVER SEAT
G13 CABIN / BELOW PASSENGER SEAT
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
control modules and control module pins.
CASSETTE
WU CR86-5 YR YR NB
20 B
II
CR86-12 IP76-4 SW8-2 SW10-3 SW12-1
STAGE
TWO
20.3 20.2
W D CASSETTE
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
CR86-11 YR YR SW
CR86-6 IP76-3 SW8-1 SW10-4 SW12-2
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER: AIRBAG WARNING YU O DRIVER DUAL AIRBAG
07.1 CASSETTE
IGNITERS
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED) CR86-19 CR86-1 Y Y SB
IP76-2 SW8-10 SW10-1 SW11-1
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER: SEAT BELT AUDIBLE WARNING 07.1
YR O STAGE
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED) ONE
CR86-22
CASSETTE
Y Y NR
CR86-2 IP76-1 SW8-9 SW10-2 SW11-2
CR87-3 O
CR62-2
N N DRIVER CURTAIN AIRBAG
FRONT IMPACT EC50-2 EC46-19 CR87-19
IGNITER
SENSOR W W OY
EC50-1 EC46-20 CR87-20 CR87-4 CR62-1
CR87-1 RW RW
SD16-2 SD17-2
DRIVER SIDE AIRBAG
NG IGNITER
DRIVER SIDE CR60-2 CR87-27 BW BW
IMPACT SENSOR WU CR87-2 SD16-1 SD17-1
CR60-1 CR87-28 CR87-31 GR GR
SD16-3 SD19-2
DRIVER SEAT BELT
PRETENSIONER IGNITER
NR GU GU
PASSENGER SIDE CR35-2 CR87-29 CR87-32 SD16-4 SD19-1
IMPACT SENSOR
WR
CR35-1 CR87-30
CR87-5 RW
CR33-2
PASSENGER CURTAIN AIRBAG
BO IGNITER
DRIVER REAR SIDE CR61-2 CR87-13 BW
IMPACT SENSOR U CR87-6 CR33-1
CR61-1 CR87-14 CR87-21 RW RW
SP16-2 SP17-2
PASSENGER SIDE AIRBAG
IGNITER
YR BW BW
PASSENGER REAR SIDE CR51-2 CR87-15 CR87-22 SP16-1 SP17-1
IMPACT SENSOR O CR87-33 WR WR
CR51-1 CR87-16 SP16-3 SP19-2
PASSENGER SEAT BELT
PRETENSIONER IGNITER
WU WU
UY UY CR87-34 SP16-4 SP19-1
DRIVER SEAT SD28-9 CR87-23
POSITION SWITCH H SD20-2
U U
SD28-10 CR87-24 CR87-35 Y
SD20-1
CR64-2
DRIVER SIDE REAR SEAT BELT
PRETENSIONER IGNITER
B B B RW RW Y
SD28-1 SDS5 SD19-4
H SD19-3 SD28-3 CR87-25 CR87-36 CR64-1
G12AR CR87-39 YR
(G13AR) DRIVER SEAT BELT
SWITCH CR65-2
CENTER REAR SEAT BELT
PRETENSIONER IGNITER
YR
CR87-40 CR65-1
BR CR86-15 CR87-37 YU
PASSENGER AIRBAG DEACTIVATION LAMP 17.2 O
CR66-2
PASSENGER SIDE REAR SEAT BELT
PRETENSIONER IGNITER
B P YU
CR86-16 CR87-38 CR66-1
G7AS
(G7BS)
RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE f17_1_35006
(Continued Fig. 17.2)
1 6 Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.3 16 52 Fig. 01.5 78 105 Fig. 01.7 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V A ACP S VARIANT: All Vehicles
64 95 + Battery Voltage SCP
ll ll S S
VIN RANGE: All
7 63 Fig. 01.2 1 15 Fig. 01.4 53
S
77
S
Fig. 01.6 106
E
143 Fig. 01.8
E
O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data
DATE OF ISSUE: April 2006
l ll
Fig. 17.2
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
DUAL AIR BAG IGNITERS – PASSENGER IP15 2-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL
IP56 2-WAY / BLACK
OCCUPANCY SENSING MODULE SP30 26-WAY / BLACK UNDER PASSENGER SEAT
PASSENGER AIR BAG DEACTIVATED INDICATOR LAMP IP68 3-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL / PASSENGER SIDE
PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT PRESSURE SENSOR SP3 3-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER SEAT
PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSING MODULE SP2 10-WAY / BLACK UNDER PASSENGER SEAT
RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE CR86 24-WAY / BLACK TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, UNDER CENTER CONSOLE
CR87 40-WAY / BLACK
SEAT BELT SWITCH – PASSENGER SP19 4-WAY / GREY SEAT BELT BUCKLE
SEAT BELT TENSION SENSOR – PASSENGER SP33 4-WAY / GREY UNDER PASSENGER SEAT
SPATIAL SENSOR – CENTER CONSOLE (LHD) CL6 2-WAY / BLACK
SPATIAL SENSOR – CENTER CONSOLE (RHD) CL7 2-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
SPATIAL SENSOR – HEADLINER INNER RF16 2-WAY / BLACK HEADLINER, ABOVE FRONT PASSENGER
SPATIAL SENSOR – HEADLINER OUTER RF18 2-WAY / BLACK HEADLINER, ABOVE FRONT PASSENGER
SPATIAL SENSOR – PASSENGER ‘A’ POST CR105 2-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER SIDE ‘A’ POST / UPPER
GROUNDS
Ground Location
G7 CABIN / LH SIDE OF TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
G12 CABIN / BELOW DRIVER SEAT
G13 CABIN / BELOW PASSENGER SEAT
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
control modules and control module pins.
22 WU B
II
SP30-22 + C O O C +
LOCAL SP30-25 SP28-6 CR87-17 LOCAL
– C U U C –
BR BR SP30-24 SP28-5 CR87-18
PASSENGER ”A” POST CR105-1 SP28-10 SP30-5
SPATIAL SENSOR
GW GW RU RU B B B
CR105-2 SP28-9 SP30-6 CR87-26 SP28-3 SP19-3
H SP19-4 SPS3 SP28-1
PASSENGER SEAT
G13AR
BELT SWITCH (G12AR)
NW NW NW NW NW
CL6-1 (LHD) CL3-11 CC2-22 TL93-4 SP28-20 SP30-3
CENTER CONSOLE CL7-1 (RHD)
SPATIAL SENSOR Y Y Y Y Y
CL6-2 (LHD) CL3-10 CC2-21 TL93-3 SP28-19 SP30-4
CL7-2 (RHD)
CR86-14 BW BW
IMPACT SENSORS; PASSENGER IP77-2 IP15-1
SEAT BELT SWITCH: REFER TO
FIGURE 17.1. STAGE
TWO
BG BG BG
HEADLINER INNER RF16-1 RF2-12 SP28-18 SP30-1 RW RW
SPATIAL SENSOR OG OG OG CR86-13 IP77-1 IP15-2 PASSENGER
RF16-2 RF2-11 SP28-17 SP30-2 DUAL AIRBAG
CR86-4 Y Y IGNITERS
IP77-3 IP56-1
STAGE
ONE
BO BO BO U U
HEADLINER OUTER RF18-1 RF2-10 SP28-7 SP30-7 CR86-3 IP77-4 IP56-2
SPATIAL SENSOR GU GU GU
RF18-2 RF2-9 SP28-8 SP30-8
R
SP3-A SP2-H
B CR86-15 BR BR WU
O 21
II
SP3-B SP2-K IP3-2 IP68-3 IP68-1
Y
PASSENGER AIRBAG
SP3-C SP2-J BW DEACTIVATED
SP2-D SP30-10 P B INDICATOR LAMP
PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT R CR86-16
PRESSURE SENSOR SP2-G SP30-9 G7AS
(G7BS)
+ C UY C + RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE
LOCAL SP2-F SP30-11
(Continued from Fig. 17.1)
LOCAL
– C OY C –
R SP2-E SP30-12
SP33-3 SP2-C NOTE: RCM power supply shown in Fig. 17.1.
Y
SP33-1 SP2-B
B P B B B
SP33-2 SP2-A SP30-23 SPS3 SP28-1
G13AR
(G12AR)
PASSENGER SEAT BELT PASSENGER SEAT OCCUPANCY SENSING MODULE
TENSION SENSOR WEIGHT SENSING MODULE
f17_2_35006
1 6 Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.3 16 52 Fig. 01.5 78 105 Fig. 01.7 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V A ACP S VARIANT: All Vehicles
64 95 + Battery Voltage SCP
ll ll S S
VIN RANGE: All
7 63 Fig. 01.2 1 15 Fig. 01.4 53
S
77
S
Fig. 01.6 106
E
143 Fig. 01.8
E
O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data
DATE OF ISSUE: April 2006
l ll
Fig. 18.1Parking Aid System
S CR13–1 SCP +
S CR13–2 SCP – HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description / Location Location
BF1 10-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESS TO FRONT BUMPER HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND RH WHEEL ARCH LINER
BR1 10-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO REAR BUMPER HARNESS BEHIND REAR BUMPER, RH SIDE
EC46 22-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS CABIN / RH ‘A’ POST
IP1 10-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS CABIN / BEHIND DRIVER SIDE INSTRUMENT PANEL END PLATE
RF2 16-WAY / BLUE / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS CABIN / RH ‘D’ POST
TL35 22-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO REAR CENTRE CONSOLE TRUNK / LH REAR
GROUNDS
Ground Location
G17 CABIN / BELOW REAR SEAT / RH SIDE
G29 TRUNK / SPARE WHEEL WELL
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
46 WR B C Y 20.1
+
II
CR52-1
I OG 08.3 REVERSE LAMPS: ACTIVATED IP6-8 VEHICLE SPEED CAN
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED) G
CR52-9 C
– 20.1
GW GW I IP6-9
PARKING AID RF3-20 RF2-3 CR52-7
I RG 08.4 08.5 REAR EXTERIOR LIGHTING:TRAILER
SWITCH
CR52-8 CONNECTED (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) Y
+ S 20.2 20.3
B B B GU GU O IP6-20
RFS1 RF3-1 RF3-13 RF2-2 CR52-19 W U
RF2-1 PARKING AID D 20.2 20.3 – S 20.2 20.3
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
STATUS CR52-5 IP6-10
G17BR
ROOF CONSOLE
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
YR YR O –
REAR PARKING AID TL6-2 TL35-8 CR52-17
SOUNDER Y
RU ‡ RU + S 20.2 20.3
CR13-1
TL6-1 TL35-7
S U
– 20.2 20.3
CR13-2
† RU CHIME I OY O
INHIBIT
CR52-6 CR11-17
† RU † RU O +
* FRONT PARKING IP46-1 IP1-10 CR52-14 NOTE: “Chime Inhibit” signal
†Y > 15 km/h (10 mph) sensors disabled REAR ELECTRONIC MODULE
AID SOUNDER †Y O –
(where fitted) < 10 km/h (6 mph) sensors enabled
IP46-2 IP1-9 CR52-18
NOTE :
† Vehicles with front and rear sounders.
‡ Vehicles with rear sounder only.
RU BFS3 RU RU RU RW RW BRS1 RW
BF2-1 BF1-1 EC46-6 CR52-2 CR52-15 BR2-1
BR1-5
FRONT RH Y Y Y W W
SENSOR D D REAR RH
BF2-2 BF1-2 EC46-22 CR52-26 CR52-24 BR1-6 BR2-2 SENSOR
BO BG
BF2-3 BR2-3
RU RW
BF3-1 BR3-1
FRONT RH CENTER YR YR YR WR WR REAR RH CENTER
D D SENSOR
SENSOR BF3-2 BF1-3 EC46-21 CR52-25 CR52-23 BR3-2
BR1-7
BO BG
BF3-3 BR3-3
RU RW
BF4-1 BR4-1
RU RW
BF5-1 BR5-1
FRONT LH YR YR YR D D WG WG REAR LH
SENSOR BF5-2 BF1-5 EC46-4 CR52-13 CR52-11 BR5-2 SENSOR
BR1-9
BO BO BO BO BG BG BG
BF5-3 BFS4 BF1-6 EC46-5 CR52-4 CR52-16 BR1-10 BRS2 BR5-3
B P
CR52-3
G29BS
PARKING AID MODULE
f18_1_35006
1 6 Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.3 16 52 Fig. 01.5 78 105 Fig. 01.7 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V A ACP S VARIANT: Parking Aid Vehicles
64 95 + Battery Voltage SCP
ll ll S S
VIN RANGE: All
7 63 Fig. 01.2 1 15 Fig. 01.4 53
S
77
S
Fig. 01.6 106
E
143 Fig. 01.8
E
O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data
DATE OF ISSUE: April 2006
l ll
Fig. 19.1Ancillaries: Part 1
GROUNDS
Ground Location
G9 CABIN / UPPER LH A POST
G15 CABIN / RH SIDE OF TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
G31 CABIN / BEHIND PASSENGER AIR BAG
G32 CABIN / BEHIND INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
NW B
80
CR9-6
SLIP RING
13 R R B
SEAT HEATER SWITCHES II
SW9-2 SW6-2 SW5-3
O O B
LH RH SW5-1 SW7-1
SW7-4
G31BS
B B B W W W W I STEERING WHEEL
RH
CCS3 CL3-3 CL1-5 CL1-4 CL3-2 CC2-9 TL28-8 CR85-19 HEATER MODULE
G15AR W B
SW7-3 SW7-2
STATE TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
NW B
80
CR9-6 55 O B 81
NW B I RW DIMMER-CONTROLLED
S
09.2 LIGHTING
IP16-1 IP19-6 IP19-2
B B OG OG I
IPS5 IP12-2 IP12-1 IP2-2 CR9-2
G32AL CLOCK
GLOVE BOX MOTOR
B P
CR1-26
B P
CR10-14
B P
CR10-11
B P
CR10-13
f19_1_35006
1 6 Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.3 16 52 Fig. 01.5 78 105 Fig. 01.7 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V A ACP S VARIANT: All Vehicles
64 95 + Battery Voltage SCP
ll ll S S
VIN RANGE: All
7 63 Fig. 01.2 1 15 Fig. 01.4 53
S
77
S
Fig. 01.6 106
E
143 Fig. 01.8
E
O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data
DATE OF ISSUE: April 2006
l ll
Fig. 19.2
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
ACCESSORY RELAY — — REAR POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – R3
AUXILIARY RELAY — — REAR POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – R8
CIGAR LIGHTER – FRONT TL69 3-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
CIGAR LIGHTER – REAR TL70 3-WAY / BLACK REAR CENTER CONSOLE
ELECTRONIC ROAD PRICING MODULE CR121 2-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL
FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX EC4 4-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FRONT
EC5 4-WAY / BLACK
EC19 8-WAY / BLACK
EC22 4-WAY / BLACK
EC26 8-WAY / BLACK
EC28 12-WAY / BLACK
EC32 4-WAY / BLACK
EC35 8-WAY / BLACK
EC40 8-WAY / BLACK
EC41 10-WAY / BLACK
HORN RELAY (DIESEL) — — FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – R14
HORN RELAY (GASOLINE) — — FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – R9B
HORN SWITCH — — STEERING WHEEL
HORNS EC58 2-WAY / BLACK BEHIND FRONT BUMPER / LH SIDE
POWER POINT – FRONT IP21 3-WAY / BLACK FRONT CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX
POWER POINT – REAR TL72 3-WAY / BLACK REAR CENTER CONSOLE
REAR ACCESSORY CONNECTOR CR40 3-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / RH REAR
REAR POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX CR3 4-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / RH REAR
CR5 4-WAY / BLACK
CR68 8-WAY / BLACK
CR80 4-WAY / BLACK
CR81 8-WAY / BLACK
CR82 12-WAY / BLACK
CR83 4-WAY / BLACK
CR84 8-WAY / BLACK
CR97 8-WAY / BLACK
CR98 10-WAY / BLACK
ROOF CONSOLE RF3 20-WAY / BLACK CABIN ROOF
SUN SHADE MOTOR CR70 4-WAY / GREY REAR WINDOW
GROUNDS
Ground Location
G1 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
G10 CABIN / RH A POST
G17 CABIN / BELOW REAR SEAT / RH SIDE
G18 CABIN / BELOW REAR SEAT / LH SIDE
G23 TRUNK / RH SIDE / ADJACENT TO BATTERY
G32 CABIN / BEHIND INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
control modules and control module pins.
R14 4
* YB EC58-1 NW
3 5
15 84 CR121-1
CASSETTE
F25 15A EC5-3 ** YB 3A
GW * GW 2 1
16
SW8-7 IP8-1 EC41-5 B
CR121-2
HORN HORN RELAY B
SWITCH NOTE : G10AR
(Diesel)
* Diesel vehicles EC58-2 ELECTRONIC
CASSETTE ** Gasoline vehicles ROAD PRICING
YG R9B 9 G1BL MODULE
SW8-6 10 8
15 HORNS
F10P 15A EC19-4
STEERING WHEEL
** GW 7 6
16
EC19-1
03.8
YG HORN RELAY
03.6 03.4 03.2
IP55-11 (LHD) (Gasoline)
ECM: SENSOR GROUND IP9-3 (RHD)
97 RU
S
RF3-9
R8 4
62
3 5 WU WU B
CR84-7 TL14-2 TL69-1 TL69-3
F44 15A
1 1 2
FRONT CIGAR LIGHTER
I
B B B WB WB B
GARAGE DOOR RF3-1 RFS1 AUXILIARY
RF2-1 F43 15A CR84-6 TL14-3 TL70-1 TL70-3
SWITCHES RELAY
GARAGE DOOR
OPENER G17BR REAR CIGAR LIGHTER
ROOF CONSOLE
WR WR B
F26 15A CR68-7 TL14-4 TL72-1 TL72-3
CR68-6
WG
IP51-10
WG
IP21-1 IP21-3
B TLS13
F25 15A
2 1 2 B
I
FRONT POWER POINT
G32AR G18BR
ACCESSORY
RELAY
3 YB
I
CR70-2
38
N
CR40-2
WR WR
F22 10A CR80-4 CR40-3
B B B G G B
RFS1 RF3-1 SUN SHADE RF3-14 CR70-3 B B CR40-1
RF2-1 RF1-2
SWITCH
B CR82-2 CRS23 REAR
G17BR
CR70-1 G23AL G23AR
ACCESSORY
REAR POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX CONNECTOR
ROOF CONSOLE
G17AR SUN SHADE MOTOR
1 6 Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.3 16 52 Fig. 01.5 78 105 Fig. 01.7 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V A ACP S VARIANT: All Vehicles
64 95 + Battery Voltage SCP
ll ll S S
VIN RANGE: All
7 63 Fig. 01.2 1 15 Fig. 01.4 53
S
77
S
Fig. 01.6 106
E
143 Fig. 01.8
E
O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data
DATE OF ISSUE: April 2006
l ll
Fig. 20.1Controller Area Network
Fig. 20.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
AIR SUSPENSION MODULE CR88 9-WAY / BLACK CABIN REAR BULKHEAD / BEHIND REAR SEAT BACK / RH SIDE
CR89 12-WAY / BLACK
CR90 15-WAY / BLACK
CR91 18-WAY / BLACK
CLIMATE CONTROL MODULE AC100 16-WAY / BLACK CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT / DRIVER SIDE
AC101 26-WAY / BLACK
CR119 22-WAY / BLACK
DATA LINK CONNECTOR IP39 DATA LINK CONNECTOR TRANSMISSION TUNNEL / DRIVER SIDE
DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL MODULE EC30 47-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RH FRONT
ELECTRIC PARK BRAKE CR32 12-WAY / GREY LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT, RH REAR
CR50 4-WAY / BLACK
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EC300 58-WAY / BLACK FRONT BULKHEAD, PASSENGER SIDE
PI300 96-WAY / BLACK
FUEL-FIRED AUXILIARY HEATER MODULE FF1 8-WAY / BLACK BELOW LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
FF2 2-WAY / BLACK
FF3
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER IP5 22-WAY / GREY INSTRUMENT PANEL
IP6 20-WAY / BLACK
IP7 22-WAY / BLACK
J-GATE MODULE IP32 16-WAY / BLACK J-GATE ASSEMBLY
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE C98 48-WAY / BROWN FRONT BULKHEAD, PASSENGER SIDE
C99 48-WAY / GREY
EC066 48-WAY / BLACK
REAR CLIMATE CONTROL MODULE RA1 16-WAY / BLACK REAR CENTER CONSOLE
RA2 12-WAY / BLACK
SPEED CONTROL MODULE IP78 30-WAY YELLOW BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL, DRIVER SIDE
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE GB2 16-WAY / BLACK TRANSMISSION CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM MODULE CR93 16-WAY / GREY LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT, RH REAR
CR94 16-WAY / BLUE
CR96 SMB RF COAX CONNECTOR
YAW RATE SENSOR IP23 6-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE / REARWARD OF J GATE
GROUNDS
Ground Location
G31 CABIN / BEHIND PASSENGER AIR BAG
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
control modules and control module pins.
NW B
82
IP39-16
40 GO B
II
IP39-9
+ C Y Y C +
CR32-5 CR93-3
– C G G C –
CR32-4 CR93-2
+ C Y Y Y Y Y Y C +
IP6-18 CC10-17 CC2-20 TL93-1 CRS82 CRS84 CR88-7
120R
– C G G G G G G C –
Y S + IP6-19 CC10-16 CC2-19 TL93-2 CRS83 CRS85 CR88-8
IP6-20
U S – AIR SUSPENSION MODULE
IP6-10
Y IPS16 IPS33 Y
+ C C +
IP6-8 IP39-6
G IPS17 IPS32 G
– C C –
IP6-9 IP39-14
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
+ C Y Y
IP23-2 IP55-16
– C U U
+ C Y
IP23-1 IP55-17
IP78-9
– C G
+ C Y YAW RATE SENSOR
IP78-8
GB2-6
– C G
SPEED CONTROL MODULE
GB2-2
EC30 EC30
-19 -18 G G
TRANSMISSION CONTROL
MODULE IP66-12
C – C + Y Y
*C98-A4 *GB1-1 LOCAL Y IP66-11
**EC300-58 **PI41-17 *ECS85
+ C Y Y Y Y Y Y C + + C Y Y Y C + + C Y Y C + + C Y Y
*GBS1 *GB1-3 PI41-20 EC30-12 EC30-11 IP55-21 CR120-3 CR119-6 CR119-16 CR120-5 IP32-9 IP32-11 G IP66-4
120R **PIS50
– G G G G G *ECS84 G G G G G G G G
C C – – C C – – C C – – C
*C98-A3 *GB1-2 *GBS2 *GB1-4 PI41-21 EC30-14 EC30-15 IP55-22 CR120-4 CR119-7 CR119-17 CR120-6 IP32-10 IP32-12 IP66-5
**EC300-45
**PIS51
**PI41-18
C G
Y Y C + –
RA1-16
*EC130-8 *FF1-7
G G C –
REAR CLIMATE CONTROL
*EC130-4 *FF1-4
MODULE
*FUEL-FIRED AUXILIARY B P
HEATER MODULE IP39-4
B
IP39-5
f20_1_35006
1 6 Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.3 16 52 Fig. 01.5 78 105 Fig. 01.7 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V A ACP S VARIANT: All Vehicles
64 95 + Battery Voltage SCP
ll ll S S
VIN RANGE: All
7 63 Fig. 01.2 1 15 Fig. 01.4 53
S
77
S
Fig. 01.6 106
E
143 Fig. 01.8
E
O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data
DATE OF ISSUE: April 2006
l ll
Fig. 20.2
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
AUDIO UNIT CC8 20-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
CC9 2-WAY / BLACK
CC21 FIBER OPTIC CONNECTOR
DATA LINK CONNECTOR IP39 16-WAY / BLACK TRANSMISSION TUNNEL / DRIVER SIDE
DRIVER DOOR MODULE DD11 20-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR
DD12 26-WAY / BLACK
DD13 26-WAY / NATURAL
DRIVER SEAT MODULE SD2 22-WAY / BLACK UNDER DRIVER SEAT
SD3 6-WAY / BLACK
SD4 6-WAY / BLACK
SD24 4-WAY / BLACK
SD26 4-WAY / BLACK
SD27 6-WAY / BLACK
DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL MODULE EC30 47-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RH FRONT
FRONT ELECTRONIC MODULE CR1 26-WAY / BLACK CABIN / LH ‘A’ POST
CR9 12-WAY / BLACK
CR10 17-WAY / BLACK
CR85 20-WAY / BLACK
FUEL-FIRED AUXILIARY HEATER MODULE FF1 8-WAY / BLACK BELOW LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
FF2 2-WAY / BLACK
FF3
HID HEADLAMP UNIT – LH EC57 9-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH FRONT
HID HEADLAMP UNIT – RH EC6 9-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FRONT
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER IP5 22-WAY / GREY INSTRUMENT PANEL
IP6 20-WAY / BLACK
IP7 22-WAY / BLACK
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE DB6 FIBER OPTIC CONNECTOR TRUNK / LH SIDE / MODULE STACK / SECOND FROM TOP
TL2 20-WAY / BLACK
TL29 26-WAY / BLACK
TL30 12-WAY / BLACK
TL37 2-WAY / BLACK
PARKING AID MODULE CR52 26-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / SPARE WHEEL WELL
REAR ELECTRONIC MODULE CR4 20-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / RH REAR
CR11 26-WAY / NATURAL
CR12 12-WAY / BLACK
CR13 22-WAY / BLACK
CR71 17-WAY / BLACK
CR73 4-WAY / BLACK
REAR MEMORY MODULE CR21 4-WAY / BLACK REAR BULKHEAD / BEHIND REAR SEAT BACK
CR37 26-WAY / BLACK
CR38 22-WAY / BLACK
CR41 6-WAY / BLACK
CR53 4-WAY / BLACK
CR59 6-WAY / BLACK
RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE CR86 24-WAY / BLACK TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, UNDER CENTER CONSOLE
CR87 40-WAY / BLACK
ROOF CONSOLE RF3 20-WAY / BLACK ROOF HEADLINER
STEERING COLUMN LOCK MODULE IP24 4-WAY / BLACK UPPER STEERING COLUMN
GROUNDS
Ground Location
G31 CABIN / BEHIND PASSENGER AIR BAG
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
control modules and control module pins.
NW B
82
IP39-16
S Y BOF D Y Y 40 GO B
+ 2
+ S II
** CR38-1 CC21-2 CC8-9 CC10-14 IP39-9
S U BOF D U U
– 2
– S
** CR38-12 CC21-1 CC8-10 CC10-15
S Y S Y Y C + S Y
+ + +
CR9-7 CR13-1 IP6-18 IP6-20
S U S U G C – S U
– – –
CR9-1 CR13-2 IP6-19 IP6-10
Y Y Y
Y Y ** CRS59 CRS61
+ S
SD2-1 SD28-5 CRS47 U U U
U U ** CRS58 CRS60
– S
SD2-12 SD28-6 CRS48 U U U S –
IP2-7 IPS42 IP39-10
DRIVER SEAT MODULE Y Y Y S +
IP2-8 IPS43 IP39-2
S Y Y S Y S Y
+ + +
DD13-3 DD1-1 TL2-4 TL35-22 IP24-4
S U U S U S U
– – –
DD13-4 DD1-2 TL2-14 TL35-21 IP24-3
W ECS7 W W IPS25 W
D D
EC101-2 EC57-5 IP8-4 IP39-7
HEADLAMP LEVELING
MODULE
D W
EC103-2 EC6-5
DYNAMIC STABILITY B P
CONTROL MODULE IP39-4
W W B
D
IP39-5
D W W RF3-8 RF1-3
* FF1-2 * EC130-6
INTRUSION SENSOR
G31AR DATA LINK
ROOF CONSOLE SERIAL DATA LINK CONNECTOR
* FUEL-FIRED AUXILIARY NOTE: *Diesel only.
NOTE: The circuits include all vehicle options.
HEATER MODULE f20_2_35006
1 6 Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.3 16 52 Fig. 01.5 78 105 Fig. 01.7 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V A ACP S VARIANT: LHD Vehicles
64 95 + Battery Voltage SCP
ll ll S S
VIN RANGE: All
7 63 Fig. 01.2 1 15 Fig. 01.4 53
S
77
S
Fig. 01.6 106
E
143 Fig. 01.8
E
O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data
DATE OF ISSUE: April 2006
l ll
Fig. 20.3
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
AUDIO UNIT CC8 20-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
CC9 2-WAY / BLACK
CC21 FIBER OPTIC CONNECTOR
DATA LINK CONNECTOR IP39 16-WAY / BLACK TRANSMISSION TUNNEL / DRIVER SIDE
DRIVER DOOR MODULE DD11 20-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR
DD12 26-WAY / BLACK
DD13 26-WAY / NATURAL
DRIVER SEAT MODULE SD2 22-WAY / BLACK UNDER DRIVER SEAT
SD3 6-WAY / BLACK
SD4 6-WAY / BLACK
SD24 4-WAY / BLACK
SD26 4-WAY / BLACK
SD27 6-WAY / BLACK
DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL MODULE EC30 47-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RH FRONT
FRONT ELECTRONIC MODULE CR1 26-WAY / BLACK CABIN / LH ‘A’ POST
CR9 12-WAY / BLACK
CR10 17-WAY / BLACK
CR85 20-WAY / BLACK
FUEL-FIRED AUXILIARY HEATER MODULE FF1 8-WAY / BLACK BELOW LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
FF2 2-WAY / BLACK
FF3
HID HEADLAMP UNIT – LH EC57 9-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH FRONT
HID HEADLAMP UNIT – RH EC6 9-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FRONT
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER IP5 22-WAY / GREY INSTRUMENT PANEL
IP6 20-WAY / BLACK
IP7 22-WAY / BLACK
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE DB6 FIBER OPTIC CONNECTOR TRUNK / LH SIDE / MODULE STACK / SECOND FROM TOP
TL2 20-WAY / BLACK
TL29 26-WAY / BLACK
TL30 12-WAY / BLACK
TL37 2-WAY / BLACK
PARKING AID MODULE CR52 26-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / SPARE WHEEL WELL
REAR ELECTRONIC MODULE CR4 20-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / RH REAR
CR11 26-WAY / NATURAL
CR12 12-WAY / BLACK
CR13 22-WAY / BLACK
CR71 17-WAY / BLACK
CR73 4-WAY / BLACK
REAR MEMORY MODULE CR21 4-WAY / BLACK REAR BULKHEAD / BEHIND REAR SEAT BACK
CR37 26-WAY / BLACK
CR38 22-WAY / BLACK
CR41 6-WAY / BLACK
CR53 4-WAY / BLACK
CR59 6-WAY / BLACK
RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE CR86 24-WAY / BLACK TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, UNDER CENTER CONSOLE
CR87 40-WAY / BLACK
ROOF CONSOLE RF3 20-WAY / BLACK ROOF HEADLINER
STEERING COLUMN LOCK MODULE IP24 4-WAY / BLACK UPPER STEERING COLUMN
GROUNDS
Ground Location
G31 CABIN / BEHIND PASSENGER AIR BAG
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
control modules and control module pins.
BOF D S Y Y
2 +
CC21-2 CC8-9 CC10-14
BOF D S U U
NOTE: ** Vehicles with rear memory option. 2 –
CC21-1 CC8-10 CC10-15
S Y S Y
+ +
** CR38-1 CR13-1 AUDIO UNIT
S U S U
– –
** CR38-12 CR13-2
S Y Y S Y S Y
+ + +
DD13-3 DD1-1 TL2-4 TL35-22 IP24-4
S U U S U S U
– – –
DD13-4 DD1-2 TL2-14 TL35-21 IP24-3
HEADLAMP LEVELING
MODULE
D W
EC103-2 EC6-5
DYNAMIC STABILITY B P
CONTROL MODULE IP39-4
D W W B
D W W RF3-8 RF1-3 IP39-5
* FF1-2 * EC130-6
INTRUSION SENSOR
NOTE: *Diesel only. DATA LINK
ROOF CONSOLE SERIAL DATA LINK G31AR
CONNECTOR
1 6 Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.3 16 52 Fig. 01.5 78 105 Fig. 01.7 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V A ACP S VARIANT: RHD Vehicles
64 95 + Battery Voltage SCP
ll ll S S
VIN RANGE: All
7 63 Fig. 01.2 1 15 Fig. 01.4 53
S
77
S
Fig. 01.6 106
E
143 Fig. 01.8
E
O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data
DATE OF ISSUE: April 2006
l ll
Fig. 20.4
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
AUDIO UNIT CC8 20-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
CC9 2-WAY / BLACK
CC21 FIBER OPTIC CONNECTOR
CD AUTOCHANGER DB2 FIBER OPTIC CONNECTOR TRUNK / LH SIDE / MODULE STACK / THIRD FROM TOP
TL5 3-WAY / BLACK
CELLULAR PHONE CONTROL MODULE DB3 FIBER OPTIC CONNECTOR TRUNK / LH SIDE / MODULE STACK / BOTTOM
TL7 32-WAY / BLACK
TL94 2-WAY / BLACK
MULTIMEDIA CONTROL PANEL RC1 8-WAY / BLACK REAR SEAT ARM REST OR REAR FLOOR CONSOLE
RC3 20-WAY / BLACK
RC5 FIBER OPTIC CONNECTOR
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE DB6 FIBER OPTIC CONNECTOR TRUNK / LH SIDE / MODULE STACK / SECOND FROM TOP
TL2 20-WAY / BLACK
TL29 26-WAY / BLACK
TL30 12-WAY / BLACK
TL37 2-WAY / BLACK
POWER AMPLIFIER DB7 FIBER OPTIC CONNECTOR TRUNK / LH SIDE
TL9 12-WAY / WHITE
TL10 18-WAY / WHITE
VOICE ACTIVATION MODULE DB4 FIBER OPTIC CONNECTOR TRUNK / LH SIDE / MODULE STACK / SECOND FROM BOTTOM
TL68 22-WAY / GREY
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
control modules and control module pins.
OG OG O D2B WAKE–UP
CC1-18 CC8-19
AUDIO UNIT
D BOF
2
DB2-2
D BOF
2
OG O D2B WAKE–UP DB2-1
TL5-3
CD AUTOCHANGER
D BOF
2
DB3-2
D BOF
2
OG O D2B WAKE–UP DB3-1
TL7-23
D BOF
2
DB4-2
D BOF
2
OG O D2B WAKE–UP DB4-1
TLS5
TL68-14
For D2B network diagnostics via SCP – refer to Figs. 20.2 and 20.3.
D BOF
2
DB7-2
D BOF
2
OG O D2B WAKE–UP DB7-1
TL9-5
POWER AMPLIFIER
f20_4_35006
1 6 Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.3 16 52 Fig. 01.5 78 105 Fig. 01.7 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V A ACP S VARIANT: All Vehicles
64 95 + Battery Voltage SCP
ll ll S S
VIN RANGE: All
7 63 Fig. 01.2 1 15 Fig. 01.4 53
S
77
S
Fig. 01.6 106
E
143 Fig. 01.8
E
O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data
DATE OF ISSUE: April 2006
l ll
Jaguar XJ 2006 Component Index
A AUXILIARY LIGHTING SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fig. 05.4
ACCESSORY RELAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fig. 19.2 ............................................ Fig. 07.1
............................................ Fig. 08.1
ACT SENSOR (DIESEL 2.7V6). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fig. 03.7
............................................ Fig. 08.2
ACTIVE ENGINE MOUNTS (DIESEL 2.7V6) . . . . . . . . . . . . Fig. 03.8
............................................ Fig. 08.3
AIR BAG IGNITERS
............................................ Fig. 09.2
CURTAIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fig. 17.1 ............................................ Fig. 09.3
DRIVER, DUAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fig. 17.1 ............................................ Fig. 12.1
PASSENGER, DUAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fig. 17.2 ............................................ Fig. 12.2
SIDE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fig. 17.1 AUXILIARY RELAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fig. 19.2
AIR CLEANER SOLENOID VALVE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fig. 03.6
B
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH. . . . . . . . . . Fig. 06.1
AIR CONDITIONING PRESSURE SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . Fig. 03.2 BATTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fig. 01.1
............................................ Fig. 03.4 ............................................ Fig. 02.1
............................................ Fig. 03.6 ............................................ Fig. 02.2
............................................ Fig. 06.1 ............................................ Fig. 08.4
AIR CONDITIONING PRESSURE SENSOR ............................................ Fig. 08.5
(DIESEL 2.7V6). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fig. 03.8 BATTERY (DIESEL 2.7V6). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fig. 02.3
............................................ Fig. 06.1 BLOWER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fig. 06.2
AIR INTAKE SERVO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fig. 06.1 BLOWER CONTROLLER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fig. 06.2
AIR MIX SERVOS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fig. 06.1 BLOWER RELAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fig. 06.2
AIR SUSPENSION COMPRESSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fig. 05.3 BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fig. 03.2
AIR SUSPENSION MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fig. 05.3 ............................................ Fig. 03.4
............................................ Fig. 08.6 ............................................ Fig. 03.6
............................................ Fig. 20.1 BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH (DIESEL 2.7V6) . . . . . . . . . . . . Fig. 03.8
AIR SUSPENSION PRESSURE SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fig. 05.3 BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fig. 05.1
AIR SUSPENSION RELAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fig. 05.3 BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fig. 03.1
AIR SUSPENSION VALVE BLOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fig. 05.3 ............................................ Fig. 03.3
............................................ Fig. 03.5
AIR SUSPENSION VENT SOLENOID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fig. 05.3
............................................ Fig. 05.2
AM / FM ANTENNA AMPLIFIER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fig. 15.1
............................................ Fig. 08.3
............................................ Fig. 15.2
BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH (DIESEL 2.7V6) . . . . . . . . . . . . Fig. 03.7
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fig. 06.1
APP SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fig. 03.1 C
............................................ Fig. 03.3 CATALYTIC CONVERTER TEMPERATURE SENSORS
............................................ Fig. 03.5 (DIESEL 2.7V6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fig. 03.8
............................................ Fig. 03.9
CD AUTOCHANGER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fig. 15.1
APP SENSOR (DIESEL 2.7V6). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fig. 03.7 ............................................ Fig. 15.2
APPROACH LAMPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fig. 09.1 ............................................ Fig. 20.4
ARMREST LID SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fig. 15.3 CELLULAR PHONE MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fig. 16.1
ASL SWITCH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fig. 03.2 ............................................ Fig. 16.2
............................................ Fig. 03.4 ............................................ Fig. 20.4
............................................ Fig. 03.6 CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fig. 08.1
ASL SWITCH (DIESEL 2.7V6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fig. 03.8 ............................................ Fig. 08.2
AUDIO UNIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fig. 09.2 ............................................ Fig. 08.3
............................................ Fig. 12.2 ............................................ Fig. 09.2
............................................ Fig. 15.1 ............................................ Fig. 11.7
............................................ Fig. 15.2 ............................................ Fig. 12.1
............................................ Fig. 16.1 ............................................ Fig. 12.2
............................................ Fig. 16.2 ............................................ Fig. 14.1
............................................ Fig. 20.2 ............................................ Fig. 19.1
............................................ Fig. 20.3 CIGAR LIGHTERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fig. 09.2
............................................ Fig. 20.4 ............................................ Fig. 19.2
AUDIO / VIDEO SELECTOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fig. 09.2 CKP SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fig. 03.1
............................................ Fig. 15.3 ............................................ Fig. 03.3
AUTO LAMP SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fig. 08.1 ............................................ Fig. 03.5
............................................ Fig. 08.2 CKP SENSOR (DIESEL 2.7V6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fig. 03.7
............................................ Fig. 08.3 CLIMATE CONTROL MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fig. 06.1
............................................ Fig. 12.2 ............................................ Fig. 06.2
AUXILIARY COOLANT PUMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fig. 06.2 ............................................ Fig. 09.2
AUXILIARY COOLANT PUMP RELAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fig. 06.2 ............................................ Fig. 20.1
CLIMATE CONTROL PANEL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fig. 06.1
............................................ Fig. 09.2
CLOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fig. 09.2
............................................ Fig. 19.1
CMP SENSOR (DIESEL 2.7V6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fig. 03.7
V
VACUUM SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fig. 05.1
VACUUM SOLENOID (NAS ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fig. 03.9
VANITY MIRROR LAMPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fig. 09.1
VARIABLE ASSIST STEERING ACTUATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . Fig. 05.2
VEHICLE INFORMATION ANTENNA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fig. 16.5
VEHICLE INFORMATION CONTROL MODULE . . . . . . . . . Fig. 16.5
VEHICLE INFORMATION SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fig. 16.5
VERTICAL ACCELEROMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fig. 05.3
VOICE ACTIVATION MODULE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fig. 16.2
............................................ Fig. 20.4
VVT SOLENOID VALVES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fig. 03.1
............................................ Fig. 03.3
............................................ Fig. 03.5
W
WASHER FLUID LEVEL SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fig. 13.1
WHEEL SPEED SENSORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fig. 05.1
WINDOW MOTOR ASSEMBLIES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fig. 14.1
WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAYS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fig. 06.2
WINDSHIELD HEATERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fig. 06.2
WINDSHIELD WASHER PUMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fig. 13.1
WIPE / WASH SWITCH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fig. 13.1
WIPER FAST / SLOW RELAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fig. 13.1
WIPER MOTOR ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fig. 13.1
WIPER ON / OFF RELAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fig. 13.1
WIPER PARK RELAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fig. 06.2
WIPER PARK – HEATED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fig. 06.2
Y
YAW RATE AND LATERAL ACCELERATION
SENSORS CLUSTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fig. 05.1
YAW RATE SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fig. 20.1